User Guide 1531 Clas - 3ag - 21608 - Ahaa - Rkzza - Ed01

1531 CLAS
Ethernet Switch
User Guide
Ed01, February 28, 2011
Ordering No. 3AG 21608 AHAA RKZZA Ed01
Status Released
Change Note Not Applicable
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of
its content not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent.
Prepared by:
Copyright 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Contents

3AG 21608 AHAA RKZZA Ed01 1531 CLAS User Guide
1 - The 1531 CLAS Switch
1. - Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 - Standalone and Stacked Switch Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.2 - The 1521 CL IP Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
2. - Supported Platforms and Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
2.1 - Product Compatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
2.2 - 1531 CLAS Model Number Information (Product Label). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
3. - Provisioning Utilities - CLI and WebManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
3.1 - CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
3.2 - WebManager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
4. - Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
5. - Related Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
2 - Physical Connections and LEDs
1. - Front Panel Connectors and LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
1.1 - System Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
1.2 - Power Connectors and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
1.3 - High-Speed Network-Module Connector and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
1.4 - 10/100 Management Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
1.5 - 2BASE-TL Connectors and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
1.6 - Stack Port Connectors and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
1.7 - RS-232 Craft Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
1.8 - Alarm Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
1.9 - Metallic Loop Test Access Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
1.10 - Lamp Test Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
3 - Switch and Port Numbering
1. - 1531 CLAS Switch Numbering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.1 - Standalone Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
1.2 - Stacked Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
2. - 1531 CLAS Port Numbering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
2.1 - Ethernet and 2BPME Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
2.2 - Stacking Ports, MLT Ports, and Serial Craft Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3. - 1521 CLIP Port Numbering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
4 - Logging Into the CLI on the Serial Craft Port
1. - Determining the CLI Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
5 - Managing IP Addresses on Management Ports, EVCs, and a Stacks Master Craft-Port
1. - Basic IP Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Contents
iv Contents
1531 CLAS User Guide 3AG 21608 AHAA RKZZA Ed01
1.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
1.2 - Configurable Attributes and Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
1.3 - Configuration Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
1.4 - Managing Alternate IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
1.5 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
2. - Managing IP Access Control Lists and Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
2.1 - Access Control Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
2.2 - Access Control List Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
3. - Master Craft-Port IP Address Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
3.1 - Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
3.2 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
3.5 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
6 - Managing Basic System and Switch Attributes
1. - Managing System Configuration Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
1.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
1.4 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
2. - Managing Switch Configuration Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
2.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
2.2 - Configurable Attributes and Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
2.4 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
3. - Setting the System Clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
3.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
3.4 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
3.5 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
4. - Setting SNTP Attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
4.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
4.3 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
7 - Managing Stack Ports and Stacks
1. - Cabling Stack Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
2. - Managing Stack Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
2.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Contents v
2.3 - Configuration Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
3. - Managing Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
3.1 - Stack and Stack Member Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
4. - How a Stack Elects a Stack Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
4.1 - When an Election Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
4.2 - The Election Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
4.3 - Election Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
5. - Procedures for Powering Up a Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
5.1 - Powering Up an Newly Installed Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
5.2 - Powering Up an Existing Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
5.3 - Adding a Switch to an Existing Running Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
6. - Correcting a Partitioned Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
8 - Managing High-Speed Network Modules
1. - CLI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
2. - Configurable Attributes and Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
3. - Configuration Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
4. - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
9 - Managing Users
1. - User Privilege Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
2. - Default Login and Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
3. - CLI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
6. - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
10 - Managing Alarms
1. - Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
2. - CLI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
3.1 - List of Alarm Condition Severity Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
3.2 - List of Standing Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
3.3 - List of Transient Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
4. - Clearing Initial Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
11 - Managing 2BPMEs, Span Profiles, Span Alarm Profiles, and Bonded Ports
1. - Introduction to 2BASE-TL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
1.1 - How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
1.2 - 2BASE-TL in the 1531 CLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
2. - Whats Next . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
3. - Pre-Qualifying Copper Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
vi Contents
3.1 - Troubleshooting Copper Loops With MLT and the TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS Line Test Facilities . . . . 11-5
4. - Managing 2BPMEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
4.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
4.3 - PME Operational States. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
4.5 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16
4.6 - Displaying 2BPME Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19
5. - Managing Bonded Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22
5.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23
5.4 - Creating a Bonded Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-27
5.5 - Configuring a Bonded Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-29
5.6 - Deleting a Bonded Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31
6. - Managing Span Profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34
6.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-35
6.4 - Minimum Retrain SNR Margins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-37
6.5 - Calculating 2BPME Line Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-38
6.6 - Provided Span Profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-38
6.7 - Configuring Different Types of Span Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-39
6.8 - Applying Span Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-40
6.9 - Notes for Using Repeaters with Fixed-Rate and Rate-Adaptive Span Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-40
6.10 - Tuning 2BPME Performance with Span Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-41
6.11 - Problem Working with Noisy Copper Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-47
7. - Managing Span Alarm Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-49
7.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-49
7.3 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-50
8. - Verifying a Customers Bonded Port Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-51
9. - Troubleshooting 2BASE-TL Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-55
9.1 - Determining a 2BPMEs State (For Example, Training or Bonded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-56
9.2 - A 2BPME Will Not Train Up on a Verified Copper Loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-57
9.3 - A 2BPME has an Operational State of listMismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-58
9.4 - A 2BPME Retrains, but Rebonded With a Lower Line Rate or SNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-60
9.5 - A 2BPME Retrains but Will not Stay Bonded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-63
9.6 - The Capacitive Balance on a Copper Loop is Less than 96%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-65
9.7 - A 1521 CLIP Reboots After it has Connected to a 1531 CLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-66
10. - Caution - Outside Plant DSL Primary Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-66
Contents vii
12 - Managing Customer Premise Devices
1. - Using the CLI with CP Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
1.1 - Running the CLI Remotely from a 1531 CLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
1.2 - Running the CLI Directly on a CP Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
1.3 - ExampleCPECommands............................................................... 122
13 - Using the CPE Traffic Generator/Monitor
1. - Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
1.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
1.2 - Configuration Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
1.3 - Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
14 - Packet Flow Through the 1531 CLAS Switch
1. - Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
2. - UNI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
2.1 - Ingress Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
2.2 - CoS and Packet-Color Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
2.3 - Policing and Switching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-8
2.4 - Egress Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-10
3. - Packet Processing Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-14
15 - Managing UNIs
1. - 1531 CLAS VLAN Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
2. - CLI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
5. - Creating a Network Interface UNI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
5.1 - Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6
6. - Creating a Customer-Facing 2BASE-TL Access UNI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8
6.1 - Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8
16 - Managing Ethernet Services (EVCs and EVC Bindings)
1. - Introduction to EVCs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
2. - Introduction to EVC Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3
2.1 - General Rules for EVC Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3
3. - CLI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5
4.1 - EVC Attributes and Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-6
4.2 - EVC Binding Attributes and Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-7
5. - Configuration Notes EVCs and EVC Bindings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-10
6. - Creating a Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-11
6.1 - Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-11
viii Contents
7. - Ethernet Service Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-15
7.1 - E-LINE Service Stacking, All-to-One VLAN Bundling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-15
7.2 - E-LINE Service Stacking, Many-to-One VLAN Bundling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-16
7.3 - E-LAN Service Transparent LAN Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-17
8. - Troubleshooting Ethernet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-18
8.1 - I Created an Ethernet Service, but Cannot Ping the Router from the Customer Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-18
8.2 - Should I Use Autonegotiate or Configure the Customer-Facing Ethernet Port to a Fixed Speed and Duplex? 16-20
8.3 - How Do I Configure a Customer-Facing Ethernet Port to a Fixed Speed and Duplex?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-20
8.4 - Do I Need an Ethernet Crossover Cable? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-23
8.5 - When using a Fixed Speed and Full Duplex, Should Autonegotiate be Enabled?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-23
17 - Managing Class of Service
1. - UNI CoS Attributes and Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2
1.1 - Mapping CoS Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-5
1.2 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-7
18 - Managing Quality of Service
1. - QoS Attributes and Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-2
1.1 - Managing Traffic Flow Weighted Scheduling Queues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4
2. - Managing Traffic Flow Policy Maps and Policers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5
2.1 - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5
2.2 - Coloring Packets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-7
2.4 - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-9
19 - Managing Macros
1. - CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1
2. - Creating a Macro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-2
2.1 - A Simple Macro Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-3
3. - Macro Configuration Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-5
3.1 - Macro Size and Storage Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-5
3.2 - Macro Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-5
3.3 - Comment Lines and Multiple Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-5
3.4 - Command Restrictions in Macros. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-5
3.5 - Substitution Strings in Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-5
4. - Running a Macro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9
4.1 - Allowing the CLI to Prompt for a Variable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-9
4.2 - Including Variables on the Command Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-10
4.3 - Errors in Macros. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-12
5. - Displaying Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-13
6. - Configuring a Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-13
7. - Deleting a Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-14
Contents ix
8. - Copying Macro Files to a File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-14
9. - A More Complex Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-15
20 - Managing System Software
1. - CLI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
2. - Introduction to Software-Image Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
3. - Displaying the Attributes of Software Image Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2
4. - Clearing a Software Image File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4
4.1 - Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-4
5. - Swapping Selected and Unselected Software Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5
5.1 - Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5
6. - Loading a Software Image from an FTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-7
6.1 - Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-8
21 - Managing Configuration Files
1. - CLI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1
2. - Introduction to Configuration Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-2
2.1 - The Running Configuration Image File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-2
2.2 - The Startup Configuration File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-3
2.3 - The Backup Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-4
3. - Displaying the Attributes and Contents of Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-4
3.1 - Displaying Configuration File Attributes (Dir Commands) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-4
3.2 - Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-5
3.3 - Displaying Configuration File Contents (Show Commands). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-7
4. - Clearing Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-10
4.1 - Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-11
5. - Swapping Configuration Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-12
5.1 - Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-12
6. - Copying a Configuration File to and From an FTP or TFTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-14
6.1 - Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-15
7. - Using Other Copy-File and Save-File Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-16
7.1 - copy backup-config Command Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-16
7.2 - copy running-config Command Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-17
7.3 - copy startup-config Command Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18
7.4 - saveRunning Command Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-19
A - Restoring the 1531 CLAS Default Username and Password
A.1 - Restoring the Default Username and Password on a Standalone 1531 CLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
A.2 - Restoring the Default Username and Password on a 1531 CLAS VN Stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
B - Backing Up System Configuration Information
B.1 - Collecting 1531 CLAS Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
x Contents
B.1.1 - Tip - Using Macros to Collect Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
B.2 - Restoring a Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
C - 2BASE-TL Wiring
C.1 - 2BASE-TL Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
C.2 - Caution - Outside Plant DSL Primary Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
D - 1531 CLAS/1521 CLIP Passwords
E - Supported Protocols, Safety Compliance, and Standards
E.1 - Definition of Qualified Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
E.2 - Field-Replaceable Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
E.3 - Safety Information Warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
E.4 - Battery Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
E.5 - Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
E.6 - Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
E.7 - Handling Electrical and Optical Equipment - Static Electricity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
E.8 - Common Safety Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
List of Figures

Figure 1-1 - Front View of the 1531 CLAS Switches (Original Switch Top and TDR/Tone-Enabled Switch Bottom). . 1-1
Figure 1-2 - 1531 CLAS 2BASE-TL Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Figure 1-3 - Example Equipment ->Environmental Parameters Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Figure 2-1 - 1531 CLAS Connectors and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Figure 2-2 - System Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Figure 2-3 - -48 VDC Power Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Figure 2-4 - 10/100 Base TX Management Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Figure 2-5 - 2BASE-TL Connectors and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Figure 2-6 - Stack Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Figure 2-7 - Connecting Stacking Cables - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Figure 2-8 - RJ -45 Pins for Console Port
(Facing TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Figure 2-8 - RS-232 Craft Port Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Figure 2-9 - Alarm Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Figure 2-10 - RJ -45 Pins (Facing 1531 CLAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Figure 2-10 - Metallic Loop Test Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Figure 2-11 - Lamp Test Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Figure 3-1 - 1531 CLAS Ethernet and PME Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Figure 3-2 - 1531 CLAS Stacking and MLT Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Figure 3-3 - Ports on a 1521 CLIP (Universal Device Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Figure 4-1 - Craft and Management Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Figure 5-1 - Configuring Management Ports in a Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Figure 5-2 - Master Craft-Port IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Figure 7-1 - Stack Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Figure 7-2 - A Five Switch Stack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Figure 7-3 - Connecting Stacking Cables - Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Figure 8-1 - A High-Speed Network Module Inserted in a 1531 CLAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Figure 10-1 - RJ -45 Alarm Port
Pins (Facing 1531 CLAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Figure 11-1 - PMEs, Bonded Ports, and Span Profiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Figure 11-2 - Metallic Loop Test Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Figure 11-3 - Connecting MLT Ports in a Stack for use with Third-Party Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Figure 11-4 - Connecting MLT Ports in a Mixed-Model Stack (TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS and Original 1531 CLAS Switch-
es). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Figure 11-5 - An all TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS Switch Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Figure 11-6 - PME States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Figure 11-7 - Relationship of Bonded Ports to Other 1531 CLAS Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22
Figure 11-8 - Span Profiles and 2BPMEs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34
Figures
xii List of Figures
Figure 11-10 - 1531 CLAS in Loop-Back Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-51
Figure 11-11 - 2BASE-TL Bonded Port LEDs on Example 1521 CLIP Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-56
Figure 12-1 - Serial Craft Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Figure 14-1 - Object Relationship in the 1531 CLAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Figure 14-2 - Packet-Flow Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Figure 14-3 - VLAN Attributes and Packet Flow on Ingress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Figure 14-4 - Class of Service Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Figure 14-5 - Policing and Switching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9
Figure 14-6 - Egress Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-11
Figure 14-7 - Packet Processing with System Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-14
Figure 14-8 - Q-Tagging (Stacking) Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15
Figure 14-9 - Tag Translation (Rewriting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-16
Figure 14-10 - VLAN Bundling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17
Figure 15-1 - UNIs in the 1531 CLAS Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Figure 16-1 - EVCs and EVC Bindings in the 1531 CLAS Architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-1
Figure 16-2 - Access UNI - SIngle UNI, EVC Binding, and EVC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3
Figure 16-3 - Trunk UNI Single UNI With Multiple EVCs and EVC Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4
Figure 16-4 - E-LINE Service All VLANs-to-One Bundling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-15
Figure 16-5 - E-LINE Service Many VLANs-to-One Bundling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-16
Figure 16-6 - Transparent LAN Service With Tag Stacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-17
Figure 16-7 - Delivering Dedicated Internet Access Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-18
Figure 16-8 - Using the CPE-C VLAN to ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-19
Figure 17-1 - Policy Maps and Policers in the 1531 CLAS Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2
Figure 18-1 - Policy Maps and Policers in the 1531 CLAS Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-2
Figure 18-2 - Policy Map Lookup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-6
Figure 18-3 - Packet Coloring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-7
Figure 19-1 - Macro Page in WebManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-7
Figure 19-2 - Result of Executing the Macro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-8
Figure 20-1 - System-Software Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Figure 20-2 - Downloading a Software-Image File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-7
Figure 21-1 - 1531 CLAS Devices Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-2
Figure 21-2 - Startup Sequence and the Startup File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-3
Figure 21-3 - Swapping System-Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-12
Figure 21-4 - Copying System-Configuration Files to and From an FTP or TFTP Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-14
Figure A-1 - 1531 CLAS Craft Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Figure A-2 - Switch ID LED and Craft Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
Figure C-1 - 2BASE-TL Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
List of Tables

Table 1-1 - 1531 CLAS Model Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Table 2 - Product Compatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Table 1-3 - Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Table 2-1 - Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Table 2-2 - 1531 CLAS High-Speed Module Model Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Table 2-3 - High-Speed Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Table 2-4 - 1531 CLAS Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Table 2-5 - 2BASE-TL Status LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Table 2-6 - Console Port Pin Outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Table 2-7 - Alarm I/O Port Pin Outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Table 2-8 - MLT IN and MLT OUT Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Table 3-1 - 1531 CLAS Ethernet and PME Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Table 3-2 - 1531 CLAS Stacking and MLT Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Table 3-3 - 1521 CLIP Ethernet and PME Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Table 5-1 - IP Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Table 5-2 - Alternate IP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Table 5-3 - IP Access Control List Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Table 5-4 - IP Access Control List Rule Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Table 5-5 - Master Craft-Port IP Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Table 6-1 - System Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Table 6-2 - Switch Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Table 6-3 - Clock Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Table 6-1 - Summertime Attributes and Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Table 6-4 - SNTP Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Table 7-1 - Stack Port Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Table 8-1 - 1531 CLAS High-Speed Module Model Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Table 8-2 - High-Speed Network Module Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Table 8-2 - High-Speed Module Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Table 9-1 - User Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Table 10-1 - Alarm I/O Port Pin Outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Table 10-2 - Alarm Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Table 10-3 - Alarm Condition Severities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Table 10-4 - 1531 CLAS Standing Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Table 10-5 - 1531 CLAS Transient Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Table 11-1 - MLT IN and MLT OUT Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Table 11-2 - 2BPME Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Table 11-3 - PME Operational States. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
Tables
xiv List of Tables
Table 11-4 - 2BPME Retrain Reasons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
Table 11-5 - Examples of the show statistics 2bpme Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19
Table 11-6 - Description of PME Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19
Table 11-7 - 2BASE-TL and Bonding Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23
Table 11-8 - List of Remote Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-26
Table 11-9 - Span Profile Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-35
Table 11-9 - Span Profile Attributes and Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-35
Table 11-10 - Span Profile Attribute Settings for Different Types of Span Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-39
Table 11-11 - Repeater Hardware and Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-40
Table 11-12 - Span Profiles for Testing Noisy Copper Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-47
Table 11-13 - Default Span Profile Attributes and Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-48
Table 11-14 - Span-Alarm Profile Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-49
Table 11-15 - Span Alarm Profile Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-49
Table 11-16 - 2BASE-TL Status LEDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-56
Table 13-1 - Syntax for Executing CPE-Based Traffic Generation and Monitoring Commands from a 1531 CLAS . . . 13-2
Table 15-1 - UNI Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Table 16-1 - EVC and EVC Binding Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-5
Table 17-1 - CoS-Related Attributes and Default Settings for the UNI CoS Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-3
Table 17-2 - Example Mapping of Packet Priority Values to 1531 CLAS CoS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-6
Table 18-1 - QoS-Related Commands, Attributes, and Default Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-3
Table 18-2 - QoS Queue Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4
Table 18-3 - Example CoS-to-Queue Mapping Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-4
Table 18-4 - Policy Map and Policer Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5
Table 19-1 - Macro Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-1
Table 19-2 - Keyword Strings for the WebManager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-7
Table 20-1 - Software Image Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Table 21-1 - Configuration File Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-1
Table 21-2 - Commands for Displaying Attributes of Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-4
Table 21-3 - Commands for Displaying Contents of Configuration Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-7
Table 21-4 - Commands to Clear Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-10
Table C-1 - 2BASE-TL Pin Assignments and Twisted Pair Color Codes J 1 Connector (Left) and J 2 Connector (Right) C-2
Table D-1 - CLI User-Account Privilege Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Table E-1 - Safety Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
1
The 1531 CLAS Switch
1
1. Introduction
Thisdocumentprovidesbackgroundinformationandstepbystepproceduresforconfiguring
theAlcatelLucent1531CLASEthernetswitch.Therearetwoswitchmodels:
theoriginal1531CLASswitch(topofFigure 11)
theTDR/toneenabled1531CLASswitch(bottomofFigure 11)
Thefeaturesetofthetwoswitchmodelsisthesame,withtheexceptionslistedinTable11.
Figure 1-1 Front View of the 1531 CLAS Switches (Original Switch Top and TDR/Tone-Enabled Switch Bottom)
Table 1-1 1531 CLAS Model Features
Switch Part Number Features
3AG21600AAAA Original1531CLASswitch.
DB9maintenanceterminalconnector(craftport).
Sideairexhaust.
3AG21600BAAA TDR/toneenabled1531CLASswitch.
SupportsanintegratedTimeDomainReflectometer(TDR)testingfacility,plus
integratedtoneandopen/shortcreationfacilitiesfordetecting2BASETLpairs.
RJ45maintenanceterminalconnector(consoleport).
Sideairexhaust.
3AG21601BAAA Sameasmodel3AG21600BAAA(previousrow)butwithrearairexhaust.
Note
When this document uses the term 1531 CLAS, the discussion applies to the original and
TDR/tone-enabled switch models.
1-2 Introduction
1531CLAS switchesdelivermanagedsymmetricalbandwidthandservicesatratesupto45
Mbpsoverexistingcopperpairsutilizingstandardsbased2BASETLtechnology.Highmargin
Ethernetservicescanbedeliveredoveranyvoicegradecopperatfullcarrierservingarea
(CSA)distancesandbeyond.
Figure 1-2 1531 CLAS 2BASE-TL Connections
Packagedinahighdensity1RUpizzabox,the1531CLASispurposebuiltfordeployment
throughouttheaccessnetworkinacentraloffice(CO),controlledenvironmentalvault(CEV),
orremoteterminal(RT).Thefrontaccessibleplatformisstandardsbased,temperaturehard
ened,highlyresilientandscalable.The1531CLASsupportsanindustryleadingdensityof40
pairsof2BASETL(IEEE802.3ahstandardforEthernettransportoverG.SHDSLand
ExtendedRateSHDSL(ESHDSL)inthe1531CLAS,enablingcarrierstoaggressivelytarget
bandwidthhungrybusinesseswithoutthecapitalandoperationalburdenassociatedwith
largerchassisbasedsystems.
The1531CLASisfullycompatiblewiththe1521CLIPseriesofcosteffectiveCPEdevices,
includingthe1521CLIPxPCO/CPseriesofuniversaldevicesoperatinginCPmode.
10/100 Mbps
Management Port
2BASE-TL
2BASE-TL Over
Copper Plant
Central Office
Subscriber A Customer Premises
Subscri ber N Customer Premises
CPE
10/100
CAT 5
Ethernet
Cable
10/100 BASE-TX
CPE Ethernet Port
4 bonded
copper
pairs
1521 CL IP
CPE
10/100
CAT 5
Ethernet
Cable
8
bonded
copper
pairs
10/100 BASE-TX
CPE Ethernet Port
1531 CL AS Ethernet Switch
(40 2BASE-TL Ports)
Carrier Metro
Network
1521 CL IP
Introduction 1-3
Withthe1531CLAS,carrierscanaggregatedifferentlinerates,differentlooplengthsanddif
ferentloopqualitiesintoasinglemanagedEthernetconnection.IEEE802.3ah2BASETL
copperpairscanbebondedfromadjacentornonadjacentbinders,automaticallybonding
pairsintoalogicalconnectionwhena1521CLIPisconnectedtoa1531CLAS.Equallyimpor
tant,the1531CLASiscapableofdetectingandrecoveringfromlooploss,loopaddition,and
loopdegradationallwithoutoperatorintervention.
1.1 Standalone and Stacked Switch Configurations
The1531CLAScanbedeployedasastandaloneswitchorasastackedswitchsystem
(1531CLASVN).
A1531CLASVN(virtualnode)consistsofuptofive1531CLASs(capableofsupporting200
2BASETLpairs),redundantlyconnectedusingadedicatedringbasedstackinginterfaceto
createaVirtualNodethatenablescarrierstoincrementallyaddservicecapacity.1531CLAS
switchescanbehotinsertedintoanoperationalstack,withnoimpacttoexistingservices.The
1531CLASVNimplementsadistributedcrossboxbondingmechanismthatfreesthecarrier
fromtheinventoryandplanningissuestypicallyassociatedwithmultipairsystemsanypair
canbeaggregatedwithanyotherpair,anywhereacrossthemultiple1531CLASsinthevirtual
node.
1.2 The 1521 CL IP Products
The1531CLASswitchcanbeconnectedtothefollowing1521CLIPmodels:
1521CLIP2PCP,1521CLIP4PCP,and1521CLIP8PCPtwopair,fourpair,and
eightpairintelligentNetworkInterfaceUnits(NIUs),designedtobeinstalledatcustomer
premises.
1521CLIP4PCO/CPand1521CLIP8PCO/CPfourandeightpairuniversaldevices,
designedtosupportuniversalinstallationinanyCO,RT,orCPlocationavailablewith
two10/100MbpsBASETXnetworkinterfaces.
1521CLIP4POCO/CPand1521CLIP8POCO/CPfourandeightpairuniversal
devices,designedtosupportuniversalinstallationinanyCO,RT,orCPlocationprovided
withoneoptical100BASEXnetworkinterfaceandone10/100MbpsBASETXnetwork
interface.
Standalone 1531 CLAS
Ethernet Service Edge Switch
Ethernet Service Edge Switch
Stack (1531 CLAS VN)
1-4 Supported Platforms and Prerequisites
2. Supported Platforms and Prerequisites
2.1 Product Compatibility
Table2showstheproductcompatibilitymatrixforthecompletelineof1531CLASand1521
CLIPproducts.Refertothecurrentreleasenotesforinformationabouthardwaremodelnum
bers,partnumbers,andtheearliestsoftwareversionthatcanbeinstalledonthehardware.
2.2 1531 CLAS Model Number Information (Product Label)
A1531CLASmodelnumberandrevisionletterinformationisprintedontheproductlabel
locatedattherearofthedevice.
Youcanalsodisplay1531CLASmodelnumberandrevisionlevelbyusingtheCLI
showswitchncommand,wherenisaswitchnumber.Usethenumber1fora
standaloneswitch.
Table 2 Product Compatibility
A Device Installed at CO... Connects to These Devices at a CP...
Thefollowing1531CLASuniversaldevicesoperatingin
COmode:
1521CLIP4PCO/CP
1521CLIP8PCO/CP
1521CLIP4POCO/CP
1521CLIP8POCO/CP
1521CLIP4PS9and1521CLIP8PS9linecards
1531CLASEthernetovercopperswitch
Thefollowing1521CLIPxPCPdevices:
1521CLIP2PCP
1521CLIP4PCP
1521CLIP8PCP
Thefollowing1531CLASuniversaldevices
operatinginCPmode:
1521CLIP4PCO/CP
1521CLIP8PCO/CP
1521CLIP4POCO/CP
1521CLIP8POCO/CP
Provisioning Utilities - CLI and WebManager 1-5
3. Provisioning Utilities - CLI and WebManager
The1531CLASincludesseveralmethodstoprovisionservices(aswellastoprovisionand
manageotherpartsofthesystem):
aCommandLineInterfacetool
aWebbrowserbasedElementManagementSystem
anembeddedWebbrowserbasedWebManagerGUI
3.1 CLI
TherobustCommandLineInterface(CLI)toolenablesoperatorstoperformsimilarprovision
ingandmanagementfunctionsbyusingcommandsthatarestructuredinafamiliarCLI
format.OperatorscanusetheCLIcommandsthroughatelnetsessionorbymakingadirect
connectiontoa1531CLAS/1521CLIPdevicethroughthedevicesserialport.
3.2 WebManager
TheWebManagerprovidesanintuitive,easytouseWebaccessibleGUIforrapidpointand
clickprovisioningandmaintenance.WiththeWebManager,craftpersonnelcanuseaWeb
browsertoaccesstheextensiveOAM&Pcapabilitiesofthe1531CLASand1521CLIPdevices.
TheembeddedWebManagerWebserverprovidesapointandclickinterfacethatcanbe
accessedfromanycomputer,andprovidesafastgraphicalinterfacetoallmanagementfunc
tions.Withservicewizardsandgraphicalviews,evennovicepersonnelcanquicklyand
accuratelymanageandprovisiondeviceservices.
Figure 13isanexampleoftheWebManagerpagethatisdisplayedwhenyouselect
Equipment>Environmentalona1531CLAS.
Figure 1-3 Example Equipment ->Environmental Parameters Page
1-6 Terminology
4. Terminology
Table13summarizestheterminologythatisusedinthe1531CLAS/1521CLIP
documentation.
Table 1-3 Terminology
Term Description
2BASE-TL PME Inthisdocument,avoicegradecopperpairisreferredtoasa2BASETLPMEor2BPME.2BPMEs
maybebondedtogethertoachieveahigheraggregaterates.
2BPME See2BASETLPME.
802.1Q TheIEEE802.1Qspecification(nowincorporatedintoIEEE802.1D2001)thatdescribesastandard
methodforinsertingvirtualLAN(VLAN)membershipinformationintoEthernetframes.
The1531CLASiscompatiblewiththeIEEE802.1Qspecification.Inaddition,the1531CLAS
supportsanenhancedversionof802.1Q,whichincludesaperportVLANtagspace.Thisprovides
trafficprotectionandsegregationbytransmittingpacketsfromaparticularVLANoverspecified
portsandmanagingtherangeofVLANIDsindependentlyonaportbyportbasis.
802.3ah AdraftamendmenttoIEEE802.3thatcombinesaminimalsetofextensionstotheIEEE802.3Media
AccessControl(MAC)andMACControlsublayerswithafamilyofPhysical(PHY)Layers.The
PhysicalLayersincludeopticalfiberandvoicegradecoppercablePhysicalMediumEntity
sublayers(PMEs)forpointtopointconnectionsinsubscriberaccessnetworks.802.3ahdefinestwo
PHYsofinteresttotheAlcatelLucentimplementation:
ShortReach:10Mbit/ssymmetricalover750meters(10PASSTL)Idealforbuildingscloseto
remoteterminals,andinbuildingdistribution.
LongReach:2Mbit/ssymmetricalover2,700meters(2BASETL)IdealforT1/E1upgradetofull
rateEthernetaccess.
access Aporttypepropertyofa1531CLAS/1521CLIPsEthernetport.Aportthathasporttypeproperty
ofaccessprovidessupportfordevicesthatdonotrequireVLANtagmanagement.Allpackets
receivedonaportwithanaccessporttypeareassociatedwithasingleservice.Notethatreceived
packetsmayormaynothaveVLANtags.IfapacketreceivedonanaccessportcontainsaVLAN
tag,thetagisignored.
Seealsotrunk.
Bonded port Avirtualportona1531CLASthataggregatesuptoeightvoicegradecopperpairs(2BPMEs).
Bondedportsincreaseconnectionbandwidthandredundancy.
CPE CustomerPremisesEquipment.Amanageabledemarcationdevicelocatedatacustomerspremise.
CO CentralOffice.
CoS ClassofServiceaprioritylevelthatcontrolsthelatencyoftrafficthrougha1531CLAS.
E-Line Ethernetlineservice.ApointtopointconnectionbetweentwoUNIs,withasingleEVCbetweenthe
UNIs.
E-LAN EthernetLANservice.AmultipointtomultipointconnectionbetweenUNIs,whichcanshare
EVCs.
EVC EthernetVirtualConnection.AnassociationoftwoormoreUNIs.
Terminology 1-7
G.shdsl Aninternationalstandardforsinglepair,highspeedDSLasdefinedintheITUTStandardG.991.2,
providing2.3Mbps,symmetrical.G.shdslwasadoptedasthelongreachPHYfor802.3ah.
LAG LinkAggregationGroup.Linkaggregationallowsphysicaluplinkportstobecombinedtocreatea
singlelogicallink.WhenaLAGcontainsmorethanoneport,thesinglelogicallinkcancarrytraffic
athigherdataratesthanasingleportbecausethetrafficisdistributedacrossallofthephysicalports
thatmakeupthelinkaggregationgroup.Linkredundancyisalsoachievedbecauseifonelinkinthe
LAGfails,itstrafficisredistributedacrosstheremaininglinks.
Local device ThedeviceonwhichyouhaveloggedontousetheCLI.SeealsoRemotedevice.
MBE MidBandEthernet.
MEF MetroEthernetForum.
PDU ProtocolDataUnit.Aprotocolspecificframeofdatathatcontainslayerprotocolcontrol
informationplususerdata(aServiceDataUnit).
PME PhysicalMediumEntity.Anetworklayerthatdefinesthephysicallayersignallingthatisusedby
differentkindsofmedia.
Remote device ThedevicethatisattachedtothelocaldeviceonwhichyouhaveloggedintousetheCLI.For
example,ifyouareloggedontotheCLIofa1531CLASsystem,theremotedeviceisa1521CLIPCP
device.SeealsoLocaldevice.
SDU ServiceDataUnit.Userdata(payloaddata)containedinaProtocolDataUnit(PDU),alongwith
protocolspecificcontrolinformation.
switch One1531CLASinastackorastandaloneswitch.
system Astandalone1531CLASswitchora1531CLASstack,whichcanconsistoffromtwotofive
interconnected1531CLASs.
trunk
Aporttypepropertyofa1531CLASEthernetport.Aportthathasporttypepropertyoftrunk
canmanagepacketsfrommultipleVLANsandclassifythepacketsbasedontheVLANtagsID.
Packetsreceivedonaportofporttypetrunkcanbeassociatedwithmultipleservices.
Seealsoaccess.
UNI UserNetworkInterface.AstandardEthernetinterfacethatisthepointofdemarcationbetween
customerequipmentandaserviceprovidersnetwork.
VLAN VirtualLAN.See802.1Q.
Table 1-3 Terminology (Continued)
Term Description
1-8 Related Documentation
5. Related Documentation
Thefollowing1531CLASproductfamilydocumentsareavailablefromAlcatelLucent.
........
1531CLASSoftwareReleaseNotes Importantinformationaboutaparticularrelease,
includingnewfeatures,openfeatureexceptions,
resolvedfeatureexceptions,andfeatureexception
history.
1531CLASQuickStartGuide Aneightpagedocumentthatsummarizesthe
proceduresforinstallinga1531CLAS.
1531CLASHardwareInstallation
Guide
Completeproceduresforinstallinga1531CLAS.
1531CLASCLIReferenceGuide Descriptionsofeach1531CLASCLIcommandand
examplesoftheiruse.
WebManagerQuickStartGuide AnoverviewoftheWebManager,whichprovidesa
graphicalinterfaceto1531CLASmanagementopera
tions.Includesinstructionsforloggingintothe
WebManagerandnavigatingitspages.
Turningupan1531CLAS Describesthestepsforconfiguringasimpleserviceon
an1531CLAS,usingboththeCLIandthe
WebManager.
1
Physical Connections and LEDs
2
Thischapterdescribesthe1531CLASconnectorsandLEDs.
3
1. Front Panel Connectors and LEDs
Figure 21describestheconnectorsandLEDsthatarelocatedonthe1531CLASfrontpanel.
theconnectorsandLEDsaredescribedinthesectionsthatfollow.
Figure 2-1 1531 CLASConnectors and LEDs
Static Electricity can damage or decrease the reliability of electrical and optical equipment. While
unpacking and handling electrical and optical equipment, wear a grounding wrist strap to dis-
charge the static buildup. The grounding wrist strap is designed to prevent equipment damage
caused by static electricity. Before unpacking and installing equipment or making system intercon-
nections, connect the grounding wrist strap.
Important!
Refer to the 1531 CLAS Installation Guide or the 1531 CLAS Quick Start Guide for instructions
for cabling a 1531 CLAS.
Universal I/O Slot for field
replaceable high-speed
network module with dual-
redundant ports
Modular, field
replaceable cooling
unit
Redundant
power inputs
Subscriber ports - 40 pairs of
2BASE-TL and bonded 2BASE-TL
10/100
Management
Port
Main chassis
Serial
Console
Port
Stacking
Ports
MLT
Ports
Ground
Lug
Lamp Test
Button
Alarm
Port
2-2 Front Panel Connectors and LEDs
1.1 System Status LEDs
Figure 22showsthe1531CLASsystemstatusLEDs,andTable21describesthem.
Figure 2-2 System Status LEDs
Table 2-1 Status LEDs
LED
Marking
LED State Description
MASTER Off Switchisnotthemasterwhenitispartofastack.
On Switchisthemasterwhenitispartofastack(thedefaultforastandalone1531
CLAS).
COOLING
UNIT FAIL
Off CoolingUnitisoperatingproperly.
On Oneormoreofthecoolingfansarenotoperating,ornoCoolingUnitisinstalled.
CHASSIS 1 Thechassisnumberofthe1531CLASwhenitispartofastack.(Always1fora
standalone1531CLAS.)
OK Off Switchisnotreceivingpowerorhasnotfinishedselftest.
BlinkingGreen Switchisreceivingpowerandisperformingselftestoperations.
SteadyGreen Switchhascompletedselftestandisreadytopasstraffic(normaloperation)
FAIL Off Ifswitchispoweredon(OKLEDsteadygreen),nohardwarefailuresaredetected
(normaloperation).
On Onpowerup,indicatesthattheswitchisperformingselftest.
Afterselftesthasrun,indicatesthattheswitchhasdetectedahardwarefailure.
ALARMS
CRITICAL
Off The1531CLASiscurrentlyreportingnocriticalalarms.
On The1531CLAShasdetectedoneormorecriticalalarms.
ALARMS
MAJOR
Off The1531CLASiscurrentlyreportingnomajoralarms.
On The1531CLAShasdetectedoneormoremajoralarms.
Front Panel Connectors and LEDs 2-3
1.2 Power Connectors and LEDs
The1531CLAScanbepoweredfromoneortwo48VDCpowersources.Iftwopowersources
areused,the1531CLASwillcontinuetooperatenormallyifoneofthesourcesfails.
Thepowerconnectorhasfourpinstwopinsforeachofthetwo48VDCpowersourcesthat
canbeconnectedtothedevice.
Figure 23showsadetailofthe1531CLASswitchspowerconnectorandpowerLEDs.
Figure 2-3 -48 VDC Power Connector
TherearetwopowerstatusLEDs:AandB.
ALEDOn(steadygreen)when48VDCisdetectedattheAconnections
(pins1and2)
BLEDOn(steadygreen)when48VDCisdetectedattheBconnections
(pins3and4)
NotethatatleastoneofthepowerstatusLEDsmustbeonfortheswitchtobeoperational.
BothpowerstatusLEDswillbeonwhentwooperationalpowersourcespowerareconnected.
Refertothe1531CLASInstallationGuideorthe1531CLASQuickStartGuideforinstructionsfor
cablingthepowerconnector.
- +
B Power
- +
A Power
Power
Source
LEDs
1.3 High-Speed Network-Module Connector and LEDs
The1531CLASsupportsthehighspeednetworkmoduleslistedinTable22.
Table23describesthehighspeedmodulesLEDs.
Table 2-2 1531 CLAS High-Speed Module Model Numbers
Item Description Model Number
Modulesfor1531CLAS
UniversalI/OSlot
1531CLASGBT,Uplinkmodulewithtwo1000BASETXCat5Ethernet
ports
3AG21621AAAA
1531CLASGBX,Uplinkmodulewithtwo1000BASEXSmallForm
FactorPluggable(SFP)OpticalEthernetports.NotethatSFPopticsare
notincluded.
3AG21622AAAA
Table 2-3 High-Speed Module LEDs
LED Marking LED State Description
LINK Off Noconnectionhasbeendetectedbetweentheportandanetworkdevice.
SolidGreen Acommunicationlinkhasbeenestablishedbetweentheportandanetwork
device(normaloperation).
ACT Off Notrafficisbeingsentorreceivedontheport.
BlinkingGreen Blinksastrafficpassesthroughtheport.
1.4 10/100 Management Port
The10/100ManagementPort(Figure 24)isanRJ45connectorforaCat510/100BaseTXEther
netcablethatistypicallyconnectedtoaNetworkOperationCentersmanagmentnetwork.
Figure 2-4 10/100 Base TX Management Connection
Table24describesthemanagementportstwostatusLEDs(LINKandACT).
Table 2-4 1531 CLAS Status LEDs
LED
Marking
LINK Off Noconnectionhasbeendetectedbetweenthe10/100Mbpsportandanetworkdevice.
SolidGreen Acommunicationlinkhasbeenestablishedbetweenthe10/100Mbpsportanda
networkdevice(normaloperation).
ACT Off Notrafficisbeingsentorreceivedonthe10/100Mbpsport.
BlinkingGreen Blinksastrafficpassesthroughtheport.
Note
The 1531 CLAS 10/100 Mbps Network Ethernet port is suitable for connection to intra-building wir-
ing only.
1.5 2BASE-TL Connectors and LEDs
Therearetwo2BASETLconnectorsonthe1531CLAS(Figure 25).ConnectorJ1supports
2BASETLpairs116,connectorJ2supports2BASETLpairs1740.Theconnectorsaccept
50pinRJ21(Champ)plugs.
Figure 2-5 2BASE-TL Connectors and LEDs
Note
See Appendix A: 2BASE-TL Wiring for a list of the 2BASE-TL pin-outs and copper-pair color
codes.
Table 2-5 2BASE-TL Status LEDs
LED
Marking
PAIRS 1-40 Off Thenumberedporthasnocopperpairattached.Or,ifthereisacopperpairattached,
thenumberedportandtheassociatedportattheCPhavenotyetstartedtotrain.
SteadyGreen Thecopperpairattachedtothenumberedporthastrainedwiththeassociatedportat
theCP,butthereisnottrafficpassingontheport.
BlinkingGreen
(Slow)
Blinkingatapproximately2blinks/secondindicatesthattheportisintheprocessof
training.Thedurationofthetrainingprocessisdependentonthelengthofthecopper
loopconnectingtheports.
BlinkingGreen
(Fast)
Blinksastrafficpassesthroughtheport,afterthepairistrained.
2BASE-TL Connector J 1
Ports 1 - 16
Ports 17 - 40
Tie-Wrap Mount Tie-Wrap Mount
1.6 Stack Port Connectors and LEDs
Twotofive1531CLASswitchescanbeconnectedtocreatea1531CLASVirtualNode(1531
CLASVN),alsocalledastack.Fromtheuser/networkpointofview,astackappearsasasingle
switch,whichcanbemanagedviaasingleIPaddress.
The1531CLASStackPorts(Figure 26)areusedtoconnect1531CLASdevicestocreatea1531
CLASVirtualNode(1531CLASVN).TheportsLEDsaresolidgreenwhenastackporthasan
activeconnectiontoastackportonanother1531CLAS.
Figure 2-6 Stack Ports
Whenconnecting1531CLASdevicesinastack,thestackingcablesmustcreatearing.
Figure 27showssomeexamples.
Figure 2-7 Connecting Stacking Cables - Examples
Caution
When cabling the 1531 CLAS Stack Ports, you must use the special stacking cables that are pro-
vided by Alcatel-Lucent.
Devi ce 1
Devi ce 2
Devi ce 1
Devi ce 2 Devi ce 3
Devi ce 1
Devi ce 2 Devi ce 3
Devi ce 5
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
1.7 RS-232 Craft Port
Table26andFigure 28showsthepinassignmentsfortheTDR/toneenabled1531CLAS
switchmodelsRJ45consoleport.
1
Note
The TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS and original 1531 CLAS switch models use different types of
connectors for their maintenance terminal interfaces. TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS switch mod-
els use an RJ -45 connector; original 1531 CLAS switch models use a DB-9 connector.
1. ThefollowingCiscoSystemscablescanbeconnectedtotheRJ45consoleport:72338301cableor72125901cable
with74049501adapter.Thesecablesareunshielded,andmustnotbeusedtopermanentlyinstallamaintenance
terminal.
Table 2-6 Console Port Pin Outs
RJ-45
Pin #
Signal Device
I/O
1 N/A N/A
2 N/A N/A
3 RxD(ReceiveData) Output
4 GND N/A
5 GND N/A
6 TxD(TransmitData) Input
7 N/A N/A
8 N/A N/A
Figure 2-8 RJ -45 Pins for Console Port
(Facing TDR/tone-enabled
1531 CLAS)
TDR/tone-enabled 1531
CLAS Console Port
Theoriginal1531CLAScraftportinterfaceisaDB9femaleconnectorthatprovidesanRS232
interfaceforconnectingamaintenanceterminaltotheswitch.Figure 210showsthepin
assignmentsfortheDB9connector.
Figure 2-8 RS-232 Craft Port Pin Assignments
Note
This type of connection is DCE-to-DTE. The cable used for this connection must be wired straight
through (not crossed).
TXD (Transmit Data)
RXD (Receive Data)
SGN (Signal Ground)
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
Output
Input
1.8 Alarm Port
The1531CLASAlarmI/Oport(Figure 29)isanRJ45connectorthatprovidesaninterfacefor
alarmsthatthedevicegeneratesaswellassupportinganinputforexternalalarms.
Figure 2-9 Alarm Port
Alarmsgeneratedbythe1531CLASareavailableontheAlarmportsnormallyopenandnor
mallyclosedrelaycontacts.Table27liststhesignalsthataresupportedbythealarmportand
Figure 210showsthepinlocationsinportsfemalejack(facingthe1531CLASfrontpanel).
Table 2-7 Alarm I/O Port Pin Outs
Pin # Signal
1 CriticalCommon
2 CriticalNormallyOpen
3 CriticalNormallyClosed
4 MajorCommon
5 MajorNormallyClosed
6 MajorNormallyOpen
7 AlarmIn
8 AlarmInReturn
Figure 2-10 RJ -45 Pins (Facing 1531 CLAS)
1.9 Metallic Loop Test Access Ports
The1531CLASprovidesexternaltestaccessviatwoRJ45jackslabeledOUTandIN
(Figure 210).Table28showsthepinassignments,whichapplytoboththetestjacks.
Figure 2-10 Metallic Loop Test Ports
Table 2-8 MLT IN and MLT OUT Pin Assignments
Pin Position Signal
4 Tip
5 Ring
1.10 Lamp Test Button
TheLAMPTESTbutton(Figure 211)providesmultiplefunctions,basedonhowlong
thebuttonispressed.The1531CLASlamptestbuttoncanbeconfiguredtooperateinoneof
thefollowingways:
1. thebasiclamptestandalarmcutoffoperations(pressthebuttonforlessthantwoseconds
totestthelampsandpressthebuttonformorethantwosecondstoresetthealarmports
relaycontacts).
2. aswitchrebootoperationinadditiontothebasicoperations(pressthebuttonformore
than10secondstoreboot).
3. aswitchrenumberingoperationinadditiontothebasicandrebootoperations(pressthe
buttonformorethanfiveseconds,butlessthan10seconds).TheswitchnumberLEDwill
blink.Pressthebuttontoselectanewswitchnumber(whichmustbeuniquewithinthe
stack).Afteryoumaketheselection,theswitchwillreboot.
Figure 2-11 Lamp Test Button
UsetheconfigsystemlampTestButtonbuttonOperationcommandtoconfigurethelamptest
buttonsoperationandtheshowsystemcommandtodisplaythebuttonsconfiguration,where
thelampTestButtonattributessettingisoneof:
basic=performsthelamptestandalarmcutoffaslabeledonthefrontpanel
reboot=performsarebootoperationinadditiontothelamptestandalarmcutoffopera
tions
renumber=performsaswitchrenumberingoperationinadditiontothereboot,lamptest,
andalarmcutoffoperations(thedefault)
Note
The default setting is to support all four operations as described in #3 above (lamp test, alarm cut-
off, reboot, and renumbering).
1.10.1 Testing the Switchs Lamps
IfyoupressandholdtheLAMPTESTbuttonforlessthantwoseconds,alloftheswitchs
LEDswillilluminatewhilethebuttonispressed.
Ifyoupressandholdthebuttonformorethantwosecondsbutlessthanfiveseconds,the
LEDsreturntonormaloperation.
1.10.2 Resetting the Alarm Port
TheAlarmI/Oport(Figure 29onpage 210)isanRJ45connectorthatprovidesaninterface
foralarmsthattheswitchgeneratesaswellassupportinganinputforexternalalarms.
Alarmsgeneratedbythe1531CLASareavailableontheAlarmportsnormallyopenandnor
mallyclosedrelaycontacts.
PressingtheLAMPTESTbuttonformorethantwosecondsbutlessthanfiveseconds,resets
thealarmportsrelaycontactstotheirdefaultsettings.
1.10.3 Rebooting the Switch with the Lamp Test Button
IfthesystemslampTestButtonattributeissettoeitherrebootorrenumber,youcanrebootthe
switchbypressingandholdingthelamptestbuttonfor10seconds.Iftheattributeissetto
basic,youwilleitherhavetoremovepowerfromtheswitchtocauseittoreboot,changethe
attributetoeitherrebootorrenumbertoenablethebuttonsrebootoperation,orrebootthe
switchwiththeCLIsrebootcommand.
1.10.4 Changing the Switch ID Number
IfthesystemslampTestButtonattributeissettorenumber,youcanyoupressandholdthe
LAMPTESTbuttonforfivesecondsbutlessthantensecondstoplacetheswitchintoswitch
IDchangemode.Inthismode,thesevensegmentchassisLEDflashes.Then,eachtimethebut
tonispressedandreleased,theswitchIDnumberisincremented.
If,whileinswitchIDmode,thelamptestbuttonisnotpressedwithinfiveseconds,theswitch
exitsthemode.
IftheswitchIDischanged,thenewnumberisdisplayed,andtheswitchclearsthecurrent
startupconfigurationandreboots.
........
Caution
When the switch is rebooted following a switch numbering change in switch-ID mode, any
system-startup information in the switchs startup configuration file will be lost and data and man-
agement traffic will be interrupted.
1
Switch and Port Numbering
3
Thischapterprovidesinformationaboutswitchandportnumbering:
1531CLASSwitchNumbering page 31
1531CLASPortNumbering page 32
1521CLIPPortNumbering page 34
1. 1531 CLAS Switch Numbering
TheshowswitchcommanddisplaysaswitchsIDnumber,whichisanintegerintherange
1 5.AswitchsIDnumberisalsothenumberoftheswitchs10/100ManagementPortand
SerialCraftPort.
UsetheconfigswitchswitchIdnewSwitchNocommandtochangetheswitchnumber,
whichalsochangesthenumberoftheswitchs10/100ManagementPort(aftertheswitchis
rebooted).
1.1 Standalone Switch
Whenastandaloneswitchisfirstpoweredup,bydefaultithasaswitchIDof1.Youcan
changethatswitchnumberwiththeconfigswitchswitchIdnewSwitchNocommand.
1.2 Stacked Switches
Eachswitchina1531CLASVNstackmusthaveuniqueswitchIDintherange15.
Inastack,thecommandshowswitchdisplaysinformationabouttheswitchthatisrun
ningtheCLI.Thecommandshowswitch*commanddisplaysonelinesummariesofall
theswitchesinthestack,includingswitchnumbersandtheswitchthatisthestackmaster.
Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show swi t ch *
Swi t ch par amet er s ( * i ndi cat es Mast er Swi t ch) :
I nst ance oper mas t emper a l ast Reset upt i me r el ease
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 *act i ve 10 43/ 109 SWUpgr ade 3 days, 00: 48: 04 8. 0. 1
2 act i ve 5 41/ 105 SWUpgr ade 3 days, 00: 47: 57 8. 0. 1
3 act i ve 5 46/ 114 Mast er Swi t 0 days, 00: 40: 16 8. 0. 1
5 act i ve 6 45/ 113 New Mast er 0 days, 00: 18: 30 8. 0. 1
1531 CLAS- 1M#
3-2 1531 CLAS Port Numbering
2. 1531 CLAS Port Numbering
Thissectiondescribestheportnumberingforthe1531CLASasusedbytheCLIand
WebManager.
2.1 Ethernet and 2BPME Ports
Figure 31showstheEthernetandPMEportsthatarelocatedonthe1531CLASfrontpanel.
Figure 3-1 1531 CLAS Ethernet and PME Ports
Table31describestheportnumberingschemes.Notethatsomeportnumbersareperswitch
whileothersarepersystem(whereasystemiseitherastandaloneswitchorastack).
Table 3-1 1531 CLASEthernet and PME Ports
1531 CLASPort
Numbering Examples
10/100Management
EthernetPort
SingledigitperswitchIDnumberintherange
1 5.
Administrativelyenablethe10/100
managementportonswitch2:
configethernet2adminenable
HighSpeedModule
EthernetPorts
Threedigitperswitchintegeroftheform
switchNo{0}portNo,where:
switchNoisintherange15
theseconddigitisalways0
portNoisintherange12
Displayinformationabouthighspeed
Ethernetport1onswitch4:
showethernet401
2BASETLPMEPorts Atwoorthreedigitpersystemintegerinthe
formswitchNo/portNo,where:
Administrativelyenable2BASETLport22on
switch3:
config2bpme3/22adminenable
2BASETLBondedEthernet
Ports
Apersystemintegerintherange10011200. Createbondedportnumber1010withPMEs
2730onswitch5:
createbonding2basetlNo1010pmePortList
5/2730
High-Speed Module Ethernet Port(s) 10/100 Management
Ethernet Port
2BPME Ports
1531 CLAS Port Numbering 3-3
2.2 Stacking Ports, MLT Ports, and Serial Craft Port
Figure 32showsthe1531CLASstackingandMetallicLoopTest(MLT)ports.Table32
describestheportnumberingschemes.
Figure 3-2 1531 CLAS Stacking and MLT Ports
Table 3-2 1531 CLASStacking and MLT Ports
1531 CLASPort
Numbering Examples
StackingPorts Twodigitperswitchintegeroftheform
switchNo/portNo,where:
Administrativelyenablestackport2on
switch5:
configstackPort5/2adminenable
WhenusingtheshowstackPortswitchNo
command(withnoportNo),asummarylistis
providedforthespecifiedswitch.
MLTPorts SingledigitperswitchIDnumberintherange
1 5.
ClearMLTonswitch3:
configmltclear3
Whenusingtheshowmltcommand(withno
switchNo),asummarylistisprovidedforthe
switchonwhichtheCLIisrunning.
SerialCraftPort SingledigitperswitchIDnumberintherange
1 5.
DisplaytheattributesoftheSerialCraftPort
onswitch5:
showserConsole5
Stacking Ports
MLT Ports
Serial Craft Port
3-4 1521 CLIP Port Numbering
3. 1521 CLIP Port Numbering
Youcanmanage1521CLIPdevicesremotelyfromthe1531CLASCLIbyprefacingthecom
mandswithcpecpeId.Thisinformationinthissectionisprovidedtohelpyouproperly
specifyremote1521CLIPdevicesandtheirports.
ThevalueofcpeIdinthecpecpeIdprefixisthe1531CLASbondedporttowhichtheCPdevice
isconnected,andyoucanusethe1531CLASshowbonding*commandtodisplayalistof
bondedports.Inthefollowingexample,therearethreebondedportstowhichCPdevicesare
connected:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show bondi ng *
2BASE- TL por t bondi ng par amet er s ( * = di scover ed, not pr epr ovi si oned) :
I nst ance oper pmeV dot 3 aggr Ra r mt MacAddr ess pmePor t Li st
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1001 act i hnbd t r ue 45. 632 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 0e: 27 1/ 17- 20
1002 act i hnbd t r ue 45. 632 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 0e: 6b 1/ 21- 24
1003 act i hnbd t r ue 45. 632 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 0d: db 1/ 25- 28
1531 CLAS- 1M#
TorunaCLIcommandontheCPdeviceconnectedtobondedport1002,youwouldusethe
cpe1002prefix,followedbythecommand.Forexample,cpe1002showsystem.(Thesection
ExampleCPECommands on page 122hasmoreexamplesofcpecpeIdcommands.)
Figure 33showsthe1521CLIPportsandTable33onpage 35describestheportnumber
ing/namingschemesfromtheperspectiveofa1531CLAS.
Figure 3-3 Ports on a 1521 CLIP (Universal Device Shown)
Network Ethernet
Port(s)
Serial Craft Port
2BPME Ports
1521 CLIP Port Numbering 3-5
........
Table 3-3 1521 CLIP Ethernet and PME Ports
1521 CLIP Port Numbering Examples
2BASETLPMEPorts Anintegerintherange1n,wherenis2,4,or8
dependingontheCPdevicetype.
Administrativelyenable2BASETLport5of
theCPconnectedto1531CLASport1003:
cpe1003config2bpme5adminenable
2BASETLBondedEthernet
Port
Always1001onstandarddevices.
10011002,10011004,or10011008onS
modeldevices.Forexample,anHN408Scanhave
amaximumofeightbondedports(10011008).
AddPMEs7and8tothebondedportofthe
CPconnectedto1531CLASport1004:
cpe1004configbonding1001
pmePortList+7,8
NotethattheCPdevicesportnumberisnot
requiredonstandarddevices(itisalways
1001),andthefollowingcommandis
equivalent:
cpe1004configbondingpmePortList+7,8
OnSmodeldevices,theportnumberis
required:
cpe1004configbonding2baseTl1002
pmePortList+5,6
SerialCraftPort SingledigitperswitchIDnumberintherange
1 5.
DisplaytheattributesoftheSerialCraftPort
oftheCPconnectedto1531CLASport1010:
cpe1010showserConsole
3-6 1521 CLIP Port Numbering
1
Logging Into the CLI on the Serial Craft Port
4
Thefollowingstepsdescribehowtoconnectamaintenanceterminaltoa1531CLASserial
craftportandlogintotheCLI,enablingyoutomanagethedevicelocally.(Chapter5:Manag
ingIPAddressesonManagementPorts,EVCs,andaStacksMasterCraftPortdescribeshow
tosetupanIPaddressona1531CLAS100BASETXmanagementportoranEVCona2BASE
TLbondedportsothatyoucanmanagethedeviceremotely.)
Step 1. Withthe1531CLASpoweredup,connectamaintenanceterminaltothe1531CLAS
craftport(Figure 41).
Figure 4-1 Craft and Management Ports
The1531CLAScraftinterfaceisastandardRS232interfacewiththedefaultsettingsof:
9600baud
8bits
1stop
Noparity
Nohardwareflowcontrol
Step 2. Startacommunicationprogramonthemaintenanceterminal.Forexample,apro
gramsuchasHyperTerminal(onacomputerusingMicrosoftWindows).
Whenthemaintenanceterminalisconnectedtothecraftport,theLoginpromptof
theCLIshouldappear(Login:).Ifitdoesnot,pressthemaintenanceterminals
<Enter>keyseveraltimes.
Note
The 1531 CLAS supports one serial craft-port connection, up to six simultaneous telnet, SSH, or
http connections.
Note
The TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS and original 1531 CL AS switch models use different types of
connectors for their maintenance terminal interfaces. TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS switch mod-
els use an RJ -45 connector; the original 1531 CL AS switch models use a DB-9 connector.
10/100 Management Port.
Serial Craft Port
4-2
Step 3. LogintotheCLIusingthedefaultadministratorusernameandpassword,orthe
administratorusernameandpasswordyouhavebeenprovided.Thedefaultuser
nameisadminandthedefaultpasswordisadmin.
Pressthe<Enter>keyaftertypingtheusernameandpassword.
Thefollowingisaloginexample:
Logi n: admi n<Ent er >
Passwor d: <Ent er > (Notethatthepasswordisnotdisplayed.)
************************************************************************
* ALCATEL- LUCENT COMMAND LI NE I NTERFACE ( CLI ) *
* *
* Al l r i ght s r eser ved Al cat el - Lucent . Thi s comput er pr ogr ami s *
* pr ot ect ed under Copyr i ght . Reci pi ent i s t o r et ai n t he pr ogr ami n *
* conf i dence, and i s not per mi t t ed t o copy, use, di st r i but e, modi f y *
* or t r ansl at e t he pr ogr amwi t hout aut hor i zat i on. *
************************************************************************
Logged i nt o MASTER Swi t ch ( Swi t ch 1)
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Note
CLI passwords are case sensitive and password characters are not echoed to the
terminal.
Note
It is strongly recommended that the default password for the admin user be changed following
these initial installation processes (by using the CLI config user command) or the WebManager.
Determining the CLI Version 4-3
1. Determining the CLI Version
Youcandisplaytheversionanddatestampofthe1531CLASsoftware(andtheCLI)byusing
thedirswImage*command.A1531CLAShastwononvolatilememorybanksthatituses
tostoresoftwareimagefiles(thestartupfileandthebackupfile).Thedevicerunsthesoftware
imagefromthestartupfile.
Asshowninthefollowingexample,thedirswImage*commandidentifieswhichbank
(1or2)containstheactivesoftwareimage.Intheexample,theactiveimage(8.0.1)isinbank#1
andtheversionoftheimageis1.8.58.
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r swI mage *
Sof t war e i mage par amet er s:
I nst ance r el ease ver si on dat eBui l t st at us sel ect ed act i ve
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 8. 0. 1 1. 8. 58 11/ 26/ 2010 09: 23: 37 val i d t r ue t r ue
1/ 2 7. 1. 2 1. 7. 83 05/ 12/ 2009 21: 24: 55 val i d f al se f al se
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
4-4 Determining the CLI Version
1
Managing IP Addresses on Management Ports,
EVCs, and a Stacks Master Craft-Port
5
Thischapterdescribestheproceduresfor:
configuringanddisplayingIPaddressesforadevices100BASETXmanagementportand
multipointtomultipoint(ELAN)EVCs
configuringanddisplayingIPinformationforamastercraftportIPaddressona1531
CLASstack(MasterCraftPortIPAddressCommands on page 513)
AssociatinganIPaddresswiththe100BASETXmanagementportprovidessupportforoutof
bandmanagementofthe1531CLAS;associatinganIPaddresswithanELANEVCprovides
supportforinbandmanagement.
InadditiontoprovidingprimaryIPaddresses,youcanalsoprovidealternateIPaddresses,
whichcanpreventalossofconnectivityshouldtheprimaryaddressbeimproperlyset.
The1531CLASIPinterfacesalsosupportAccessControlLists(ACLs),whichcanbeusedtofil
termanagementtraffic.
1. Basic IP Management
1.1 CLI Commands
Note
The 1531 CLAS supports one serial craft-port connection, up to six simultaneous telnet, SSH, or
http connections.
Table 5-1 IP Commands
showip DisplaysIPinformationformanagementportsorEVCs.
createip CreatesanIPinterfaceonanEVC.
configip ConfigurestheattributesofanIPinterface.
clearip ClearstheattributesofanIPinterface.
deleteip DeletesaninstanceofanIPinterface.
5-2 Basic IP Management
1.2 Configurable Attributes and Defaults
ToconfigureanexistingIPaddress,usetheconfigipcommandandspecifyeithertheevcId
argument(anintegerintherange1256)ortheethernetNoargument(anintegerintherange
15).TheevcIdmustbeaninstanceofanELANEVC.
Thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththecreateipandconfigipcommands.
1.3 Configuration Notes
TheIPinterfacecanbeidentifiedbyprovidingthe100BASETXmanagementportsID
(1forastandalone1531CLASswitchor15for1531CLASswitchesinastack)
oranELANEVCID.
IfyouattempttoadministrativelydisableanIPinterface,theCLIgeneratesawarningand
ay/nprompt.
InformationaboutanIPaddressalternateIPaddressisalsodisplayedbythe
showipcommand.
CLI Argument Description
admi n TypeofadministrativestateinwhichtoplacetheIPinterface.
Therequiredvalueforadminisoneofenableordisablewhere:
enable=theinterfaceisplacedintotheadministrativelyenabledstate(the
default)
disable=theinterfaceisplacedintotheadministrativelydisabledstate.When
disabled,theinterfacesopstateisreportedasinactive.
AdministrativelydisablingtheIPinterfacemaydisablemanagement
accesstothedevice.
dhcp WhethertoenableaDynamicHostConfigurationProtocol(DHCP)servertosetup
IPparametersontheinterface.
Therequiredvalueiseitherenable(enableDHCP)ordisable(disableDHCP).The
defaultisdisable.
i pAddr ess TheIPaddresstoassigntotheIPinterface,indotdecimalnotation.Thedefaultis
0.0.0.0.Theattributeisignoredifthedhcpattributeissettoenable.
i pNet Mask ThemaskfortheaddressinipAddress,indotdecimalnotation.Thedefaultis
0.0.0.0.Theattributeisignoredifthedhcpattributeissettoenable.
gat eway ThedefaultgatewayIPaddress,indotdecimalnotation.Mustbeinthesame
subnetastheIPaddressinipAddress.Thedefaultis0.0.0.0.Theattributeisignored
ifthedhcpattributeissettoenable.
met r i cNum AninterfacemetricthatspecifiesthecostofusingthisIPinterfaceinroutes.The
metricisanintegerintherange0 2147483647,withadefaultof100.Lower
metricNumvaluesspecifylowercosts.
i pAcl ThenameornumberofanAccessControlListtousetofiltertrafficontheIP
interface.Thestringnone,fornoACL(thedefault)oranintegerintherange
14.
Basic IP Management 5-3
1.4 Managing Alternate IP Addresses
AssigninganalternateIPaddresstoadevicesmanagementport(ormanagementEVC)can
preventalossofconnectivityshouldaportsprimaryIPaddressbeimproperlyset.
1.4.1 CLI Commands
1.4.2 Configurable Attributes and Defaults
ThefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththeconfigaltIpcommand.Theportisspeci
fiedwitheithertheethernetNoorevcIdarguments,whereethernetNoisanintegerinthe
range15andevcIdisanintegerintherange1256.TheevcIdmustbeaninstanceofan
ELANEVC.
1.4.3 Configuration Notes
ClearinganIPinterfacesattributescaninterruptmanagementaccesstothedevice.There
fore,theCLIdisplaysawarningmessagethatrequiresayresponsetoexecutetheclear
ingoperation.
IfyouattempttoadministrativelydisablethealternateIPaddress,theCLIgeneratesa
warninganday/nprompt.
InformationaboutanIPaddressalternateIPaddressisalsodisplayedbythe
showipcommand.
Table 5-2 Alternate IP Commands
showaltIp DisplaysalternateIPinformationformanagementportsorEVCs.
configaltIp ConfigurestheattributesofanIPinterfacesalternateIPaddress.
clearaltIp ClearsanIPinterfacesalternateIPaddress.
Keyword/Argument Description
admi n TypeofadministrativestateforthealternateIPaddress.
enable=theaddressisplacedintotheadministrativelyenabledstate
disable=theaddressisplacedintotheadministrativelydisabledstate.When
disabled,theaddressopstateisreportedasinactive.
AdministrativelydisablingthealternateIPaddressmaydisable
managementaccesstothedevice.
i pAddr ess TheIPaddresstoassigntothealternateIPinterface,indotdecimalnotation.The
defaultis0.0.0.0.
0.0.0.0.
5-4 Basic IP Management
1.5 Examples
#################################################################
# Set t he al t er nat e I P addr ess f or por t 1 and enabl e t he por t . #
#################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g al t I p 1 i pAddr ess 192. 168. 2. 13 i pNet Mask 255. 255. 255. 0 admi n enabl e
OK: Act i on compl et ed.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
################################################################################
# Ver i f y t he conf i gur at i on, usi ng t he show i p command, whi ch di spl ays bot h t he #
# pr i mar y and al t er nat e I P addr esses. #
################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show i p 1
Et her net por t 1 I P par amet er s:
Keywor d Descr i pt i on Val ue
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
admi n I P admi ni st r at i ve st at e ( conf i g/ act ual ) enabl e/ enabl e
oper I P oper at i onal st at e act i ve
dhcp DHCP st at e enabl e
i pAddr ess Conf i gur ed I P addr ess 0. 0. 0. 0
i pNet Mask Conf i gur ed I P net wor k mask 0. 0. 0. 0
gat eway Conf i gur ed Gat eway I P addr ess 0. 0. 0. 0
met r i c I nt er f ace met r i c ( conf i g/ act ual ) 100/ 100
i pAcl I P Access Cont r ol Li st ( conf i g/ act ual ) none/ none
over r i de Conf i g over r i de met hod dhcp
act I pAddr ess Act ual I P addr ess 192. 168. 1. 104
act I pNet Mask Act ual I P net wor k mask 255. 255. 255. 0
act Gat eway Act ual Gat eway ( * = cur r ent def aul t ) *192. 168. 1. 254
Et her net por t 1 al t er nat e I P par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
admi n I P admi ni st r at i ve st at e enabl e
i pAddr ess I P addr ess of t hi s i nt er f ace 192. 168. 2. 13
i pNet Mask I P net wor k mask 255. 255. 255. 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#######################################################
# Di spl ay j ust t he al t er nat e I P addr ess i nf or mat i on. #
#######################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show al t I p 1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Managing IP Access Control Lists and Rules 5-5
####################################
# Cl ear t he al t er nat e I P addr ess. #
####################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cl ear al t I p 1
WARNI NG: Management access wi l l be i nt er r upt ed.
Cont i nue? ( y/ n) y
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##############################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he addr ess has been cl ear ed. #
##############################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show al t I p 1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
admi n I P admi ni st r at i ve st at e di sabl e
oper I P oper at i onal st at e di sabl ed
1531 CLAS- 1M#
2. Managing IP Access Control Lists and Rules
2.1 Access Control Lists
AccessControlLists(ACLs)canbeusedtofiltermanagementtrafficacrossallIPinterfaces.
ForeachIPinterface,youcanaccept(permit)ordroppacketsbasedonthepacketssourceIP
addressasspecifiedinanACLrule.
Bydefault,anIPinterfaceisnotboundtoanACL,andtheinterfacepassesallpackets.How
ever,ifaninterfaceisboundtoanACL,apacketwillbedroppedifitdoesnotmatcha
permitruleintheACL.
2.1.0.1 CLI Commands
Table 5-3 IP Access Control List Commands
showipAcl DisplaysAccessControlListattributes.
configipAcl ConfiguresAccessControlListattributes.
5-6 Managing IP Access Control Lists and Rules
ThefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththeconfigipAclcommand.TheACLisspeci
fiedwiththeaclIdargument,whichisanintegerintherange14.
2.1.2 Examples
###############################################################
# Di spl ay al l ACLs and t hei r associ at i on wi t h I P i nt er f aces. #
###############################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show i pAcl *
I P ACL par amet er s:
I nst ance usedByI p
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 1
2 2
3 none
4 none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
######################################
# Di spl ay t he at t r i but es of ACL #1. #
######################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show i pAcl 1
I P ACL 1 ( ATL_ACL05) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
usedByI p I nt er f aces wi t h whi ch ACL i s associ at ed 1
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##############################
# Change t he name of ACL 1. #
##############################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g i pAcl 1 name ATL_ACL99
1531 CLAS- 1M#
name OptionalnewnamefortheAccessControllist.Thenameisacase
sensitivestringof1 32charactersoranintegernumberofatleastfive
digits.Thenamemustnotincludespaces,tabsoranyof{,:;/\*`&><},and
mustbeuniqueamongotherIPACLnames.
r enumber RenumberalloftheAccessControlListsrulesstartingat10and
incrementingby10,maintainingtherulesrelativepriorities.
############################################################################################
# Use t he show i p command t o di spl ay t he i nt er f ace' s ACL associ at i ons ( t he i pAcl keywor d) . #
############################################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
gat eway Gat eway I P addr ess ( * = cur r ent def aul t ) *192. 168. 11. 254
met r i c I nt er f ace met r i c 100
i pAcl I P Access Cont r ol Li st 1 ( ATL_ACL99)
over r i de Conf i g over r i de met hod dhcp
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
2.2 Access Control List Rules
The1531CLASsupportsfourACLsandeachACLcancontainasmanyas10rules.Eachrule
inanACLhasauniqueprioritynumber,andtherulesareexaminedinorderoftheirpriority
(lowernumberedrulesarehigherpriority).Theactiontakenonapacketisbasedonthefirst
rulethatmatchesthepacketssourceIPaddress,andanylowerpriorityrulesareignored.
AnACL(anditsrules)canbeboundtoanIPinterfacewhenyoucreatetheIPinterface(with
thecreateip)command.Or,youcanconfigureanexistingIPinterface(withtheconfigipcom
mand)toassociatewithitanACL.AnIPinterfacecanbeboundtoexactlyoneACL,butan
ACLcanbesharedbymultipleIPinterfaces.
Thepermit/denyactiontakenonapacketisbasedonthefirstrulethatmatchesthepackets
sourceIPaddress,andanylowerpriorityrulesareignored.IfthereisnomatchinanACLrule,
thepacketisdropped.Therefore,ifyouwanttodroppacketsonlyfromoneormoreIP
addresses,butpermitallotherpackets,thelastruleinthesequenceofrulesshouldpermit
packetsfromalladdress.
2.2.1 CLI Commands
ThefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththecreateipAclRuleandconfigipAclRule
commands,exceptasnoted.
Table 5-4 IP Access Control List Rule Commands
showipAclRule DisplaysAccessControlListruleattributes.
createipAclRule CreatesanAccessControlListrule.
configipAclRule ConfigurestheattributesofanAccessControlListrule.
deleteipAclRule DeletesanAccessControlListrule.
CLI Arguments Description
act i on Requiredargument.Theactiontotakeforpacketsmatchingthespecifiedhost
addressandmask(oranyaddressesiftheanyargumentisprovided).Thevaluefor
actionisoneofdenyorpermitwhere:
deny=packetsmatchingtherulecriteriaaredropped
permit=packetsmatchingtherulecriteriaarepassedthroughtheinterface
host Requiredargument.ThesourceIPaddressforpackets,indotdecimalnotation.If
theanyargumentisused,hostissetto0.0.0.0.Donotusehostiftheanyargument
isused.
mask Themaskfortheaddressinhost,indotdecimalnotation.Iftheanyargumentis
used,maskissetto0.0.0.0.Donotmaskuseiftheanyargumentisused.
2.2.3 Configuration Notes
WhenyouusethecreateipAclRulecommand,theaclIdargument(anintegerintherange
1 4)isrequiredtospecifytheACLthatwillcontaintherule.IfaruleNoargumentfollows
theaclIdargument(forexample,createipAclRule2/32),arulewiththatnumberiscre
ated.IfnoruleNoargumentisspecified,thenewruleisassignedthenextavailablemulti
pleof10number.TheruleNoargumentisanintegerintherange1255.
TheaclId/ruleNoargumentpairisrequiredwhenyouusetheconfigipAclRulecommand.
any Theactiontotakeforanypacket.Thishasthesameeffectassettinghostandmask
to0.0.0.0.Theanyargumentcannotbeusedifeitherthehostormaskarguments
areused.
newRul eNo configipAclRulecommandonly.Anewnumberforthespecifiedrule.Mustbe
uniqueamongotherrulesintheACLandmustbeanintegerintherange1250.
dest i nat i on ThedestinationIPnetworkaddress,indotdecimalnotation.Ifanyisspecified,
thisaddressissetto0.0.0.0.
dest Mask ThemaskforthedestinationIPnetworkaddress,indotdecimalnotation.The
defaultis255.255.255.255.Ifanyisspecified,thismaskissetto0.0.0.0.
pr ot ocol Theprotocolonwhichtofilter.Oneof:
any=thedefault
tcp
udp
dest Por t Thedestinationportforprotocolfiltering.Anintegerintherange065535.The
defaultis0,whichisequivalenttoany.Thevalueisignoredifthevalueof
protocolisany.
2.2.4 Examples
############################
# ####################### #
# # Cr eat i ng ACL r ul es. # #
# ####################### #
############################
#######################################################################
# Cr eat e a r ul e f or ACL #1 t hat dr ops packet s f r omhost 192. 168. 4. 15.
#######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e i pAcl Rul e 1/ 10 act i on deny host 192. 168. 16. 73
I P ACL Rul e 1/ 10 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
act i on Rul e act i on deny
host Sour ce I P addr ess 192. 168. 16. 73
mask Sour ce I P net wor k mask 255. 255. 255. 255
dest i nat i on Dest i nat i on I P addr ess 0. 0. 0. 0
dest Mask Dest i nat i on I P net wor k mask 255. 255. 255. 255
pr ot ocol Pr ot ocol t o f i l t er any
dest Por t Dest i nat i on pr ot ocol por t f or f i l t er 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
########################################################
# Cr eat e a second r ul e t hat accept s al l ot her packet s. #
########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e i pAcl Rul e 1/ 200 act i on per mi t any
I P ACL Rul e 1/ 200 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
act i on Rul e act i on per mi t
host Sour ce I P addr ess 0. 0. 0. 0
mask Sour ce I P net wor k mask 0. 0. 0. 0
dest i nat i on Dest i nat i on I P addr ess 0. 0. 0. 0
dest Mask Dest i nat i on I P net wor k mask 0. 0. 0. 0
pr ot ocol Pr ot ocol t o f i l t er any
dest Por t Dest i nat i on pr ot ocol por t f or f i l t er 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
############################
# ####################### #
# # Del et i ng ACL r ul es. # #
# ####################### #
############################
################################
# Di spl ay a l i st of ACL r ul es. #
###############################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show i pAcl Rul e *
I P ACL Rul e par amet er s:
I nst ance act i on host mask mat ch
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 10 deny 198. 162. 4. 14 255. 255. 255. 255 0
1/ 20 per mi t 192. 168. 10. 0 255. 255. 255. 0 0
1/ 30 per mi t 0. 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 0 0
2/ 10 deny 192. 168. 6. 15 255. 255. 255. 255 0
2/ 11 per mi t 0. 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 0 0
2/ 55 per mi t 0. 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 0 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##########################################
# Del et e r ul e number 55 i n ACL number 2. #
##########################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# del et e i pAcl Rul e 2/ 55
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###########################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he r ul e has been del et ed. #
###########################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 10 deny 198. 162. 4. 14 255. 255. 255. 255 0
1/ 20 per mi t 192. 168. 10. 0 255. 255. 255. 0 0
1/ 30 per mi t 0. 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 0 0
2/ 10 deny 192. 168. 6. 15 255. 255. 255. 255 0
2/ 11 per mi t 0. 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 0 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
################################################
# Del et e al l r ul es cont ai ned i n ACL number 2. #
################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# del et e i pAcl Rul e 2/ *
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#############################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he r ul es have been del et ed. #
#############################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 10 deny 198. 162. 4. 14 255. 255. 255. 255 0
1/ 20 per mi t 192. 168. 10. 0 255. 255. 255. 0 0
1/ 30 per mi t 0. 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 0 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Master Craft-Port IP Address Commands 5-13
3. Master Craft-Port IP Address Commands
ThissectiondescribesthecommandsforconfiguringanddisplayingIPinformationforamas
tercraftportIPaddressona1531CLASstack.ConfiguringamastercraftportIPaddress
enablesyoutoaccessastackwithasingleIPaddress,regardlessofwhichswitchinthestackis
themaster.
WhenamastercraftportIPaddressisconfigured,theaddressisassignedtothestacksmaster
switch.ThemastercraftportIPaddressisafloatingaddress,whichisautomaticallyre
assignedtothestacksnewmasterswitchifanelectionoccurs.
3.1 Introduction
Figure 51isanexampleofafivememberstackcabledtoamanagementnetworkswitch.Note
thateachstackmembersmanagementportisconnectedtotheswitch.
Intheexample,techniciansmanagingthe1531CLASstackusethemastercraftIPaddressof
192.168.13.10toconnecttothestack.Inthefigure,switchnumber2isthemasterswitch,andits
managementportaddressisautomaticallysettothemasteraddressof192.168.13.10.If
anothermemberswitchbecomesthemaster,thatswitchsmanagementportwillhavethemas
tercraftportaddressassignedtoit.
Figure 5-1 Configuring Management Ports in a Stack
5-14 Master Craft-Port IP Address Commands
Notethatastacked1531CLASconfigurationsupportsbothamasterswitchIPaddressandthe
possibilityofanIPaddresspermemberswitch.Whenaswitchbecomesthestackmaster
switch,thatswitchsindependentIPaddressisautomaticallydisabled.Whennotthemaster,
memberswitchescanbeaccessedremotelyviatheirindependentcraftportaddress.
YoucanconfigurejustamastercraftportIPaddresstomanageastack(withoutconfiguring
separateIPaddressesforthestackmembersmanagementports).Or,forredundancy,youcan
configureseparateIPaddressesforthemanagementportsofthestackmembersinadditionto
configuringafloatingmastercraftportIPaddress.
TheIPaddressyouassigntothemastercraftportmustbeuniqueamongotherIPaddresses
assignedtoportsonmemberswitchesinastack.
Figure 52showsthedecisionlogicforassigninganIPaddresstoaswitchsmanagementport.
Figure 5-2 Master Craft-Port IP Address
WhenaconfigiporconfigmasterCraftIpcommandisissued,ortheswitchisrebooted,the
administrativestatemastercraftportisexamined.
Iftheportisadministrativelyenabledandiftheswitchisthestackmaster,theIPaddressand
otherconfigurationinformationfromtheconfigmasterCraftIpcommandisappliedtothe
managementport.
Ifthemastercraftportisadministrativelydisabled,orifitisenabledbuttheswitchisnota
master,theswitchsDHCPstateisexamined.Ifthestateisenabled,theswitchsmanagement
portisassignedanIPaddressbytheDHCPserver.
IfDHCPisnotenabled,themanagementportisassignedanIPaddressfromthelastconfigip
command.Ifnoconfigipcommandisintherunningconfigurationfile,thennoIPaddressis
assigned.
3.2 CLI Commands
ToconfigureamastercraftportIPaddress,usetheconfigmasterCraftIpcommandandspec
ifyeithertheevcIdargument(anintegerintherange1256)ortheethernetNoargument(an
integerintherange15).TheevcIdmustbeaninstanceofanELANEVC.
ThefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththeconfigmasterCraftIpcommand.
Table 5-5 Master Craft-Port IP Commands
showmasterCraftIp Displaysattributesofthemastercraftportinastackedconfiguration.
configmasterCraftIp Configuresattributesofthemastercraftportinastackedconfiguration.
clearmasterCraftIp Clearsattributesofthemastercraftportinastackedconfiguration.
admi n Administrativestateforthemastercraftport.
enable=theportplacedintotheadministrativelyenabledstate
disable=theportisplacedintotheadministrativelydisabledstate(thedefault).
Administrativelydisablingthemastercraftportmaydisable
managementaccesstothestack.
Ifthemastercraftportisdisabled,theoriginalconfigurationofthemaster
switchsmanagementportwillbeused.
i pAddr ess TheIPaddresstoassigntothemastercraftport,indotdecimalnotation.The
defaultis0.0.0.0.
0.0.0.0.
gat eway ThedefaultgatewayIPaddress,indotdecimalnotation.Mustbeinthesame
subnetastheIPaddressinipAddress.Thedefaultis0.0.0.0.
ItisrecommendedthatyouconfigurethemastercraftIPviatheserialcraftportonastacks
masterswitch.Ifyouconfigure(andenable)themastercraftIPwithtelnetovertheswitchs
managementport,youmusttelnetbackintothemasterswitchusingthenewmastercraft
IPaddress(asthemasterswitchsprovisionedIPaddresswillbeoverridden).
IfnomemberswitchesinastackhavemanagementportIPaddressassignedtothem,and
youadministrativelydisablethemastercraftportIPaddress,youwillnotbeabletoaccess
thestackremotelyviatelnet.
NotethatthemastercraftportaddressisnotthesameastheIPaddressofastacksmaster
switchcraftport(ifonehasbeenassignedwiththeconfigipcommand).Ifaswitchisthe
stackmaster,theshowipcommandwillindicatethattheswitchsconfiguredIPaddress(if
any)isbeingoverriddenbythemastercraftIPaddressandwilldisplaythemaster
address.
Clearingthemastercraftportsattributescaninterruptremotemanagementaccesstothe
stackifnomembersofthestackhaveIPaddressesassignedtotheirmanagementports.
Therefore,theCLIdisplaysawarningmessagethatrequiresayresponsetoexecutethe
clearingoperation.
met r i cNum AninterfacemetricthatspecifiesthecostofusingthisIPinterfaceinroutes.The
metricisanintegerintherange0 2147483647,withadefaultof100.Lower
metricNumvaluesspecifylowercosts.
i pAcl ThenameornumberofanAccessControlListtousetofiltertrafficontheIP
interface.ThestringnonefornoACL(thedefault)oranintegerintherange
14.
CLI Argument Description (Continued)
3.5 Examples
##########################################################################
# Conf i gur e a mast er cr af t por t I P addr ess f or t he st ack and enabl e i t . #
# Not e t hat t he I P addr ess and gat eway must be on t he same subnet . #
##########################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g mast er Cr af t I p i pAddr ess 192. 168. 11. 59 i pNet Mask 255. 255. 252. 0
gat eway 192. 168. 11. 254 admi n enabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#####################################################
# Di spl ay t he at t r i but es of t he mast er cr af t por t . #
#####################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show mast er Cr af t I p
Mast er Cr af t I P par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
i pAddr ess I P addr ess 192. 168. 11. 59
gat eway Gat eway I P addr ess 192. 168. 11. 254
i pAcl I P Access Cont r ol Li st none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################################################
# Di spl ay t he I P at t r i but es of t he mast er swi t ch' s management por t . Not e t hat t he #
# I P addr ess has changed t o t hat of t he mast er cr af t por t and t he over r i de #
# at t r i but e i s set t o ' mast er Cr af t ' . #
###################################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
gat eway Gat eway I P addr ess ( * = cur r ent def aul t ) *192. 168. 11. 254
over r i de Conf i g over r i de met hod mast er Cr af t
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################
# Cl ear t he at t r i but es of t he mast er cr af t - por t . #
###################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cl ear mast er Cr af t I p
WARNI NG: Management access wi l l be i nt er r upt ed.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he at t r i but es have been cl ear ed. #
##################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show mast er Cr af t I p
Mast er Cr af t I P par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
i pAddr ess I P addr ess 0. 0. 0. 0
gat eway Gat eway I P addr ess 0. 0. 0. 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
1
Managing Basic System and Switch Attributes
6
Thefollowingtasksareaddressedinthischapter:
ManagingSystemConfigurationAttributes on page 61
ManagingSwitchConfigurationAttributes page 64
SettingtheSystemClock page 610
SettingSNTPAttributes page 615
1. Managing System Configuration Attributes
1.1 CLI Commands
Thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththeconfigsystemcommand.
Note
The term systemapplies to a standalone 1531 CLAS or a 1531 CLAS stack (1531 CLAS
VN), which can consist of from two-to-five interconnected 1531 CLASs.
The term switch refers to a standalone 1531 CLAS or one 1531 CLAS in a stack.
Table 6-1 System Commands
showsystem Displays1531CLASsysteminformation.
configsystem Configuresa1531CLASdevicessystemrelatedattributes.
CLI Attribute Description
host Name Nameforasystem.UsedinTL1asSourceIdentifier(SID)andinSNMPas
sysName.
cont act Contactinformationforasystem.
l ocat i on Locationinformationforasystem.
aut oBondi ng WhethertoenabletheswitchtodynamicallylearnCPEtoportbondings.Either:
enable=automaticbondingisenabled
disable=automaticbondingisdisabled(thedefault)
pr ompt AnewCLIpromptstringforallsessions(persistsacrossrebootoperations).
Enteringanemptystring()returnstheprompttothesystemdefault.
6-2 Managing System Configuration Attributes
ThesystemnameisusedbySNMPasthesysNameattribute.Thenameisalsousedasthe
TL1sourceidentifier.
Thesystemcontactistypicallyusedtospecifytheserviceproviderstechnicalsupport
engineer.
Thesystemlocationcanbeusedtoidentifythephysicallocationoftheunit.Forexample,
building,room,rack,etc.
TheCLIprompt(withadefaultof1531CLAS1M#)canbesettoasystemspecificstring
thatenablesoperatorstoquicklyidentifywhichdevicetheyareloggedinto.
Theconfigsystempromptcommandchangesthesystempromptforallsessions.Ifyou
wanttochangethesystempromptforjustthecurrentsession,usetheCLIspromptcom
mand,whichchangesthesystempromptfortheremainderoftheCLIsession.Whenyou
exittheCLIandlogbackin,thepromptwillreverttothestandardsystemprompt.
Bydefault,theswitchdoesnotdynamicallylearn(autobond)CPEtoportbondings,and
youmustcreateCPEtoportbondingwiththecreatebondingcommandbyproviding
eitheralistof2BPMEportstowhichtheCPEisconnectedortheMACaddressoftheCPE.
Ifyouenableautobondingwiththeconfigsystemcommand,CPEsthatareconnectedto
theswitcharebondedautomatically.
l ampTest But t on Behaviorofthefrontpanellamptestbutton.Oneof:
basic=performsthelamptestandalarmcutoffaslabeledonthefrontpanel
reboot=performsarebootoperationinadditiontothelamptestandalarmcutoff
operations
renumber=performsaswitchrenumberingoperationinadditiontothereboot,
lamptest,andalarmcutoffoperations(thedefault)
al ar mPor t Mode Behaviorofthealarmport.Oneof:
accIn=thealarmportsupportsoneinputandtwooutputs(thedefault)
accMux=thealarmportismultiplexedtosupportthreeinputsandzerooutputs
CLI Attribute Description (Continued)
Managing System Configuration Attributes 6-3
1.4 Examples
#############################################
# Di spl ay t he syst em' s cur r ent at t r i but es. #
#############################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show syst em
Syst empar amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
cont act Cont act
l ocat i on Locat i on
pr ompt CLI pr ompt
aut oBondi ng Dynami c bondi ng di sabl e
l ampTest But t on Lamp t est but t on behavi or r enumber
al ar mPor t Mode Al ar mpor t behavi or accI n
Cl ock par amet er s:
t od Dat e and t i me 12/ 17/ 2010 21: 39: 55
ut cOf f set Local t i me zone UTC of f set 0
l ast Set Ti me Dat e and t i me t he cl ock was l ast set 12/ 08/ 2010 19: 08: 10
l ast Set By Last met hod used t o set t he cl ock syst em
upt i me Syst emupt i me 9 days, 02: 31: 13
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################################################
# Conf i gur e t he syst em' s name, l ocat i on, and cont act i nf or mat i on. #
####################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g syst emhost Name SW_DFW23 cont act " J i l l i an Smi t h" l ocat i on " CO 322, Rack 18"
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###########################################################
# Di spl ay t he syst em' s at t r i but es t o ver i f y t he changes. #
###########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show syst em
Syst em( SW_DFW23) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
cont act Cont act J i l l i an Smi t h
l ocat i on Locat i on CO 322, Rack 18
pr ompt CLI pr ompt
aut oBondi ng Dynami c bondi ng di sabl e
l ampTest But t on Lamp t est but t on behavi or r enumber
al ar mPor t Mode Al ar mpor t behavi or accI n
t od Dat e and t i me 12/ 17/ 2010 21: 40: 58
1531 CLAS- 1M#
6-4 Managing Switch Configuration Attributes
2. Managing Switch Configuration Attributes
Whenyouaddaswitchtoastack(byconnectingtheswitchsstackingcablesandpoweringup
theswitch),thestackmasterwillautomaticallydetectthenewswitchandautomaticallyexe
cutethecreateswitchcommandtocreateaninstanceforthenewswitch.
2.1 CLI Commands
IftheswitchIdargument(anintegerintherange15)isincludedasanargumenttotheconfig
switchcommand,thespecifiedswitchisconfigured.IfnoswitchIdargumentisprovided,the
switchonwhichtheCLIisrunningisconfigured.
Exceptasnoted,thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwitheithertheconfigswitchor
createswitchcommands.
Table 6-2 Switch Commands
showswitch Displaysattributesofa1531CLASswitchorswitches.
createswitch Createsaninstanceofastackedswitch.
configswitch Configurestheattributesofanexistingswitch.
deleteswitch Deletesaninstanceofaswitchfromastack.
showsummary
Displayssummaryinformationaboutthemajorelementsina1531CLAS
VNstack(numberofswitches,numberofPMEs,numberofEthernet
ports,etc.).
mast er pr i or i t y Priorityforaswitchthatwillbereferencedwhenthestackelectsanewmaster.The
rangeis110andthedefaultis5.Ahighervalueindicatesahigherpriorityswitch.
Thepriorityvalueisstoredonaswitchslocaldisknotintheglobalconfiguration
file.
name Switchname.Mustbeuniqueamongswitchesinastack.
descr i pt i on Textualdescriptionoftheswitch.Thedefaultisanullstring.
addi t i onal I nf o Optionaltextualinformation.Thedefaultisanullstring.
cl l i CommonLanguageLocation(CLLI).Thedefaultisanullstring.
newSwi t chNo configswitchcommandonly.AnoptionalargumentthatisusedtochangetheID
numberoftheswitchonwhichtheCLIisrunningortheswitchspecifiedinthe
switchIdargument.ThenewSwitchNoargumentcanbeusedonlyinconjunctionwith
theoptionalswitchIdargument.
ThevalueofnewSwitchNomustbeanintegerintherange15andmustnotbeanumber
thatisassignedtoanotherswitchinthestack.Thenewswitchnumberwillbeassigned
whentheswitchisrebooted.
Managing Switch Configuration Attributes 6-5
Readonlyswitchattributesincludetheswitchserialnumber,partnumber,andhard
ware/softwareversioninformation.
Becauseastackdetectsanewswitchandautomaticallyexecutesthecreateswitchcom
mandtocreateaninstanceforthenewswitch,thecreateswitchcommandisusedrarely.
However,youcanusethecreateswitchcommandtopreprovisionaninstanceofan
unequippedswitch,priortocablingtheswitchintothestack.
Ifaswitchispreprovisioned,theswitchsattributesarereportedasunequipped,as
shownintheExamplessection.
Bydefault(withnooptionalarguments),thecreateswitchcommandwillcreatean
instanceofaswitchwithaswitchIDnumberthatisuniquetoanyotherswitchesinthe
stack.IfyouprovideaswitchnameorIDnumber,theymustbeuniquetothestack.
Usetheshowsummarycommandtodisplaythesummarystatusofa1531CLASVNs
majorelements(equipment,ports,andsoftwareobjects).Thefirsttwocolumnsofthedis
playshowsthetotalnumberofaparticularelementintheVirtualNode,andthenumberof
thoseelementsthatarecurrentlyactive.Theremainingcolumnsspecifywhyanelementis
notactivewhetheritisdisabled,unequipped,training,incomplete(forexample,anEVC
thathasonlyonebinding),mismatched(forexample,amismatchbetweenasoftware
objectandahardwarecomponent),down,orother.Notethatnotallcolumnspertaintoall
elements.Thiscommandoperatesonlyonthemasterswitchinastack.
pr ovSt ackSt at e configswitchcommandonly.Specifiestheoperatingstateofaswitch.Oneof
standalone(theswitchisnotamemberofastack)orstack(theswitchisamemberofa
stack).Thedefaultisstack.
TheprovStackStateargumentcannotbeusedinconjunctionwithanyotherarguments.
ThevalueofprovStackStateisstoredonaswitchslocaldisknotintheglobal
configurationfile.
Iftheswitchisnotastackmaster,theswitchwillrebootwhenchangedfromstackto
standalone.
f act or yDef aul t s Resetstheswitchtothefactorydefaults.Requiresadminprivileges.
TheconfigswitchfactoryDefaultscommandautomaticallyrebootsthe
switch.
Allfilesexceptthesoftwareimagefilesaredeleted.Thisincludesthestartupand
backupconfigurationfile,macrofiles,andeventlogfiles.
Althoughnotrequired,itisrecommendedthatyouenteranuniquedescriptionofthe
switchinthedescriptionfieldofthecreateswitchorconfigswitchcommands.
UsetheconfigswitchfactoryDefaultsvariantofthecommandtoresetaswitchsattributes
tothefactorydefaults.Notethatthiscommanddeletesthestartupandbackupconfigura
tionfiles,macrofiles,andeventlogfiles.Itdoesnotdeletetheswitchssoftwareimagefiles.
Note
The contents of this switch description field are automatically appended to the 1531 CLAS
SNMPv2 traps. This mechanism gives network managers a configurable field in the trap that can
be used to resolve which device a trap is referring to.
2.4 Examples
Creating an Instance of an Equipped Switch
Thisisanexampleofcreatinganinstanceofanewswitchthathasbeenconnectedinthestack.
############################################
# Di spl ay a summar y l i st of al l swi t ches. #
############################################
Swi t ch par amet er s:
I nst ance oper t emper a l ast Reset upt i me r el ease
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 act i ve 50/ 122 Manual 2 days, 04: 41: 32 4. 6. 3
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################################################
# Cr eat e a new swi t ch i nst ance f or a swi t ch t hat has been connect ed t o t he st ack. #
# Pr ovi de t he swi t ch' s name, number , and descr i pt i on. #
###################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e swi t ch RDU- SW1 swi t chNo 2 descr i pt i on " 523 Davi s Dr . "
Swi t ch 2 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e act i ve
pr ovSt ackSt at e Pr ovi si oned st ack st at e st ack
oper St ackSt at e Oper at i onal st ack st at e st andal one
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i on 523 Davi s Dr .
addi t i onal I nf o Addi t i onal I nf o
t emper at ur e Swi t ch t emper at ur e ( C/ F) 51/ 123
l ast Reset Last r eset r eason Manual
cl l i Common Language Locat i on I dent i f i er
upt i me Swi t ch upt i me 0 days, 00: 01: 42
shor t Ter mCpuUt i l Avg CPU ut i l i zat i on f or pr evi ous 5 secs 1%
l ongTer mCpuUt i l Avg CPU ut i l i zat i on f or pr evi ous 30 secs 1%
I nvent or y par amet er s:
model Swi t ch model 1531 CLAS
cl ei Common Language Equi pment I dent i f i er SI MMF00CRA
ser i al Num Ser i al number P00019040012
par t Num Par t number 920001- 2000- 02
par t NumRev Par t number r evi si on 6
Boot ROM i mage par amet er s:
boot Ver si on Boot ROM ver si on 1. 4. 4
boot Dat eBui l t Boot ROM bui l d dat e 08/ 08/ 2005 05: 07: 44
Runni ng sof t war e i mage par amet er s:
r el ease Act i ve sof t war e i mage r el ease 4. 5. 3
ver si on Act i ve sof t war e i mage ver si on 1. 4. 293
dat eBui l t Dat e and t i me f i l e was cr eat ed 05/ 10/ 2006 13: 24: 40
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Creating an Instance of an Unequipped Switch
Thisisanexampleofcreatinganinstanceofaswitchpriortoconnectingtheswitchintothe
stack.
############################################
############################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###########################################################################
# Cr eat e a swi t ch i nst ance wi t h no swi t ch connect ed ( unequi pped swi t ch) . #
###########################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e swi t ch
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e unequi pped
oper St ackSt at e Oper at i onal st ack st at e unknown
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i on
t emper at ur e Swi t ch t emper at ur e ( C/ F) unknown
l ast Reset Last r eset r eason unknown
upt i me Swi t ch upt i me unknown
shor t Ter mCpuUt i l Avg CPU ut i l i zat i on f or pr evi ous 5 secs unknown
l ongTer mCpuUt i l Avg CPU ut i l i zat i on f or pr evi ous 30 secs unknown
model Swi t ch model unknown
cl ei Common Language Equi pment I dent i f i er unknown
ser i al Num Ser i al number unknown
par t Num Par t number unknown
par t NumRev Par t number r evi si on unknown
boot Ver si on Boot ROM ver si on unknown
boot Dat eBui l t Boot ROM bui l d dat e unknown
r el ease Act i ve sof t war e i mage r el ease unknown
ver si on Act i ve sof t war e i mage ver si on unknown
dat eBui l t Dat e and t i me f i l e was cr eat ed unknown
1531 CLAS- 1M#
############################################
############################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2 unequi pped unknown unknown unknown unknown
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Displaying Summary Information About the Elements in a Stack
#################################################
# Di spl ay a summar y of t he el ement s i n a st ack. #
#################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show summar y
St at us i nf or mat i on:
Type Tot al Act i ve Di sabl e Unequi p Tr ai ni n I ncomp Mi smat c Down Ot h
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Swi t ch 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PME 200 173 3 0 24 0 0 0 0
HS Modul e 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Et her net 37 29 0 0 0 0 0 8 0
CPE Bondi n 22 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EVC ELi ne 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
EVC ELan 23 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
UNI 24 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
LAG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
St ack 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TE3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
6-10 Setting the System Clock
3. Setting the System Clock
Thesystemclockcanbeupdatedmanually(asdescribedinthissection)orautomaticallyby
usingSimpleNetworkTimeProtocol(SNTP)(asdescribedinthesectionSettingSNTP
Attributes on page 615).
3.1 CLI Commands
Thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththeconfigclockcommand.
Table 6-3 Clock Commands
showclock Displaystheattributesofa1531CLASclock.
configclock Configurestheattributesofa1531CLASclock.
m/ d/ yyyy h: m: s Thesystemdateandtime,surroundedbydoublequotemarks.Forexample:
01/05/200410:30:0.
Youmustenterbothadateandatime.
Thefollowingarevalidrangesforthearguments:
m=112
d=131
yyyy=19709999
h=023
m=059
s=059
ut cOf f set TheCoordinatedUniversalTime(UTC)offsetforthelocaltimezone.Thevaluecan
be+or0to12hours(andoptionally059minutes)fromUTC.Thesyntaxis
{|+}{hour}[:min],wherehouris012andtheoptionalminis059.
Forexample,utcOffset+4(aplusfourhouroffset)orutcOffset7:30(a
negative7hourand30minuteoffset).Thedefaultis0(nooffset).
summer Ti meAdmi n Whethertoenablethesummertimeclockadjustmentfeatures.Oneofenableor
disable(thedefault).
st ar t Mont h Monthonwhichtobeginsummertime.OneofJanuary,February,March(the
default),April,May,June,July,August,September,October,November,or
December.
st ar t Week Weekonwhichtobeginsummertime.Anintegerintherange15.Thedefaultis2.
st ar t Day Dayonwhichtobeginsummertime.OneofSunday(thedefault),Monday,
Tuesday,Wednesday,Thursday,Friday,orSaturday.
st ar t Hour Houronwhichtobeginsummertime.Anintegerintherange023.
Thedefaultis2.
Setting the System Clock 6-11
Iftheclockhasnotbeenconfigured(withtheconfigclockcommandorviaSNTP),thesys
temyearisreportedas1970.
Usetheshowclockcommandtodisplaya1531CLASsystemdate,time,UTCoffset,last
settime,sourceofthelastclockreset(system(theconfigclockcommand)orSNTP),and
systemuptime.
TheshowclockdisplayslastSetByreadonlyattributeindicateswhethertheclockwaslast
setbythesystem(aconfigclockcommand)orbyanSNTPserver.
WhenaCPdeviceisconnectedtothe1531CLAS,the1531CLAStimeinformationisauto
maticallypushedtotheCPdevice.The1531CLAStimeinformationisalsopushedtothe
CPdevicewhenyouchangethe1531CLAStimeorUTCoffset.
TheCoordinatedUniversalTime(UTC)offsetforthelocaltimezoneisreportedininteger
hoursfrom(UTC).Thevaluecanbe+or1to12hoursfromUTC.Forexample,
utcOffset+4orutcOffset7.Thedefaultis0.
TheUSAUTCvaluesare:
5=Eastern
6=Central
7=Mountain
8=Pacific
Ifyousetthesystemclockmanually(withtheconfigclockcommand),itwillnotautomat
icallycorrectthetimeforDaylightSavingsTime(DST).
endMont h Monthonwhichtoendsummertime.OneofJanuary,February,March(the
default),April,May,June,July,August,September,October,November,or
December.
endWeek Weekonwhichtoendsummertime.Anintegerintherange15.Thedefaultis1.
endDay Dayonwhichtoendsummertime.OneofSunday(thedefault),Monday,Tuesday,
Wednesday,Thursday,Friday,orSaturday.
endHour Houronwhichtoendsummertime.Anintegerintherange023.
Table61summarizesthedefaultsforthesummertimestartingandendingattributes.
3.4 Examples
###############################################################################################
###############################################################################################
## Conf i gur e t he cl ock t o aut omat i cal l y st ar t and end dayl i ght savi ngs t i me ( summer t i me) i n ##
## t he Net her l ands: ##
## ##
## - set t he cur r ent cl ock t i me and UTC of f set f or t he Net her l ands ( +1) ##
## ##
## - set t he st ar t of summer t i me t o t he l ast Sunday i n Mar ch at 2: 00 AM ##
## ##
## - set t he of summer t i me f or t he l ast Sunday i n Oct ober at 3: 00 AM ##
## ##
## - enabl e t he cl ock' s summer t i me f eat ur e ##
## ##
## Not e t hat t hese at t r i but es can be set wi t h one ' conf i g cl ock' command. For cl ar i t y ##
## i n t he exampl e, t hr ee commands ar e shown. ##
###############################################################################################
###############################################################################################
####################################################
# Conf i gur e t he dat e, t i me, and l ocal UTC of f set . #
####################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g cl ock t od " 08/ 05/ 2010 06: 05: 00" ut cOf f set +1
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Table 6-1 Summertime Attributes and Defaults
Parameter
Description Default Value
summer Ti meAdmi n Whethertoenablethesummertimeclock
adjustmentfeatures.
disable
st ar t Mont h Monthinwhichtobeginsummertime. March
st ar t Week Weekinwhichtobeginsummertime. 2
st ar t Day Dayonwhichtobeginsummertime. Sunday
st ar t Hour Houronwhichtobeginsummertime. 2
endMont h Monthinwhichtoendsummertime. November
endWeek Weekinwhichtoendsummertime. 1
endDay Dayonwhichtoendsummertime. Sunday
endHour Houronwhichtoendsummertime. 2
Setting the System Clock 6-13
############################################################
# Conf i gur e t he summer t i me st ar t i ng mont h, week, and hour . #
# #
# Not e t hat t he def aul t s f or t he st ar t i ng mont h ( Mar ch) #
# i s cor r ect f or t hi s l ocal e, as i s t he #
# def aul t f or t he st ar t i ng hour ( 2) , so onl y t he st ar t i ng #
# week needs t o be conf i gur ed. But f or t hi s exampl e, al l #
# t hr ee at t r i but es ar e set . #
############################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g cl ock st ar t Mont h Mar ch st ar t Week l ast st ar t Hour 2
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################################
# Conf i gur e t he summer t i me endi ng mont h, week, and hour . #
# #
# Not e t hat t he def aul t f or t he endi ng mont h ( November ) #
# i s cor r ect f or t hi s l ocal e, so onl y t he st ar t i ng #
# week and hour needs t o be conf i gur ed. But f or t hi s exampl e, al l #
# t hr ee at t r i but es ar e set . #
###################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g cl ock endMont h November endWeek l ast endHour 3
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#################################################
# Enabl e t he aut omat i c summer t i me changeover s. #
#################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M## conf i g cl ock summer Ti meAdmi n enabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##################################
# Di spl ay t he cl ock at t r i but es. #
##################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show cl ock
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
t od Dat e and t i me 08/ 05/ 2010 06: 40: 55
l ast Set By Last met hod used t o set t he cl ock user
summer Ti meAdmi n Admi ni st r at i ve st at e f or summer Ti me enabl e
st ar t Week St ar t of summer Ti me on t hi s week l ast
st ar t Day St ar t of summer Ti me on t hi s day Thur sday
st ar t Mont h St ar t of summer Ti me on t hi s mont h Mar ch
st ar t Hour St ar t of summer Ti me on t hi s hour 2
endWeek End of summer Ti me on t hi s week l ast
endDay End of summer Ti me on t hi s day Sunday
endMont h End of summer Ti me on t hi s mont h November
endHour End of summer Ti me on t hi s hour 3
next St ar t Next st ar t i ng t i me f or summer Ti me 03/ 31/ 2011 02: 00: 00
next End Next endi ng t i me f or summer Ti me 11/ 28/ 2010 03: 00: 00
1531 CLAS- 1M#
3.5 Examples
#########################
# Conf i gur e t he cl ock. #
#########################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g cl ock t od " 06/ 10/ 2010 10: 14: 00"
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###########################################################################################
# Di spl ay t he cl ocks' at t r i but es. Not e t hat t he cl ock was l ast set wi t h a syst emcommand. #
###########################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show cl ock
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
t od Dat e and t i me 06/ 10/ 2010 10: 14: 06
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Setting SNTP Attributes 6-15
4. Setting SNTP Attributes
The1531CLASsystemclockcanbeupdatedautomaticallyfromaSimpleNetworkTimePro
tocol(SNTP)server.
4.1 CLI Commands
Table 6-4 SNTP Commands
showsntp Displaysinformationabouta1531CLASSNTPsettings.
configsntp Configurea1531CLASSNTPserverattributes.
admi n AdministrativestateforSNTP.Statesareenableordisable.Thedefaultisdisable.
pr i mar ySer ver I p IPaddressoftheprimarySNTPserver,indotdecimalnotation.
secondar ySer ver I p IPaddressofthesecondarySNTPserver,indotdecimalnotation.
pol l Per i od HowoftenthedeviceshouldpolltheSNTPserver(integerintherange
10 71582788(minutes)).Thedefaultis1440minutes(24hours).
6-16 Setting SNTP Attributes
4.3 Examples
##############################################################################
# Conf i gur e pr i mar y and secondar y SNTP ser ver I P addr esses and enabl e SNTP. #
##############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g snt p pr i mar ySer ver I p 192. 168. 5. 30 secondar ySer ver I p 192. 168. 21. 33
admi n enabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##################################
# Di spl ay t he SNTP i nf or mat i on. #
##################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show snt p
syst empar amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
admi n Admi ni st r at i ve st at e of SNTP enabl e
pr i mar ySer ver I p I P addr ess of pr i mar y SNTP ser ver 192. 168. 5. 30
secondar ySer ver I I P addr ess of secondar y SNTP ser ver 192. 168. 21. 33
pol l Per i od How of t en t o pol l SNTP ser ver ( mi n) 1440
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
1
Managing Stack Ports and Stacks
7
Thischapterdescribes:
howtomanagea1531CLASVNmemberswitchesstackports
howastackelectsamasterswitch
powerupproceduresforastack
howtocorrectapartitionedstack
Twotofive1531CLASswitchescanbeconnectedtocreatea1531CLASVirtualNode(1531
CLASVN),alsocalledastack.Fromtheuser/networkpointofview,astackappearsasasingle
switch,whichcanbemanagedviaasingleIPaddress.Otherstackingfeaturesinclude:
supportforupto200PMEs(inafivedevicestack)
sharingofuplinks,andmultipleuplinksperstack
fullresiliencyforbothcontrolanddataplane
crossdevicebondingwithfailoverSegmentationandReassembly(SAR)
dynamicserviceconnectionsforcrossdeviceswitching
7-2 Cabling Stack Ports
1. Cabling Stack Ports
The1531CLASStackPorts(Figure 71)areusedtoconnect1531CLASswitchestocreatea
1531CLASVirtualNode(1531CLASVN).
Figure 7-1 Stack Ports
Figure 72showsanexampleafiveswitch1531CLASVNstackwithstackingcables.
Figure 7-2 A Five Switch Stack
Cabling Stack Ports 7-3
Youcanuseanycombinationoftheavailablecables,dependingonhowthe1531CLASdevices
arelocatedrelativetooneanother.Whenconnecting1531CLASdevicesinastack,thestacking
cablesmustcreatearing.Figure 73showssomeexamples.
Figure 7-3 Connecting Stacking Cables - Examples
Caution
When cabling the 1531 CLAS Stack Ports, you must use the special stacking cables that are pro-
vided by Alcatel-Lucent. The following cables are available:
17 cm (6.7 in.) P/N 3AG 21640 ADAA
0.9 m (2.9 ft.) P/N 3AG 21640 AWAA
3.0 m (9.8 ft.) P/N 3AG 21640 DAAA
Devi ce 1
Devi ce 2
Devi ce 1
Devi ce 2 Devi ce 3
Devi ce 1
Devi ce 2 Devi ce 3
Devi ce 5
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
Devi ce 4
STACKPORTS
ACTIVE
STACK1 STACK2
7-4 Managing Stack Ports
2. Managing Stack Ports
Thissectiondescribeshowtomanagea1531CLASVNstackandthememberswitchesstack
ports.
2.1 CLI Commands
ThefollowingadministrativestateattributecanbeconfiguredwiththeconfigstackPortcom
mand.TheswitchandportarespecifiedwiththerequiredswitchId/portNoarguments,where
switchIdisanintegerintherange15andportNoisanintegerintherange1 2.
Theonlyconfigurableattributeforstackingportsisaportsadministrativestate.
Administrativelydisablingastackportwilldisabledataandmanagementtraffic,andthe
CLIpromptstoverifythatyouwanttodisableastackport.
Fromamasterswitch,youcanadministrativelyenableanddisablethestackingportofany
otherswitchinthestack.Thisoperationcannotbeperformedlocallyonamemberswitch.
Therefore,theconfigstackPortadmindisablecommandshouldbeusedwithcaution.
Forexample,ifbothstackingportsonamemberswitchareadministrativelydisabled(or
oneisdisabledandtheotherisdisconnectedordown),thenthememberswitchwillreboot
becauseithaslostitsconnectionwiththemasterswitch.Thememberswitchdoesnotstore
locallytheadministrativestatesofitsstackingports.Sothememberswitchwillreboot,
detecttheexistingmasterswitch,anddeclareitthemaster.Themasterswitchwillthen
downloadtheconfigurationdatatothememberswitch.Whenthemasterswitchdown
loadstheconfigurationdata,thestackingportsonthememberswitchwillbedisabled
Table 7-1 Stack Port Commands
showstackPort Displayattributesofoneorallstackports.
configstackPort Configuretheattributesofastackport.
showstatisticsstackPort Displaystackportstatistics.
clearstatisticsstackPort Clearstackportstatistics.
admi n Administrativestatetowhichtosetthestackport.Statesareenableordisable.The
defaultisenable.
Administrativelydisablingastackportcaninterruptdatatrafficand
managementaccesstothedevice.
Managing Stack Ports 7-5
again,causingthememberswitchtoreboot.Thememberswitchwillstayinthisloopuntil
thestackingportisenabled.
Ifyouwanttoisolateamemberswitchfromastack,youshouldusethecommand
configswitchnprovStackStatestandalone,whichcanonlybeenteredlocallyonthemem
berswitch.
SeethesectionMasterCraftPortIPAddressCommands on page 513forinformation
aboutconfiguringforavirtualcraftport(withafloatingIPaddress)formanaginga1531
CLASstack.
2.3.1 Examples
#####################################################
# Di spl ay t he st ack por t at t r i but es f or swi t ch #1. #
#####################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st ackPor t 1
St acki ng por t par amet er s:
I nst ance admi n oper nei ghbor f or war di ngSt at e
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 enabl e act i ve 2/ 1 act i ve
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#########################################################
# Admi ni st r at i vel y di sabl e st ack por t #2 on swi t ch #1. #
#########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g st ackPor t 1/ 2 admi n di sabl e
WARNI NG: Dat a t r af f i c and management access may be i nt er r upt ed.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
######################
# Ver i f y t he change. #
######################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st ackPor t 1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 2 di sabl e di sabl ed none i nact i ve
1531 CLAS- 1M#
7-6 Managing Stack Ports
2.3.2 Displaying Stack Port Attributes
UsetheshowstackPortcommandtodisplaythestackportattributesforaportorportsonone
ormoreswitches.
Ifanasterisk(*)isprovidedforswitchId(showstackPort*),avalueforportNoisnot
required,asinformationforallstackportsonallstackedswitchesisdisplayed.Notethat
thecommandshowstackPort*/*isaccepted,butprovidesthesameinformationasshow
stackPort*.
CommandswithanasteriskprovidedforswitchIdandanintegerforportNoarenotvalid
(forexample,showstackPort*/2).
DetailedstatisticsareprovidedwhenyouspecifyaswitchIdandportNo.
2.3.3 Examples
################################################################
# Di spl ay summar y i nf or mat i on f or swi t ch 1' s t wo st ack por t s. #
################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st ackpor t 1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
################################################################
# Di spl ay summar y i nf or mat i on f or al l st ack por t s i n a st ack. #
################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st ackpor t *
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Managing Stack Ports 7-7
###############################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l ed i nf or mat i on f or st ack por t 2 on swi t ch 3. #
###############################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st ackpor t 3/ 2
St acki ng por t 3/ 2 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
admi n Admi ni st r at i ve st at e enabl e
nei ghbor Ot her end st ack por t 2/ 1
OAM i nf or mat i on:
l ocal Di scover y Local OAM di scover y st at e sendAny
r emot eDi scover y Remot e OAM di scover y st at e st abl e
r emot eVendor I nf o Remot e vendor i nf or mat i on 1531 CLAS
Por t r out i ng i nf or mat i on:
f or war di ngSt at e Por t f or war di ng st at e act i ve
r out eDb Por t r out i ng dat abase:
swi t chI d hopCount
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 2
2 1
4 4
5 3
dupl i cat eSwI d Dupl i cat e swi t ch I D n/ a
dupl i cat eSwSn Dupl i cat e swi t ch ser i al number n/ a
1531 CLAS- 1M#
7-8 Managing Stacks
3. Managing Stacks
Thissectionsummarizesthecommandsthatprovideoperationsspecifictoastackorastacks
memberswitch.Inaddition,thesectiondescribeshowa1531CLASVNstackelectsamaster
switch.
3.1 Stack and Stack Member Commands
Withtheexceptionofthecommandslistedbelow,thea1531CLASVNstackmanagement
functionalityisanintegralpartoftheCLIcommands.Commandsthatoperateonastacks
memberswitchesprovideaswitchIdargumentthatspecifiestheswitchnumber(15).
Thisfollowingcommandsarespecifictostacks,orcontainargumentsthatarespecificto
stacks:
themastercraftportIPaddresscommandsdescribedstartingonpage 513
thestackportcommandsdescribedstartingonpage 74
theprovStackState,newSwitchNo,andmasterPriorityargumentsoftheconfigswitch
commanddescribedstartingonpage 64
3.1.1 The CLI Prompt In Stacks
WhentheCLIisrunningonaswitchinastack,aswitchnumber(intherange15)andoption
allytheletterMisautomaticallyappendedtotherootoftheCLIprompt.TheletterM
indicatesthataswitchisthestacksmasterswitch.Ifamemberswitchisnotthemaster,only
theswitchnumberisappended.Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 3M# (switch3inthestack;themasterswitch)
1531 CLAS- 2# ( switch2inastack;notthemasterswitch)
Onstandaloneswitches,thestring1Misalwaysappendedtotheprompt,sothedefault
standalonepromptforastandaloneswitchis1531CLAS1M#.
Managing Stacks 7-9
3.1.2 Displaying Information About Stack Member Switches
Usetheshowswitch*commandtodisplayonelinesummariesofalltheswitchesinthe
stack,includingswitchnumbers,andtheswitchthatisthestackmaster.Forexample:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 *act i ve 10 42/ 107 Manual 6 days, 22: 17: 20 5. 1. 0
5 act i ve 6 45/ 113 New Mast er 3 days, 04: 37: 32 5. 1. 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
UsetheshowswitchswitchIdcommandtodisplaydetailedinformationaboutamember
switchinastack,whereswitchIdisanintegerintherange15.Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show swi t ch 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper St ackSt at e Oper at i onal st ack st at e st ack
mast er Pr i or i t y Mast er pr i or i t y 5
mast er Swi t ch Mast er swi t ch 1 ( 1531_ATL1_SW1)
l ast Reset Last r eset r eason Mast er Swi t ch Down
cl ei Common Language Equi pment I dent i f i er SI MMF00CRA
par t NumRev Par t number r evi si on E
1531 CLAS- 1M#
7-10 How a Stack Elects a Stack Master
4. How a Stack Elects a Stack Master
A1531CLASVNstackmusthaveexactlyonestackmaster.Thissectiondescribeshowthe
stackelectsamasterswitch.
4.1 When an Election Occurs
Thememberswitchesinastackcommunicateovertheirstackports.Ifcommunicationislost
withthemasterswitch,eachmemberswitchwillrebootandelectanewmasterswitchat
powerup.
Wheneverthereisatopologychangeinthestack(aswitchisdiscoveredorremoved),andthe
masterswitchisstillactive,anelectionoccurs.
4.2 The Election Process
Theelectionprocessconsistsoftwostages:discoveryandelection.Inthediscoverystage,each
switchisattemptstodeterminehowmanyotherswitchesareinthestackandthestateofeach
switch.Aswitchremainsinthisdiscoverystatefor20secondswithoutatopologychange.
Eachtopologychangeresetsthe20secondtimer.When20secondshavepassedwithouta
topologychange,thestackenterstheelectionstage.
Intheelectionstage,thememberswitcheselectamasterswitchbasedonthefollowing
orderedcriteria:
1. existingmaster
2. highestmasterpriority
3. validstartupconfiguration
4. longestuptime
5. lowestswitchnumber
4.2.1 Existing Master
Whenthememberswitchesentertheelectionstage,ifthereisalreadyexactlyonemaster
switch,thenthatswitchiselectedmasterandtheelectionstageisterminated.Otherwise:
Iftherearenoswitchesthataremaster,allswitchesarestillconsideredtobeeligibletobe
masterandthenextcriteriaisexamined.
Ifthereismorethanonemasterswitch(forexample,ifamasterswitchhasbeenmoved
fromonestacktoanother),thenthecurrentmasterswitchesaretheonlyswitchesthatare
eligibletomasterandthenextcriteriaisexamined.
How a Stack Elects a Stack Master 7-11
4.2.2 Highest Master Priority
OneattributeofaswitchisitsmasterPriority,whichisanintegerintherange110(witha
defaultof5).IfonememberswitchhastheuniquelyhighestmasterPriority,itwillbeelected
master
Otherwise,ifmorethanoneswitchhasthesamehighestmasterPriority,thenthoseswitches
aretheonlyswitchesthatareeligibletobecomethemaster,andthenextcriteriaisexamined.
Notes
ThemasterPriorityisnotstoredintheconfigurationfile,soclearingtheconfigurationfile
willnotresetthemasterPrioritytoitsdefaultvalue.
WhenthemasterPriorityischanged(withtheconfigswitchswitchIdmasterPrioritycom
mand),areelectiondoesnotoccurautomatically,butthenewvalueisusedthenexttime
thereisanelection.
4.2.3 Valid Startup Configuration
Oftheswitchesstilleligibletobemaster,ifoneswitchhasavalidstartupconfigurationfileand
therestdonot,thenthatswitchiselectedmasterandtheelectionstageisterminated.
Otherwise:
Ifmorethanoneswitchhasavalidstartupconfigurationfile,thenthoseswitchesarethe
onlyswitchesthatareeligibletobecomethemasterandthenextcriteriaisexamined.
Ifnoswitcheshaveavalidstartupconfigurationfile,thenthenextcriteriaisexaminedwith
thesamesetofeligibleswitchesaswhenthiscriteriawasentered.
4.2.4 Longest Uptime
Oftheswitchesstilleligibletobemaster,ifoneswitchhasalongeruptimethananyofthe
otherswitches(mustbelargerthana5minutewindow),thenthatswitchiselectedmasterand
theelectionstageisterminated.
Otherwise,ifnoswitchhasbeenup5minuteslongerthananyoftheotherswitches,thenthe
nextcriteriaisexaminedwiththesamesetofeligibleswitchesaswhenthiscriteriawas
entered.
4.2.5 Lowest Switch Number
Oftheswitchesstilleligibletobemaster,theswitchwiththelowestswitchnumberiselected
masterandtheelectionstageisterminated.Sinceallswitchesmusthaveauniqueswitchnum
ber,thisisthefinalcriteria.
7-12 Procedures for Powering Up a Stack
4.3 Election Logging
Eachswitchwilllogtoitseventlogthemasterswitchthatitselectedandthecriteriausedfor
theelection.Thesenotificationmessagesaregeneratedbythe1531CLASIDCsubsystem.For
example:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show event Log subsyst emi dc event l evel s n
. . .
. . .
WED DEC 08 2010 22: 49: 11 ( UTC) NOTI FY ( 35) I DC Mast er r eel ect i on, Swi t ch 1 r emai ned mast er .
Reason = " Onl y Swi t ch"
WED DEC 08 2010 22: 49: 09 ( UTC) NOTI FY ( 34) I DC Swi t ch 2 i s down
WED DEC 08 2010 22: 49: 09 ( UTC) NOTI FY ( 36) I DC Cl ear t opol ogy dat abase of por t 2
WED DEC 08 2010 22: 49: 09 ( UTC) NOTI FY ( 36) I DC Del et e swi t ch I D=2 f r omdb of por t 2
( sn=D05649070006)
WED DEC 08 2010 22: 49: 09 ( UTC) NOTI FY ( 36) I DC Cl ear t opol ogy dat abase of por t 1
WED DEC 08 2010 22: 49: 09 ( UTC) NOTI FY ( 36) I DC Del et e swi t ch I D=2 f r omdb of por t 1
( sn=D05649070006)
WED DEC 08 2010 22: 49: 06 ( UTC) NOTI FY ( 35) I DC Mast er r eel ect i on, Swi t ch 1 r emai ned mast er .
Reason =" Hi ghest mast er - pr i or i t y"
. . .
. . .
1531 CLAS- 1M#
5. Procedures for Powering Up a Stack
Thefollowingaretherecommendedproceduresforpoweringupanewstack,anexisting
stack,andastacktowhichaswitchhasbeenadded.
5.1 Powering Up an Newly Installed Stack
Step 1. Startwithalltheswitchespoweredoff.
Step 2. Poweruptheswitchthatyouwanttobethemasterswitch(forexample,aswitchthat
hasahighspeednetworkmoduleinstalledandcabled).
Step 3. Toguaranteethatthisdesignatedswitchbecomesthemasterswitchinthestack,you
canoptionallylogintotheswitchwiththeCLIandusetheconfigswitchswitchId
masterPriorityprioritycommandtochangethepriorityvaluetoanintegerlarger
thanthedefaultof5.Forexample,8.
(Ifthereisnoexistingmasterswitchinthestack,thestackexamineseachmember
switchspriorityvaluewhenelectingamaster.Ifnoswitchhasbeendesignatedasthe
master(asisthecasewithanewlyinstalledstack),theswitchwiththehighest
masterPrioritypriorityvaluewillbeelectedmaster.)
Procedures for Powering Up a Stack 7-13
Step 4. VerifythatthedesignatedswitchsswitchIDissettoone(asdisplayedonthefront
panelChassisLED).
IftheswitchsIDnumberisotherthanone,changeitto1byusingtheconfigswitch
newSwitchNo1command.Or,holddowntheswitchslamptestbuttonuntilthe
chassisLEDbeginstoflash,thenmomentarilypressthebuttonuntiltheLEDdisplays
1.
1
Step 5. Powerdownthedesignatedmasterswitch.
Step 6. Powerupeachoftheremainingswitches,oneatatime,andusetheconfigswitch
newSwitchNoswitchNocommand(orthelamptestbutton)tosettheirswitchIDs.
SetthesecondswitchsswitchIDto2,thethirdto3,andsoon.Afteryouseteach
switchsID,powertheswitchdown.
Step 7. Withalltheswitchesstillpoweredoff,connectthestackingportcablestoallofthe
stacksswitches(seeCablingStackPorts on page 72).
Step 8. Startingwiththedesignatedmasterswitch,powerupeachswitch,oneatatime.
Step 9. Afteralloftheswitchesarepoweredup,runtheshowswitch*commandtoverify
thatalloftheswitchsareactiveandtheswitchthatyouselectedtobethemasterhas
beenelected.Forexample:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 *act i ve 8 42/ 107 New Mast er 0 days, 00: 07: 20 8. 0. 1
1531 CLAS- 1M#
5.2 Powering Up an Existing Stack
Step 1. Ifpossible,beforepoweringoffthestacksswitches,makeanoteofwhichswitchis
themasterswitch(byusingtheshowswitch*command).
Step 2. Powerdownallofthestacksswitches.
Step 3. Verifythatthestackportcablesareproperlyconnected(seeCablingStack
Ports on page 72).
1. UsingthelamptestbuttontochangetheswitchnumberrequiresthattheswitchslampTestModeattributebesetto
thedefaultofrenumber.UsetheshowsystemcommandtodisplaythelampTestModeattributesvalueandthe
configsystemcommandtochangetheattributesvalue.
7-14 Procedures for Powering Up a Stack
Step 4. Startingwiththemasterswitch,applypowertoeachtoswitch.
thatalloftheswitchesareactiveandtheswitchthatyouselectedtobethemasterhas
beenelected.Forexample:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 *act i ve 8 46/ 114 Manual 5 days, 03: 19: 37 8. 0. 1
2 act i ve 5 41/ 107 Manual 5 days, 03: 19: 22 8. 0. 1
3 act i ve 5 42/ 111 Manual 5 days, 03: 19: 07 8. 0. 1
1531 CLAS- 1M#
5.3 Adding a Switch to an Existing Running Stack
Step 1. Ifpossible,runtheshowswitch*commandandmakeanoteoftheswitchnumbers
assignedtoeachswitchandwhichswitchisthemasterswitch.
Step 2. Installthenewswitchinsamerackastheotherswitches(orinarackthatcanbe
reachedbythelongestoftheprovidedstackportcables(10.0ft.(3.0m)).
Step 3. Applypowertothenewswitch.
Step 4. Changethenewswitchsnumbertoanumberthathasnotbeenassignedtoanother
switchinthestack.Eitherholddowntheswitchslamptestbuttonuntilthechassis
LEDbeginstoflash,thenmomentarilypressthebuttonuntiltheLEDdisplaysthe
propernewnumber
1
,orlogintothenewswitch,andusetheconfigswitch
newSwitchNoswitchNocommand.
Step 5. Removepowerfromthenewswitch.
Step 6. Connecttwostackingportcablesbetweenthenewswitchandthestack(seeCabling
StackPorts on page 72).
Step 7. Afterthestackingcablesareconnected,powerupthenewmemberswitch.
thatalloftheswitchesareactiveandthatthemasterswitchisthesameoneasbefore
thenewswitchwasadded.
1. UsingthelamptestbuttontochangetheswitchnumberrequiresthattheswitchslampTestModeattributebesetto
thedefaultofrenumber.UsetheshowsystemcommandtodisplaythelampTestModeattributesvalueandthe
configsystemcommandtochangetheattributesvalue.
Correcting a Partitioned Stack 7-15
6. Correcting a Partitioned Stack
Astackisconsideredpartitionedwhenaswitchinternallydisablesoneofitsstackingports
becauseithasdetectedacommunicationfaultwiththeswitchthatisconnectedtotheport.A
stackcanalsobecomepartitionedwhentwoswitcheswiththesameswitchnumberarecon
nected.Whenthishappens,thereisanalarmraisedagainstthestackingportthatdetectedthat
problem.Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M#
11 11/ 09/ 2006 14: 56: 35 al ar mr ai sed st ackPor t 1/ 1
mj , par t i t i oned, sa, 11/ 09/ 2006 14: 56: 35, , ,
Par t i t i oned f or war di ng st at e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
12 11/ 09/ 2006 14: 56: 35 al ar mr ai sed st ackPor t 1/ 2
mj , par t i t i oned, sa, 11/ 09/ 2006 14: 56: 35, , ,
Par t i t i oned f or war di ng st at e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
UsetheshowstackPortswitchId/portIdcommandtodisplaythestatusofthestackportwith
thealarm(inthefollowingexample,stackport1/1indicatesaduplicateswitchIDnumber).
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st ackPor t 1/ 1
St acki ng por t 1/ 1 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
nei ghbor Ot her end st ack por t none
OAM i nf or mat i on:
l ocal Di scover y Local OAM di scover y st at e sendAny
r emot eDi scover y Remot e OAM di scover y st at e st abl e
r emot eVendor I nf o Remot e vendor i nf or mat i on 1531 CLAS
Por t r out i ng i nf or mat i on:
f or war di ngSt at e Por t f or war di ng st at e par t i t i oned
r out eDb Por t r out i ng dat abase:
Empt y dat abase
dupl i cat eSwI d Dupl i cat e swi t ch I D 1
dupl i cat eSwSn Dupl i cat e swi t ch ser i al number P02434050025
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Tocorrecttheproblem,logintotheCLIoftheswitchthatisraisingthealarmandusethe
configswitchnewSwitchNoswitchNocommandtochangetheswitchnumbertoanavailable
numberinthestack.
........
7-16 Correcting a Partitioned Stack
1
Managing High-Speed Network Modules
8
Thischapterdescribesthecommandsformanaginganddisplayinginformationabouta1531
CLASsystemshighspeednetworkmodule(alsocalledanuplinkmodule).Figure 81
showsamodulewithdual1000BASEXhighspeedmodulewithtwoSmallFormfactorPlug
gable(SFP)transceivers.Refertothe1531CLASInstallationGuideforinformationabout
cablingahighspeedmodule.
Figure 8-1 A High-Speed Network Module Inserted in a1531 CLAS
The1531CLASsupportsthehighspeednetworkmoduleslistedinTable81.TheEthernet
portnumbers101and102areassignedtodualportmodules;portnumber101isassignedtoa
T3/E3TXmodulesport.
1. CLI Commands
Table 8-1 1531 CLAS High-Speed Module Model Numbers
Item Description Model Number
Modulesfor1531CLAS
UniversalI/OSlot
1531CLASGBT,Uplinkmodulewithtwo1000BASETXCat5Ethernet
ports
3AG21621AAAA
1531CLASGBX,Uplinkmodulewithtwo1000BASEXSmallForm
FactorPluggable(SFP)OpticalEthernetports.NotethatSFPopticsare
notincluded.
3AG21622AAAA
Table 8-2 High-Speed Network Module Commands
showhsModule Displaystheattributesofahighspeednetworkmodule.
createhsModule Createsaninterfaceofahighspeednetworkmodule.
confighsModule Configurestheattributesofahighspeednetworkmodule.
deletehsModule Removesaninstanceofahighspeednetworkmodule.
showsfp Displaysa1531CLASSmallFormFactorPluggable(SFP)transceiverinventory.
8-2 Configurable Attributes and Defaults
2. Configurable Attributes and Defaults
Table82liststhehighspeedmodulesconfigurableattributes.AswitchIdargumentis
requiredforthecreate,config,anddeletehsModulecommands.
3. Configuration Notes
Whenahighspeedmoduleisinstalled,itisautodetectedandaninstanceforthemodule
iscreatedautomatically(youdonotneedtousethecreatehsModulecommandtocreate
theinstance).However,youcanusethecreatehsModulecommandtopreprovisionan
instanceofahighspeedmodulebeforethemoduleisinstalled).
BeforeusingthedeletehsModulecommandtoremoveaninstanceofahighspeedmod
ule,themodulemustbeadministrativelydisabled,mustnotbeassociatedwithanyUNIs
orLAGs,andmustberemovedfromthehighspeedI/Oslot.
Ifyoureplaceahighspeedmodulewithoneofthesametype,youdonothavetoreboot
theswitchtocompletethereplacement.However,ifyoureplaceamodulewithoneofa
differenttype,theswitchmustberebootedforthechangetotakeeffect.
Ifyouareusingadual1000BASEXhighspeednetworkmodule,youcanusetheshowsfp
commandtodisplaytheattributesofthesmallformfactorpluggabletransceiversthatare
installedinthemodule:
Refertothe1531CLASInstallationGuideforacompletelistofthetransceiversthatare
availableforthesehighspeedmodules.
Table 8-2 High-Speed Module Attributes
Attribute Description
t ype Typeofhighspeednetworkmoduletoconfigure.Oneof:
100x2=dual100BASEXsmallformfactorpluggable(SFP)Ethernetports
1000x2=dual1000BASEXsmallformfactorpluggable(SFP)Ethernetports
1000tx2=dual100/1000BASETEthernetports
te3=T3/E3TXport
admi ni st r at i ve
st at e
Administrativestatetoapplytothehighspeedmodule.
Therequiredvalueforadminisoneofenableordisable,where:
enable=themodulesadministrativestateisenabled(thedefault)
disable=themodulesadministrativestateisdisabled
descr i pt i on Atextualdescriptionofthehighspeedmodule.Thedefaultisanullstring.
Examples 8-3
4. Examples
######################################################################
# Cr eat e a pr e- pr ovi si oned i nst ance f or a dual 1000BASE- X SFP modul e #
# t hat wi l l be i nst al l ed l at er on swi t ch #1. #
######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e hsModul e 1 t ype 1000x- 2 admi n di sabl e descr i pt i on " RDU CO WadeAve501"
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##########################################################
# Di spl ay i nf or mat i on about t he pr e- pr ovi si oned modul e. #
##########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show hsModul e 1
Swi t ch 1 ( ATL_8331) Hi gh- speed modul e par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
admi n Admi ni st r at i ve st at e di sabl e
oper Oper at i onal st at e unequi pped
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i ve t ext RDU CO WadeAve501
t ype Modul e t ype ( conf i gur ed/ act ual ) 1000x- 2/ empt y
mode T3/ E3 mode f or t e3 modul e t ype none
cl ei Common Language Equi pment I dent i f i er unknown
ser i al Num Ser i al number unknown
par t Num Par t number unknown
par t NumRev Par t number r evi si on unknown
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################
# Enabl e t he modul e af t er i t has been i nst al l ed. #
###################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g hsModul e 1 admi n enabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################################
# Di spl ay i nf or mat i on about t he i nst al l ed modul e. #
####################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show hsModul e 1
Swi t ch 1 ( ATL_8331) Hi gh- speed modul e par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i ve t ext RDU CO WadeAve501
8-4 Examples
t ype Modul e t ype ( conf i gur ed/ act ual ) 1000x- 2/ 1000x- 2
cl ei Common Language Equi pment I dent i f i er SI I AVU0DAA
pr oduct Num Pr oduct number 920051- 2000- 02
pr oduct NumRev Pr oduct number r evi si on 2
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##########################################################
# Di spl ay summar y i nf or mat i on f or al l SFP t r anscei ver s. #
##########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show sf p *
SFP par amet er s:
I nst ance vendor Name vendor Par t Num vend vendor Ser Num vendor Da
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
101 OCP TRP- 03L3I 1AC 2091890 030214
102 OCP TRP- 03L3I 1AC 2092027 030219
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#################################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l ed i nf or mat i on f or a speci f i c SFP t r anscei ver . #
#################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show sf p 101
100BASE- X por t 101 SFP par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
vendor Name Vendor name OCP
vendor Par t Num Vendor par t number TRP- 03L3I 1AC
vendor Rev Revi si on l evel f or par t number
vendor Ser Num Vendor ser i al number 2091890
vendor Dat e Vendor manuf act ur i ng dat e 030214
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
1
Managing Users
9
Thischapterdescribesthecommandsforconfiguringanddisplayingattributesforasystems
users.
1. User Privilege Levels
The1531CLASsupportsthefollowinguserprivilegelevels:
UserswithadminprivilegeshavefulladministrativeprivilegesintheWebManagerand
CLI.AdministrativeuserscanexecuteallWebManagerandCLIcommands,including
thosethatcreate,configure,andremoveusers.
Userswithprovprivilegesareallowedtoprovisionadevicesobjectsanddisplaythe
attributesofobjects.However,provisioningusersarenotallowedtocreate,configure,or
deleteusers.
Userswithobserverprivilegesareonlyallowedtodisplaytheattributesofobjects.They
arenotallowedtocreate,configure,ordeleteobjects.
Userswithmaint(maintenance)privilegesareallowedtoconfigureandclearselected
objects.Theyarealsoallowedtodisplaytheattributesofobjects.Theycannotcreate
objects.
2. Default Login and Password
Asshippedfromthefactory,the1531CLASsupportsadefaultusernameofadminandpass
wordofadmin.Thisdefaultadminuserhasadministrator(admin)privileges.
Itisstronglyrecommendedthatthedefaultpasswordfortheadminuserbechangedimmedi
atelyafterthedeviceisturnedup,byusingtheconfigusercommand(asshowninthe
exampleonpage 93).Alternatively,youcancreateanewuser(orusers)withadministrative
privileges,andremovethedefaultadminuser.
Notethatyoucannotremovethelastuserwhohasadministrativeprivileges.
9-2 CLI Commands
3. CLI Commands
Thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththecreateuserandconfigusercommands,
exceptasnoted.TheuserisspecifiedwiththeuserNameargument,whichisacasesensitive
stringof132charactersnotincludingspaces,tabsoranyof{,:;/\*`.&><}.Thenamemustbe
uniqueamongotherusernames,andcannotbeanumber.
Table 9-1 User Commands
configuser Configuresanexistingusersprivilegelevel,password,ordescription.
deleteuser Removesauser.
createuser Createsanewuserandpassword.
showuser Displaysinformationaboutauserorallusers.
passwor d configusercommandonly(thecreateusercommandpromptsforapassword).
Thepasswordmustbeacasesensitivestringof510characters,notincluding
spaces,tabsoranyof{,:;/\*`.&><}.
pr i vi l ege Theusersprivilegelevel.Oneof:
admintheuserhasfulladministrativeprivilegesintheCLI.
provtheuserisallowedtoprovisionadevicesobjects(usingthecreateand
configcommands)anddisplaytheattributesofobjects(withtheshow
commands).
observertheuserisonlyallowedtodisplaytheattributesofobjectswiththe
showcommands(thedefault).
maintTheusercanconfigureandclearselectedobjects(usingtheconfigand
clearcommands)anddisplaytheattributesofobjects(withtheshow
commands).Themaintusercannotcreateobjects.
descr i pt i on Textualdescriptionoftheuser.Astringof064characters,notincludingdouble
quotes().
st at e Typeofadministrativestatetoapplytothespecifieduser.
enable=theuserssessionisenabled(thedefault)
disable=theuserssessionisdisabled
encr ypt edPasswor d createusercommandonlyanoptionalencryptedpasswordasastringof48
hexadecimalcharacters.Ifnotenteredonthecommandline,theuserloggingin
willbepromptedtoenterthe48characterpasswordincleartext.
Configuration Notes 9-3
Youmustbeloggedinasanadministrativeusertocreate,configure,ordeleteusers.
Thecreateusercommandtakesasargumentsausernameandoptionallyaprivilegelevel
andadescription.Ifaprivilegelevelisnotprovided,thedefaultistocreateauserwith
observerprivileges.
Youcandisplaythelistofcommandsthatareavailableforaparticularprivilegelevelby
usingthehelportreecommandswhileloggedintotheCLIasauserwiththatprivilege
level.AnexampleisprovidedintheExamplessectionthatfollows.
Theminimumnumberofcharactersrequiredinausernameisdeterminedbythesettingof
theusernameMinLenattributeoftheaaaloginobject.Usetheshowaaalogincommand
todisplaythisattributeandotherAAAloginattributesusedforpasswords.
The encryptedPassword Argument
Whenauseriscreated,the1531CLASstorestheuserspasswordintherunningconfiguration
asa48hexadecimalcharacterstringasshowninthefollowingexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show r unni ng
#
# Local Commands
#
cr eat e user cr af t 001 encr ypt edPasswor d " 386D992F6B3814C9DF09C54706340F4A537971AF926DD202"
cr eat e user cr af t 002 encr ypt edPasswor d " 386D9940BDBD3083657F72061C1C78C529C709CCC3C4AF74"
cr eat e user cr af t 003 encr ypt edPasswor d " 386D995244B460E268064DBC2C1172E72D4724E5B388E0F1"
conf i g i p 1 dhcp enabl e admi n enabl e
Runni ng conf i gur at i on f i l e si ze=337
Act i ve sof t war e r el 8. 0. 0 ver 1. 8. 39 bui l t 11/ 11/ 2010 16: 46: 26 ( sel ect ed)
1531 CLAS- 1M#
ThecreateusercommandsencryptedPasswordargumentisprovidedtoenableCLIprogram
merstowriteCLImacrosthatrecreateusersandtheirpasswordseitheronthesameora
differentdevice.
6. Examples
#######################################
# Di spl ay a l i st of al l CLI user s. #
#######################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show user *
User par amet er s:
I nst ance user name st at e pr i vi l ege sessi onI ds
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 admi n enabl e admi n 2
9-4 Examples
1531 CLAS- 1M#
######################################
# Change t he admi n user ' s passwor d. #
######################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g user admi n passwor d
Ent er new passwor d: ( passwor d char act er s not echoed)
Re- ent er new passwor d: ( passwor d char act er s not echoed)
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################################
# Cr eat e a new user wi t h pr ovi si oni ng pr i vi l eges. #
####################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e user cr af t _24 pr i vi l ege pr ov descr i pt i on " Pr ovi si oni ng, Cr af t 24"
User 2 ( cr af t _24) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
st at e Admi ni st r at i ve st at e enabl e
pr i vi l ege User pr i vi l ege l evel pr ov
descr i pt i on User descr i pt i on Pr ovi si oni ng, Cr af t 24
l ast Logi n Dat e and t i me of l ast l ogi n sessi on Never l ogged i n.
f ai l edLogi ns Number of f ai l ed l ogi n at t empt s 0
consecFai l edLogi Number of consecut i ve f ai l ed l ogi n at t em 0
sessi onI Ds Sessi ons wi t h user name l ogged i n
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#################################################################################
# Di spl ay i nf or mat i on f or a speci f i c user ( by name) . #
# You can di spl ay t he same i nf or mat i on by pr ovi di ng t he user ' s i nst ance number . #
#################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show user cr af t _24
User 2 ( cr af t _24) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
st at e Admi ni st r at i ve st at e enabl e
pr i vi l ege User pr i vi l ege l evel pr ov
descr i pt i on User descr i pt i on Pr ovi si oni ng, Cr af t 34
l ast Logi n Dat e and t i me of l ast l ogi n sessi on 06/ 16/ 2006 09: 50: 14
f ai l edLogi ns Number of f ai l ed l ogi n at t empt s 0
consecFai l edLogi Number of consecut i ve f ai l ed l ogi n at t em 0
sessi onI ds Sessi ons wi t h user name l ogged i n
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Examples 9-5
#########################################
# Change t he cr af t _24 user ' s passwor d. #
#########################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g user cr af t _24 passwor d
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#######################################################
# ################################################## #
# # Logout and l og back i n as an ' obser ver ' user . # #
# ################################################## #
#######################################################
Logi n: cr af t _obser ve
Passwor d: <passwordcharactersnotechoed>
************************************************************************
* ALCATEL- LUCENT COMMAND LI NE I NTERFACE ( CLI ) *
* *
* Al l r i ght s r eser ved Al cat el - Lucent . Thi s comput er pr ogr ami s *
* pr ot ect ed under Copyr i ght . Reci pi ent i s t o r et ai n t he pr ogr ami n *
* conf i dence, and i s not per mi t t ed t o copy, use, di st r i but e, modi f y *
* or t r ansl at e t he pr ogr amwi t hout aut hor i zat i on. *
************************************************************************
Logged i nt o MASTER Swi t ch ( Swi t ch 1)
1531 CLAS- 1M#
########################################################
# Di spl ay name and pr i vi l eges of t he cur r ent CLI user . #
########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# whoami
user name: cr af t _obser ve
pr i vi l ege: obser ver
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#############################################################################
# Di spl ay t he l i st of command cat egor i es avai l abl e t o t he ' obser ver ' user . #
#############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# hel p
appl y - Execut e a macr o t ext f i l e.
cl ear - Cl ear count er s or er ase f i l es.
conf i g - Conf i gur e obj ect at t r i but es.
copy - Copy conf i gur at i on, sof t war e i mage and event l og f i l es.
cpe - Manage at t r i but es on a r emot e CPE devi ce.
cr eat e - Cr eat e an obj ect i nst ance.
debug - Ent er debugger or change debug passwor d.
del et e - Del et e an obj ect i nst ance.
di r - Di spl ay at t r i but es of f i l es.
l 2Pi ng - ' Pi ng' t he r emot e syst em( l ayer 2) .
pi ng - Pi ng an I P host .
r eboot - Reboot syst emor cpe.
9-6 Examples
r el oad - Rel oad syst em.
r epeat - To r epeat pr evi ous command( s) .
saveRunni ng - Save r unni ng conf i gur at i on.
show - Di spl ay obj ect par amet er s or conf i g f i l e cont ent s.
t el net - Tel net t o r emot e host .
t est Al ar m - Gener at e or cl ear t est al ar ms.
t r acer out e - Tr ace t he r out e t o an I P host .
t t cp - Run TTCP t hr oughput t est .
act i vat e - Conf i gur e CLI .
al i as - Text subst i t ut i on.
br oadcast - Wr i t e message t o al l user s l ogged i n.
echo - Echo t ext t yped i n.
exi t - Exi t i nt er medi at e mode.
hel p - Show command hel p.
hi st or y - Show command hi st or y.
l ogout - Log of f t hi s syst em.
pr ompt - Change cur r ent pr ompt .
st t y - Ter mi nal set t i ngs.
t r ee - Show command t r ee.
who - Di spl ay user s cur r ent l y l ogged i n.
whoami - Show cur r ent user i nf o.
wr i t e - Wr i t e t ext t o anot her user .
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
1
Managing Alarms
10
Thischapterdescribesthecommandsforconfiguringanddisplayingattributesofasystems
alarms.
1. Introduction
IfyouhaveanactiveCLIsession,alarmsaredisplayedontheCLIconsolewhentheyareraised
andcleared.Inaddition,thealarminformationiswrittentotheswitchseventlog,whichyou
candisplaywiththeshoweventLogcommand.
Alarmsgeneratedbythe1531CLASarealsoavailableontheAlarmportsnormallyopenand
normallyclosedrelaycontacts.Table101liststhesignalsthataresupportedbythealarmport.
Note
Information about managing span alarm profiles, which are used with 2BPMEs, is provided in the
chapter Managing 2BPMEs, Span Profiles, Span Alarm Profiles, and Bonded Ports.
Table 10-1 Alarm I/O Port Pin Outs
Pin # Signal
1 CriticalCommon
2 CriticalNormallyOpen
3 CriticalNormallyClosed
4 MajorCommon
5 MajorNormallyClosed
6 MajorNormallyOpen
7 AlarmIn
8 AlarmInReturn
Figure 10-1 RJ -45 Alarm Port
Pins (Facing 1531 CLAS)
ALARM I/O
10-2 CLI Commands
2. CLI Commands
Usetheshowalarmcommandtodisplayalarminformationforallalarmsorforselected
alarms.Youcanfilterthedisplaybyprovidingtheseveritieskeyword,followedbyoneor
moreofthefilterscr,mj,mn,orall.Ifyouprovidemorethanonefilter,theymustbeina
commaseparatedlistwithnospaces(forexample,cr,mj).
Usetheshowalarmcommandsmaskedargumenttodisplaystandingalarmsthatare
masked.(Analarmismaskedwhenasubsystemisadministrativelydisabled,forexample
config2bpme1/2admindisable,orwhenanalarmissuppressed,forexampleconfigenv
pwrAAlarmsuppress.)
UsetheshowalConditioncommandtodisplaytheseveritylevelsofalarmconditions,
sortedbyalarmobjecttype.
IfaSNMPtraphost(ortraphosts)isspecifiedfortheswitch,atrapissenttothetrap
host(s)whenalarmsareraisedorcleared.
UsethetestAlarmcommandtosetorclearatestalarm,whichyoucanusetoverifythata
traphostisreceivingtrapsfromthe1531CLAS.
UsetheconfigsessionalarmLevelsnonecommandtosuppresstheCLIsessionsalarm
displaysandtheconfigsessionalarmLevelsallcommandtoreenablethealarmdisplays.
Ifthealarmsaresuppressed,theyarestillwrittentotheerrorlog.
ThefollowingisanexampleofaPMEdownalarmbeingraisedandclearedwhena2bpme
portisdisabledandthenenabled.
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 1/ 3 admi n di sabl e
WARNI NG: Dat a and i n- band management t r af f i c may be di sabl ed.
Table 10-2 Alarm Commands
showalarm Displaysallorselectedalarms.
showalCondition Displaystheseveritylevelsofalarmconditions.
configalCondition Configuresalarmconditionseveritylevels.
testAlarm Setsorclearsatestalarm.
showaccIn Displaysalarminputrelayattributes.
showaccIn Configuresalarmcontactclosureinputrelayattributes.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
716 12/ 18/ 2010 16: 12: 18 al ar mr ai sed cpe 1001 2bpme 3 <Alarm Raised
mj , f act er m, sa, 12/ 18/ 2010 16: 12: 18, , ,
PME down
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 1/ 3 admi n enabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
716 12/ 18/ 2010 16: 15: 08 al ar mcl ear ed cpe 1001 2bpme 3<Alarm Cleared
cl , f act er m, sa, 12/ 18/ 2010 16: 12: 18, , ,
PME down
1531 CLAS- 1M#
3.1 List of Alarm Condition Severity Levels
Table103liststhealarmconditionseveritylevels.
Table 10-3 Alarm Condition Severities
Severity Level
Mnemonic
Severity Level
cr Critical
mj Major
mn Minor
na Notalarmed
nr Notreported
10-4 Configuration Notes
3.2 List of Standing Alarms
Table104liststhestandingalarmsthatareprovided,arrangedbyobjecttype.
Table 10-4 1531 CLAS Standing Alarms
Object Type Condition Mnemonic
Default Severity
a
Description
2bpme 4xdiff Minor Speedratioviolation
autobond Minor Autobondingdisabled
errDisable Major Impairedportdisabledbysystem
facterm Major PMEdown
loopattn Minor Loopattenuation
margin Minor SNRmargin
maxbond Minor Maximumbondedportsexceeded
pmeexclude Minor NotinPMEportlist
pmemiscfg Minor CPEMACaddressmismatch
pmereject Minor FailedhnbdpPMEvalidation
spanpmismatch Major Spanprofilemismatch
accIn misc Major Miscellaneousenvironmentalalarm
accMux accMux1 Major AccMux1externalalarminput
accMux2 Major AccMux2externalalarminput
accMux3 Major AccMux3externalalarminput
bonding minRate Minor Aggregateratebelowminimum
capture capture_activ Major Packetcaptureactive
cfmcc crossconnect Minor ContinuityCheckcrossconnect
error Minor ContinuityCheckerror
macstatus Minor ContinuityCheckMACstatus
rdi Minor ContinuityCheckRDI
remote Minor ContinuityCheckremoteMEP
cpe contcom Major Controlcommunicationfailure
hitemp Major Hightemperature
hitemp_cr Critical Hightemperaturecritical
mea Major Equipmentmismatch
memlow Major Memorylowwarning
sntp Minor UnabletogettimefromSNTPserver(s)
swftver Major Softwareversionmismatch
tstalm N/A Testalarm
ethernet facterm Major Ethernetportdown
l2lpbk Major L2loopbackisactive
evc macFull Major MACaddresstablefull
evcBonding macFull Major MACaddresstablefull
fan eqpt Minor Fanfailure
hsmodule improprmvl Major Improperremovalofequipment
mea Major Equipmentmismatch
lacp configlist Minor Portisnotinconfiguredlist
keymismatch Minor Partnerportkeymismatch
lagduplex Minor Portisnotfullduplex
loopback Minor Portloopbackdetected
macmismatch Minor SystemIDmismatch
oam contcom Major OAMdown
lpbkLocal Major PortisinOAMloopback
lpbkRemote Major ReeoteportisinOAMloopback
mismatch Major OAMconfigurationmismatch
syncfail Major Remoteconfigurationfailed
pwr pwr Minor Powerfailure
stackPort facterm Major Stackportdown
partitioned Major Partitionedforwardingstate
Table 10-4 1531 CLAS Standing Alarms (Continued)
Default Severity
a
Description
10-6 Configuration Notes
switch contcom Major Controlcommunicationfailure
hitemp Major Hightemperature
hitemp_cr Major Hightemperaturecritical
macalmostfull Minor MACaddresstablealmostfull
macfull Major MACaddresstablefull
masterconflict Major Masterswitchconflict
mcastmacalmos Minor MulticastMACaddresstablealmostfull
macastmacfull Major MulticastMACaddresstablefull
memlow Major Memorylowwarning
sntp Minor UnabletogettimefromSNTPserver(s)
swftver Major Softwareversionmismatch
syncfail Major Remoteconfigurationfailed
tsalm N/A Testalarm
t3 ais Major Alarmindicationsignal
framingmismat Minor Framingmodemismatch
lof Major Lossofframe
los Major Lossofsignal
lpbkLocal Minor Localloopback
lpbkRemote Minor Remoteloopback
rai Major Remotealarmindicationsignal
trafgen trafgen_activ Major Trafficgeneratoractive
trafmon trafmon_activ Major Trafficmonitoractive
a. AllalarmsdesignatedasCriticalorMajormaybeserviceaffecting;allalarmsdesignatedasMinororN/Aare
notserviceaffecting.
Table 10-4 1531 CLAS Standing Alarms (Continued)
Default Severity
a
Description
3.3 List of Transient Alarms
Transientalarmstypicallyindicatethresholdcrossingeventsthatgenerateaninformational
alarm(aThresholdCrossingAlarm,orTCA).Bydefault,TCAsaredisabled.Table105liststhe
transientalarmsthatareprovided,arrangedbyobjecttype.
Table 10-5 1531 CLAS Transient Alarms
Object Type Condition Description
2bpme esl Lineerroredseconds
ses Severelyerroredseconds
uas Unavailableseconds
crc CRCanomalies
losws Lossofsyncwordseconds
cpe automaticreset CPEreset
switch automaticreset(remote) Switchreset
t3(DS3) TCACVLine Codeviolation,line
TCAESLine Erroredseconds,line
TCASESLine Severelyerroredseconds,line
TCALOSLine Lossofsignal,line
TCACVPath Codeviolation,path
TCAESPath Erroredseconds,path
TCASASPath SEF/AISseconds,path
TCASESPath Severelyerroredseconds,path
TCAUASPath Unavailableseconds,path
TCACVCPBitPath Codeviolation,CPbitpath
TCAESCPBitPath Erroredseconds,CPbitpath
TCASASCPBitPath SEF/AISseconds,CPbitpath
TCASESCPBitPath Severelyerroredseconds,CPbitpath
TCAUASCPBitPath Unavailableseconds,CPbitpath
TCAAISSPath AISseconds,path
TCACVCPBitPathFE Codeviolation,CPbitpathfarend
TCAESCPBitPathFE Erroredseconds,CPbitpathfarend
TCASASCPBitPatFE SEF/AISseconds,CPbitpathfarend
TCASESCPBitPathFE Severelyerroredseconds,CPbitpathfarend
TCAUASCPBitPathFE Unavailableseconds,CPbitpathfarend
10-8 Clearing Initial Alarms
4. Clearing Initial Alarms
Whena1531CLASisstartedwiththefactorydefaults,theswitchwillgenerateanumberof
alarms.Forinstance,therewillbemajoralarmsforanyport(Ethernetor2BASETL)thatis
enabledbutisnotactive.Minoralarmsarealsogenerated,suchaspowerfeedBifthesec
ondarypowerfeedisnotinstalled.
IfCPEdevicesareconnectedtotheswitch,anyremotealarmsfromthosedevicesarealsodis
played.Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show al ar m*
Al l al ar m( * = masked condi t i on) :
t i mest amp ut c sou al ar mObj ect I d condi t i on sev af f
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
06/ 14/ 2010 13: 43: 21 00: 00 l oc pwr 1/ b pwr mn nsa
06/ 14/ 2010 13: 43: 22 00: 00 l oc st ackPor t 1/ 1 f act er m mj sa
06/ 14/ 2010 13: 43: 22 00: 00 l oc st ackPor t 1/ 2 f act er m mj sa
06/ 14/ 2010 13: 47: 39 00: 00 l oc et her net 1002 f act er m mj sa
06/ 14/ 2010 13: 48: 21 00: 00 l oc 2bpme 1/ 13 f act er m mj sa
<2bpme al ar ms t r uncat ed t o save space>
06/ 15/ 2010 00: 00: 04 00: 00 r em cpe 1001 pwr b pwr mn nsa
06/ 15/ 2010 00: 00: 06 00: 00 r em cpe 1001 et her net 1 f act er m mj sa
06/ 15/ 2010 08: 49: 16 00: 00 r em cpe 1001 2bpme 5 f act er m mj sa
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Itisrecommendedthatyouconfigurethesystemsotherearenoalarmspresent.Takethefol
lowingstepstoclearthealarms.
Step 1. LogintotheCLIwiththedefaultusernameofadminandthedefaultpasswordof
admin(orwiththeadministrativeusernameandpasswordthatyouhavebeenpro
vided).
Step 2. Disablethe1531CLAS2bpmeportswiththefollowingconfig2bpmeCLIcommand,
where1/*specifiesall2bpmeportsonswitch#1.
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 1/ * admi n di sabl e
OK: Act i on Compl et ed
Clearing Initial Alarms 10-9
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Step 3. IfeitherthepowerfeedAorpowerfeedBisnotconnected,usetheconfigenv
commandtoclearandsuppressthatpowerfeedconnectionsalarm.Forthepower
feedB,forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g env pwr BAl ar msuppr ess
1531 CLAS- 1M#
1 06/ 21/ 2006 11: 30: 11 al ar mcl ear ed pwr 1/ b
cl , pwr , nsa, 06/ 14/ 2006 13: 43: 21, , ,
Power f ai l ur e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Step 4. Ifthe1531CLASswitchisnotpartofastack,usetheconfigstackPortcommandto
disabletheswitchstwostackports.(Bydefault,aswitchsstackportsareenabled.)
Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Note
When the high-speed-module Ethernet ports are connected to another networking device, such as
a Cisco switch, the Ethernet alarms will be cleared.
10-10 Clearing Initial Alarms
Step 5. IfCPEdevicesareconnectedtotheswitch,youcanclearinitialremote(CPE)alarms
byusingthecommandsdescribedabovewiththeCLIscpecommandsuffix.For
example,fortheCPEconnectedto2BASETLport1001:
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g env pwr BAl ar msuppr ess
1531 CLAS- 1M#
59 06/ 21/ 2006 12: 35: 46 al ar mcl ear ed cpe 1001 pwr b
cl , pwr , nsa, 01/ 01/ 1970 00: 00: 04, , ,
Power f ai l ur e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g env pwr BAl ar msuppr ess
1531 CLAS- 1M#
59 06/ 21/ 2006 12: 35: 46 al ar mcl ear ed cpe 1001 pwr b
cl , pwr , nsa, 01/ 01/ 1970 00: 00: 04, , ,
Power f ai l ur e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Step 6. TypelogouttoexittheCLI.
Asshowninthefollowingexample,thelogoutcommanddisplaysaSystemconfigu
rationchangeswillbelost...warning.Youcanignorethiswarningasyoucansave
thesystemconfigurationlater.
1531 CLAS- 1M# l ogout
Checki ng f or conf i gur at i on changes. . . Compl et e.
WARNI NG: Syst emconf i gur at i on changes wi l l be l ost when t he devi ce r est ar t s.
Logi n:
........
1ll
Managing 2BPMEs, Span Profiles, Span Alarm
Profiles, and Bonded Ports
11
1. Introduction to 2BASE-TL
The1531CLASand1521CLIPproductsemploythetechnologiesbasedontheIEEE802.3ah
EthernetintheFirstMilestandard,whichwasratifiedin2004.
The2BASETLlongreachoptionofIEEE802.3ahisalongreachEthernetovercoppertechnol
ogyfocusedonhighbandwidthsymmetricservicesforbusinesscustomersfromcentraloffices
orremoteterminals.2BASETListhenaturalupgradeandreplacementfortodaysT1/E1and
G.shdslservices.
2BASETLprovidesnominalsymmetricdataratesof2.3Mbpsoverasinglepairofvoicegrade
copperoverCSA(carrierservingarea)distancesof27003600m(912Kft)toamaximumdata
rateof5.7Mbpsovershorterdistances(upto6Kft).Uptoeightcopperpaircanbebonded
togethertodeliverthedesiredbandwidth.
The802.3ahstandarddefinesanewmultipairbondingschemethatistransparenttotheEther
netlayer.Usingthisbondingtechniqueacrossuptoeightpairs,dataratesupto45Mbpscan
beofferedovershorterdistances,whileratesupto20Mbpscanbetypicallyofferedthrough
outacarrierservingarea.
Incomingframesarepassedtothisbondinglayer,fragmented,afragmentheaderprepended,
andthefragmentsdistributedacrosstheindividualloops.Thefragmentheadersareusedto
resequenceandreassembletheframesatthereceivingend.
NotethatthispairbondingtechniqueisdifferentfromEthernetLinkAggregationstandardsin
thattheloopsmaybeoperatingatdifferentdatarates.Individualframesmaybesplitintovari
ablesizedsegmentstominimizelatencyandmaximizeutilizationofthedifferentloopspeeds.
Finally,theseefficiencyandperformancebenefitsareautomaticwhileaddingameasureof
resiliencyandavailability.WithIEEE802.3ahbonding,pairsmaycomeandgodynamically
(perhapsduetoanaccessplantproblem),changingthebandwidthavailabletothecustomer
but,unlikeT1/E1IMA,theconnectionremainsoperational.Whencombinedwithhigherper
pairbandwidthpotential,themultipairbondingtechniqueenableshighlyreliable,highband
widthserviceofferings.
1.1 How it Works
802.3ahdevelopedaloopaggregationtechniqueforEthernetoptimizedforcopperaccess.The
switchingandserviceslayerofthedevicecanbeconsistentacrossoptical,CAT5,andEFM
Ethernetinterfaces,allowingtheprovidertheabilitytoofferaconsistentserviceofferingover
anytypeofaccessmedia.
TheloopaggregationtechniquesofIEE802.3aharebothsimpleandpowerful.Framesare
passedtotheloopaggregationlayerfromthehigherlayer,wheretheyarefragmentedanddis
tributedacrosstheloopswithintheaggregate.
11-2 Introduction to 2BASE-TL
Toallowvendordifferentiation,thealgorithmforpartitioningtheframesovertheloopsisnot
specified.However,itmustobeycertainrulesinthatfragmentsmustobeysizeconstraints,
andtheloopsinanaggregatemustobeyrateanddifferentialdelayconstraints.Aslongasthe
loopaggregationalgorithmsobeytheseconstraintsandrestrictions,anyfragmentationalgo
rithmcanbehandledbythereassemblyprocess,yieldingaveryflexibleandinteroperable
solution.
1.2 2BASE-TL in the 1531 CLAS
Withthe1531CLAS,carrierscanaggregatedifferentlinerates,differentlooplengthsanddif
ferentloopqualitiesintoasinglemanagedEthernetconnection(Figure 111).IEEE802.3ah
2BASETLcopperpairscanbebondedfromadjacentornonadjacentbinders,automatically
bondingpairsintoalogicalconnectionwhena1521CLIPdeviceisconnectedtoa1531CLAS.
Equallyimportant,the1531CLASiscapableofdetectingandrecoveringfromlooploss,loop
addition,andloopdegradationallwithoutoperatorintervention.
Figure 11-1 PMEs, Bonded Ports, and Span Profiles
Important!
In both the standalone and stacked switch configurations, a bonded port can aggregate
from one to eight unique copper pairs.
A maximum of 56 bonded ports can be created on a standalone 1531 CLAS or a 1531
CLAS stack (1531 CLAS VN). A standalone 1531 CLAS can have at most 40 operational
bonded ports (because it supports a maximum of 40 copper pairs). a 1531 CLAS VN can
have 56
a
operational bonded ports.
a. Thisisthecurrentlimitonthenumberofbondedportsinastack.
Whats Next 11-3
2. Whats Next
Thebasicstepsforestablishing2BASETLconnectionsbetweena1531CLASswitchandoneor
more1521CLIPsareto:
1. configurethephysicalcooperloops(the2BPMEs)
2. createandconfigurebondedports,eachcontainingonetoeight2BPMEs
3. optionallyassociatespanprofileswith2BPMEs
4. optionallyassociatespanalarmprofileswith2BPMEs
Thesestepsaredescribedinthesectionsthatfollow,precededbyasectionthathasinstructions
forprequalifyingcopperloopsandfollowedbysectionthatprovidesgeneraltroubleshooting
tipsfor1531CLASto1521CLIPconnections.
3. Pre-Qualifying Copper Loops
Beforeyouattempttoturnupa2BASETLconnectiononacopperloops,itisstronglyrecom
mendedthatyouqualifyeachoftheloops.AMLT/TDRtestset(suchastheSunriseMTT)will
performaonebuttonautotestthatwillcoverallthebasictestsandverifythecopperloop.
Theprequalificationtestsshouldinclude:
Copperloopidentificationtestverifyingthatcopperpairsarecorrectlypuncheddown
andattachedtothecorrectconnectorpins.
Open/shorttestverifyingthattheloopshavenoopensorshorts.
Resistancelengthtestverifyinglooplength(EquivalentWorkingLength)basedonthe
loopresistanceandtheknowncablegauge.Youcanthencomparethisvaluewiththe
lengthfromthecircuitrecord(ifavailable).
TDRlength/capacitivelengthtestsverifyinglooplength,balance,presenceofpoor
splices,orsplitpairs
CapacitivebalanceverifyingthataloopsCapBalanceis96%orhigher.Ifitisnot,itis
likelythecopperpairwillnottrainupproperly.
Loadcoiltestthecopperloopsmustnothaveanyloadcoils.
Note
In this chapter, the term 1521 CLIP is used to indicate a 1521 CL IP network-demarcation device
that is installed at a customer premise (CP). 1521 CLIP devices include the 1521 CLIP - 8P CP,
1521 CLIP - 4P CP, and 1521 CL IP - 2P CP as well as 1521 CLIP xP CO/CP universal devices
operating in CP mode.
11-4 Pre-Qualifying Copper Loops
Bridgetaptestbridgetapsareunterminatedlengthsofcable(laterals)thatarenotinthe
directpathbetweenacustomerpremiseandtheCO.Althoughthe2BASETLtechnology
cantoleratesomebridgetaps,itisrecommendedthatbridgetapsberemovedfromthe
copperloops.
Bridgetapslocatedneartheendsofacircuit(calledendtaps)generallycausemoreprob
lemsthanthoselocatedinthemiddleofthecircuit(midspantaps).Inparticular,long
endtapscanprevent2BASETLmodemsfromsynchronizing,solocatingendtapsand
removingthemshouldbeapriority.
Ifatestsetisnotavailable,youcanuseamultimetertoperformsomeofthebasictestsof
copperloopidentification,resistivelengthtesting,andcheckingforopensandshorts.
Pre-Qualifying Copper Loops 11-5
3.1 Troubleshooting Copper Loops With MLT and the TDR/tone-enabled
1531 CLAS Line Test Facilities
All1531CLASswitcheshaveaninternaltestbusthatprovidesconfigurableconnections
betweena2BASETLPMEandtheMLTtestports(Figure 112).
Figure 11-2 Metallic Loop Test Ports
Table111showstheMLTportspinassignments(whichapplytoboththeINandOUT
ports).
Byusingalinetestsconfigcommand,youspecifywhichPMEtoconnecttotheswitchsMLT
INtestport.Forexample,thecommandconfigmltset2bpme3/21connectsPME21on
switch3totheswitchsMLTINport.
Whenswitchesareinastack,youcanconnecttheINMLTtotheOUTportofanother
switchtochaintheMLTportstogether(asdescribedinthefollowingsection).
Table 11-1 MLT IN and MLT OUT Pin Assignments
Pin Position Signal
4 Tip
5 Ring
3.1.1 Cabling the MLT Ports for MLT Tests With Third-Party Equipment
Whenworkingwithastandaloneswitch,youcanconnectaMLTtestset(orothertestdevice)
toswitchsMLTINporttoaccessthePMEthatisbeingtested.
Whenworkingwithastack,youcanconnectthetestsettotheINportoftheswitchon
whichthePMEundertestislocated.Or,youcanconnecttheswitchesINandOUTMLT
portsasshowninthethreeswitchexampleofFigure 113sothatyoudonothavetorelocate
thetestsetplugasyoutestPMEsondifferentswitches.
Figure 11-3 Connecting MLT Ports in a Stack for use with Third-Party Equipment
Pre-Qualifying Copper Loops 11-7
3.1.2 Cabling the MLT Ports for TDR, Tone, and Short Tests - Mixed Stack
Ifyouhaveamixedmodelstack(consistingofoneormoreoriginal1531CLASswitchesand
oneormoreTDR/toneenabled1531CLASswitches),youcanuseaTDR/toneenabled1531
CLASasthesourceforTDR,tone,andshorttestingonanyPMEinthestack.
Figure 114showsathreeswitchstackwithaTDR/toneenabled1531CLAS(switch3)andtwo
original1531CLASswitches(switches1and2).Inthisconfiguration,thecriticalMLTcable
connectionisfromtheOutMLTportoftheTDR/toneenabled1531CLASswitchtotheIn
portofanoriginal1531CLAS.Afterthatconnectionismade,theremainingMLTconnections
continueOuttoIntocreateachainasshowninthefigure.
Figure 11-4 Connecting MLT Ports in a Mixed-Model Stack (TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS and Original 1531 CLAS
Switches)
ByspecifyingtheTDR/toneenabled1531CLASasthesourceforlinetests,allofthePMEsin
thestackcanbetested.Forexample,thefollowingcommandusesthebuiltinTDRfacilityof
theTDR/toneenabled1531CLAS(switch3)torunaTDRtestonPMEnumber26onswitch
number2:
conf i g t dr t est 2/ 26 sour ce 3
Note The TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS switch used as a line- test source does not have to be the stack master.
3.1.3 Cabling the MLT Ports for TDR, Tone, and Short Tests - All TDR/tone-enabled
1531 CLAS Stack
Figure 115showsastackwithallTDR/toneenabled1531CLASswitches.Inthisconfigura
tion,youdonotneedtocabletheMLTportstorunTDR,tone,andshorttestsifyouareusing
theTDR,tone,andshorttestcommandsdefaultsofautomaticallysourcingthetestfromthe
specifiedPMEsswitch.
Forexample,thefollowingcommandrunsatonetestonPMEnumber14ofTDR/toneenabled
1531CLASswitch1:
conf i g t one set 2bpme 1/ 14
Whenyouexecutethiscommand,thePMEshostswitch(switch1)automaticallygeneratesthe
tone.
Figure 11-5 An all TDR/tone-enabled 1531 CLAS Switch Stack
TheremaybesituationswhereyouwanttouseaswitchotherthantheoneonwhichthePME
undertestishosted.Inthiscase,youmustcabletheswitchesMLTportsasshownin
Figure 114.Thiswouldenableyoutoexecutecommandssuchasthefollowing,where
switch 3isgeneratingtheTDRsignalforPMEnumber14onswitch1:
conf i g t one set 2bpme 1/ 14 sour ce 3
Managing 2BPMEs 11-9
4. Managing 2BPMEs
Asdescribedearlierinthischapter,abondedportcanaggregatefromonetoeightcopper
pairs(2BASETLPhysicalMediumEntities(2BPMEs)).Thissectiondescribeshowtoconfigure
the2BPMEssothattheycanbeassociatedwithbondedports.
4.1 CLI Commands
Thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththeconfig2bpmecommand.Oneormore
2BPMEscanbeconfigured,andarespecifiedwiththeswitchNo/PmeNoargument,where:
switchNoisaintegerintherange15oranasterisk(*)tospecifyallswitches.
pmeNoisanintegerintherange1 40tospecifyanindividual2BPME,ortwointegers
intherange140separatedbyahyphen()tospecifyarangeof2BPMEs,oranasterisk
(*)tospecifyall2BPMEsontheswitchspecifiedbyswitchNo.
Table 11-2 2BPME Commands
show2bpme Displaysconfigurationandstatusinformationaboutadevices2BPME
interfaces
config2bpme Configurestheattributesofa2BPMEinterface.
showstatistics2bpme Displaysupanddownstreamstatisticsfora2BPMEinterface.
admi n Typeofadministrativestatetoapplytothe2BPMEor2BPMEs.
enable=the2bpmesadministrativestateisenabled(thedefault)
disable=the2bpmesadministrativestateisdisabled
spanPr of i l e Nameornumber(intherange120)ofa2BPMEspanprofiletousewiththe
2BPMEor2BPMEs.Thedefaultis1.
spanAl ar mPr of i l e Nameornumber(intherange110)ofaspanalarmthresholdsprofiletousefor
the2BPMEor2BPMEs.Thedefaultis1.
descr i pt i on Descriptivetextforthe2BPMEor2BPMEs.164characters(notincludingdouble
quotes).Usequotesaroundthetextifthetextcontainsspaces.Thedefaultisanull
string.
dgOver r i de WhethertousethevalueofthedgAttnOverrideargument(seebelow)tooverride
theratelimitingguidelinesinthisPMEsdeploymentprofile.
TherequiredvaluefordgOverrideisoneof:
enable=usethevalueofthedgAttnOverrideargumenttooverridetherate
limitingguidelinesinthisPMEsdeploymentprofile.
disable=donotoverridetheratelimitingguidelinesinthePMEsdeployment
profile(thedefault)
11-10 Managing 2BPMEs
dgAt t nOver r i de WhenthevalueofthedgOverrideargument(seeabove)issettoenable,override
thedetectedloopattenuationvaluewiththisargumentsvalue.Thevalueisan
integerintherange0 40.
WhenthedgAttnOverrideargumentsvalueis0(thedefault),thePMEsassociated
deploymentprofileisignored.Thisenablesyoutoeffectivelyturnofftheuseof
deploymentprofilesonaPMEbyPMEbasis.
WhendgAttnOverrideissettoanintegervalueintherange1 40,thatvalue
specifiesanattenuation(indB)touseforthePMEinsteadofthedetected
attenuationvalue.
Forexample,adgAttnOverridevalueof7specifiesthatthedeploymentprofiles
baudratelimitforanattenuationof7dBbeappliedtothePME,regardlessofthe
valueofthedetectedloopattenuation.Ifthebaudratelimitforthe7dBentryinthe
deploymentprofileis0,theprofilestableissearcheddownward(towardthe1dB
attenuationentry)tousethefirstnonzerobaudratevalueasthePMEsratelimit.
Ifnononzeroentryisfound,noratelimitisapplied.
af di AdministrativestateoftheAFDI(AutomaticFaultDetectionandIsolation)feature
forthespecifiedPME(s).Statesareenableordisable(thedefault).
af di Del ay Thedelay,inseconds,betweenwhenafaultconditionisdetectedandwhenthe
AFDIfeaturerunstheTDRtestsandgeneratesanalarm.Thedelayrangeis0300
secondswithadefaultof60seconds.
Attribute Description (Continued)
4.3 PME Operational States
APMEportcanhaveoneoftheoperationalstateslistedinTable113,andreportedinthe
show2bpmecommandsoperattribute.
Table 11-3 PME Operational States
Operational State Description
active ThePMEhasachieved64/65lockwiththeremotedeviceandisreadytobebondedinto
agroup.Thisisatransientstate.
addressMismatch TheremotedevicesPMEhasaMACaddressthatdoesnotmatchtheMACaddressed
thatisconfiguredinthebondingsremoteMACaddress.
bonded ThePMEisbondedandiscapableofreceivingandtransmittingtraffic.
disabled ThePMEisadministrativelydisabled.
down ThePMEisinactive.Typically,thisisatransientstate.
handshaking Thelocalandremotedevicesareestablishingaconnection.APMEistypicallyinthe
handshakingstateforseveralseconds.
incomplete ThePMEhastrainedup,buthasnotbeenconfiguredforabonding.Thisistypicallya
transientstateunlessbothsidesarenotinabonding.
learningDisabled Systemwideautobondingisdisabled(CPEsarenotautomaticallybondedtoPMEs).
ThePMEisinabondingononeend.Notinabondingontheotherend,and
Autobondingisdisabledontheendinwhichitisnotinthebonding.
listMismatch ThePMEisnotinthebondingsPMEportlistonthelocaldevicebutisintheremote
devicesPMEportlist.Forexample,aPMEhasbeenremovedfromabondedportona
1531CLASbutnotontheassociatedCPdevice.
nonBonded Thebondedportsdot3ahAggregrationattributeissettoFalse,suchthattheportcan
containonlyasinglePME(theportisnotperforming802.3ahaggregation).
reassembling ThePMEiscapableofreceivingtraffic,butnottransmittingtraffic.Typically,thisisa
transientstate.
remAddressMismatch TheremotePMEisintheaddressmismatchstate.
remLearningDisabled TheremotePMEisinthelearningdisabledstate.
remListMismatch TheremotePMEisinthelistmismatchstate.
Figure 116onpage 1113showsthePMEstatetransistions.Statesthatareidentifiedwitha
Tareshortdurationtransitionalstates.
WhenaPMEisturnedup,thenormalsequenceofPMEoperationalstatesis:
1. handshaking
2. training
3. active
4. reassembly
5. bonded
Notethatthehandshaking,training,active,andreassemblystatesaretransient,andyoumay
notobservethemdependingonwhenyouruntheshow2bpmecommand.
remResourceUnavailable TheremotePMEisintheresourceunavailablestate.
remValidationFailed TheremotePMEisinthevalidationfailedstate.
resourceUnavailable AutobondingisenabledforthePME,butnomorebondedgroupsareavailable.
testing ThePMEisundergoingalinetest(e.g.,TDR).
training Thelocalandremotedevicesaresynchronizing.APMEistypicallyinthetrainingstate
forseveralseconds.
unequipped Theswitchwheretheportresidesisphysicallyabsent.
validationFailed TheAlcatelLucentBondingDiscoveryProtocol(hnbdp)validationfailed,indicating
thatthePMEisnotconnectedtothesameotherenddeviceastheotherPMEsonthe
port.
Table 11-3 PME Operational States (Continued)
Operational State Description
Figure 11-6 PME States
Thefollowingareexamplesoftheconfig2bpmecommandsswitchNo/PmeNoargument.
Notethattheremustbenospacesintheargumentslistandthefirstintegerinarangemust
bethelowerofthetwo2BPMEnumbers.
config2bpme5/1,5/3,5/4specifies2BPMEnumbers1,3,and4onswitchnumber5.
config2bpme2/1,2/3,2/410specifies2BPMEnumbers2,3,and4 10onswitch
number2.
config2bpme*/110specifies2BPMEnumbers1 10onallswitches.
ThetargetlineratesandSNRvaluesfora2BPMEareestablishedbythespanprofilethatis
attachedtothe2BPME.Theportsspanprofileisspecifiedintheshow2bpmecommands
spanProfileattribute.Theshow2bpmecommandslineRateattributeindicatestheline
rate(inKbps)towhichtheporthastrained,alongwithothervalues.Foradescriptionof
spanprofiles,seethesectionManagingSpanProfiles on page 1134.
Whena2BPMEisturnedup,thenormalsequenceof2BPMEoperationalstatesis:
1. handshaking
2. training
3. active
4. bonded
Notethatthe2BPMEhandshaking,training,andactivestatesaretransient,andyoumay
notobservethemdependingonwhenyouruntheshow2bpmecommand.
Whena2BPMEretrains,theretrainreasonisdisplayedintheshow2bpmecommands
retrainReasonattribute.Theretrainreasons(listedinTable114)canprovidevaluable
troubleshootinginformation,anditisrecommendedthatyoualwaysexaminetheretrain
reasonifyouaretroubleshootinga2BPMErelatedproblem.
Table 11-4 2BPME Retrain Reasons
Retrain Reason Description
adminChange Admindisablecommand
autoBonding Configsystemautobondingcommand
configBonding Configbondingcommand
createBonding Createbondingcommand
deleteBonding Deletebondingcommand
downSnrMargin DownstreamSNRretrainmarginexceeded
gs6465LockError Failedtoacquire64/65lock
gsAbortRetry GsAbortretry
Packetlosscanoccuriftheratiooflineratesbetweenthefastestandslowestconnectionsin
abondingisgreaterthan4.Whena2BPMEconnectionisaddedtoabonding,theCLIcom
paresthelinerateofthenewconnectiontotheratesofthepreviouslybondedconnections.
Ifthenewconnectionslinerateisoutsidethe4:1ratio,theshow2bpmecommandmarks
theconnectionslineRatevaluewithanasterisk.
Whendisplayingalistofmultiple2BPMEswiththeshow2bpmecommand(forexample
withshow2bpme*orshow2bpmeswitchId),youcanusethealtViewargumentto
replacetheremote2bpmecolumn(rmt2bp)withSpanProfileinformation(spanPr).
gsActivateRetry GsActivateretry
gsActivteTimeout EnabledPMEfailedtoreachgsData
gsCrcErrors10e5 ExcessiveCRCerrors(10e5biterrorrate)
gsCrcErrors10e7 ExcessiveCRCerrors(10e7biterrorrate)
gsDriver RetrainrequestedbyG.SHDSLdriver
gsEocTimeout EmbeddedOperationsChannelfailedtocomeonline
gsLossOfFraming Sustainedlossofframing(LOSW)
hnbdpRemove Hnbdp(BACP)remove
hnbdpStartTimeout Hnbdp(BACP)starttimeout
hnbdpTimeout Hnbdp(BACP)timeout
pmeFsm UnexpectedeventinPMEFSM
spanProfileChange Spanprofilemodificationrequiredretrain
upSnrMargin UpstreamSNRretrainmarginexceeded
None PMEhasnotretrainedyet
Note
For future reference, it is recommended that you capture the output of the show 2bpme
2bpmeNo command for 2BPMEs ports that you configure. This as configured information can
be valuable should you be required to troubleshoot a problem with a 2BPME or a bonded port.
Table 11-4 2BPME Retrain Reasons (Continued)
Retrain Reason Description
4.5 Examples
Thisisanexampleofchanginga2BPMEsspanprofilefromthedefaultprofile(profile
number 1)toprofilenumber 3,whichinthiscasehasafixedrateof1032Kbits/sec.Notethat
the2BPMEwillretrainwhenthespanprofileischanged.
#########################################
# Di spl ay t he at t r i but es of PME 1/ 24. #
#########################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show 2bpme 1/ 24
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
devi ceMode G. s modemmode ( co/ cp) co
oper Oper at i onal st at e di sabl ed
l i neRat e Achi eved l i ne r at e ( kbps) 0
spanUpt i me El apsed t i me si nce span l ast t r ai ned up 0 days, 00: 00: 00
r et r ai nReason Reason f or l ast r et r ai n at t empt admi nChange
spanPr of i l e Associ at ed span pr of i l e no. ( name) 1 ( DEFVAL)
spanAl ar mPr of i l e Associ at ed span al ar mpr of i l e no. ( name) 1 ( DEFVAL)
snr Mar gi n SNR mar gi n ( dB) ( upst r eam/ downst r eam) 0/ unknown
l oopAt t n Loop at t enuat i on ( dB) ( up/ downst r eam) 0/ unknown
upLoopSt at us Upst r eaml oop st at us 0x0001- noDef ect
dnLoopSt at us Downst r eaml oop st at us unknown
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i ve t ext
const el l at i on Const el l at i on i n use na
t xPower Est i mat ed t r ansmi t power ( dBm) ( up/ dn) unknown/ 0. 0
numRepeat er s Number of r epeat er s i n span 0
annex Regi onal set t i ng i n use na
handshakeMode Handshaki ng st andar d i n use na
dgOver r i de Depl oyment gui del i ne ( DG) over r i de di sabl e
dgAt t nOver r i de DG at t enuat i on over r i de ( db) 0
dgAt t nAct ual DG measur ed at t enuat i on ( db) na
af di AFDI st at e di sabl e
af di Del ay AFDI del ay seconds 70
l ast Oper Change El apsed t i me si nce l ast oper change 9 days, 22: 08: 42
l ast Admi nChange El apsed t i me si nce l ast admi n change 9 days, 22: 08: 43
er r Di sabl eCnt Cur r ent count i n er r Di sabl e per i od 0
er r Di sabl eTi me Ti me l ef t i n er r Di sabl e per i od ( sec) 563
Bondi ng par amet er s:
2baset l No Associ at ed 2BASE- TL por t number none
r mt 2bpmeNo Ot her - end pme number unknown
r mt 2baset l No Ot her - end 2BASE- TL number unknown
f r agSi ze Fr agment si ze ( byt es) na
l ockSt at e 64/ 65 l ock st at e noDat aMode
2baset l No Associ at ed 2BASE- TL por t number 1002
r mt 2bpmeNo Ot her - end pme number 8
r mt 2baset l No Ot her - end 2BASE- TL number 1001
f r agSi ze Fr agment si ze ( byt es) 512
l ockSt at e 64/ 65 l ock st at e l ocked
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#########################################
# Di spl ay a l i st of t he span pr of i l es. #
#########################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show spanPr of i l e *
2BASE- TL PME span pr of i l e par amet er s:
I nst ance pr of i l eName annex usedBy2bpmes
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 DEFVAL a 1/ 1- 40: 2/ 1- 40
2 SP- 2 a none
3 SP- 3 a none
4 SP- 4 a none
5 SP- 5 a none
I nst ance mi nLi maxLi upTar get upRet r ai dnTar get dnRet r ai cr osst al
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 200 5704 5/ used 2/ used 5/ used 2/ used - 3/ used
2 2056 2056 0/ unused 0/ unused 0/ unused 0/ unused 0/ unused
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#############################################################################################
# Set t he PME' s span pr of i l e t o pr of i l e #3, whi ch has a f i xed l i ne r at e of 1032 Kbi t s/ sec. , #
# and admi ni st r at i vel y enabl e t he PME. #
#############################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 1/ 24 spanPr of i l e 3 admi n enabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#####################################
# Ver i f y t he conf i gur at i on change. #
#####################################
2BASE- TL PME 1/ 24 par amet er s ( dB and dBmval ues ar e up/ dn) :
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e handshaki ng
r et r ai nReason Reason f or l ast r et r ai n at t empt admi nChange
spanPr of i l e Associ at ed span pr of i l e no. ( name) 3 ( SP- 3)
annex Regi onal set t i ng i n use na
handshakeMode Handshaki ng st andar d i n use na
r mt 2bpmeNo Ot her - end pme number unknown
l ockSt at e 64/ 65 l ock st at e noDat aMode
1531 CLAS- 1M#
4.6 Displaying 2BPME Statistics
Usetheshowstatistics2bpmecommandtodisplaythestatisticscountersfor2BPMEsina
bondedport.AsshowninTable115,thecommandsdifferentargumentsenableyoutodis
playstatisticsforaspecificlocalorremotePME,forallPMEsassociatedwithaport,orforall
PMEsina1531CLASsystem.
Table116describesthestatisticsthataredisplayedwhentheasteriskvalueisprovidedtodis
playmultiplePMEs.Forthecounters(allofthestatisticsexceptage),thecountstartsatthe
beginningofa15minuteintervalandstopseitherattheendofthe15minutesorwhenthesta
tisticsarecleared(withtheclearstatistics2bpmecommand).
Ifavalueisreportedasna,itindicatesthatthereisnodevicedetectedontheport.
Usetheclearstatistics2bpmecommandtoclearthestatisticscountersfora2BPMEoragroup
of2BPMEs.ThesameargumentsasshowninTable115onpage 1119applytotheclearstatis
tics2bpmecommand.Forexample,thecommandclearstatistics2bpme1002wouldclearthe
statisticscountersforthe2BPMEsinbondedportnumber1002.Seethenextsectionforan
example.
Table 11-5 Examples of the show statistics 2bpme Command
Command and Argument Description
show st at i st i cs 2bpme 1002 Displaysstatisticsforallofthe2BPMEsinbondedportnumber1002.
show st at i st i cs 2bpme 1002 al t vi ew Displaysstatisticsforallofthe2BPMEsinbondedportnumber1002,
usingthealternateviewformat,whichdisplaysfragmentcounts.
show st at i st i cs 2bpme 2/ 30 Displaysstatisticsfor2BPMEnumber30onswitchnumber2.
show st at i st i cs 2bpme 3/ * Displaysstatisticsforall2BPMEsinswitchnumber3.
show st at i st i cs 2bpme * Displaysstatisticsforall2BPMEsinasystem(astandalone1531CLAS
orastack).
cpe 1001 show st at i st i cs 2bpme 2 Displaystatisticsfor2BPMEnumber2onthe1521CLIPattachedto
bondedport1001onthe1531CLAS.
Table 11-6 Description of PME Statistics
Statistic Description
di Directionup(upstreamtraffic)ordn(downstreamtraffic).
es Erroredsecondsthenumberofonesecondintervalscontainingoneormoreerrors.
ses Severelyerroredsecondsthenumberofonesecondintervalscontainingoneormoresevere
errors.
crc CRCanomaliesthenumberofCRCfaultsdetected.
losws LossofsyncwordsecondsthenumberofonesecondintervalsforwhichLossofSync
Words(LOSW)weredetected.
uas UnavailablesecondsThenumberofonesecondintervalsforwhichtheconnectionwasnot
available.
4.6.1 Examples
############################################################
# Di spl ay st at i st i cs f or al l PMEs on al l swi t ches. #
# I n t hi s exampl e, t he di spl ay i s t r uncat ed t o save space. #
############################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st at i st i cs 2bpme *
2BASE- TL PME st at i st i cs:
I nst ance age di es ses cr c l osws uas
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 430 430
dn 0 0 0 377 377
1/ 2 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 431 431
dn 0 0 0 375 375
1/ 3 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 430 430
dn 0 0 0 1013 1013
1/ 4 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 430 430
dn 0 0 0 375 375
1/ 5 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 557 557
dn 0 0 0 388 388
1/ 6 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 557 557
dn 1 1 0 387 386
1/ 7 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 557 557
dn 0 0 0 388 388
1/ 8 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 557 557
dn 0 0 0 386 386
1/ 9 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 0 0
dn unknown unknown unknown unknown unknown
1/ 10 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 0 0
dn unknown unknown unknown unknown unknown
1/ 11 9 days, 23: 00: 41 up 0 0 0 0 0
<di spl ay t r uncat ed>
1531 CLAS- 1M#
########################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l ed st at i st i cs f or PME #2 on swi t ch #1. #
########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st at i st i cs 2bpme 1/ 2
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
age Age of count er s 9 days, 23: 04: 05
f r agCnt Fr agment count ( r x/ t x) 2794104/ 598091
f r agFcs RX Fr agment FCS anomal i es 1
r et r ai nCnt Ret r ai n count 1913
di r Di r ect i on ( up = t o CO, dn = t o CP) up
es Er r or ed seconds 0
ses Sever el y er r or ed seconds 0
cr c CRC anomal i es 0
l osws Loss- of - syncwor d seconds 431
uas Unavai l abl e seconds 431
di r Di r ect i on ( up = t o CO, dn = t o CP) dn
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#################################################
# Cl ear t he st at i st i cs f or PME #2 on swi t ch #1. #
#################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cl ear st at i st i cs 2bpme 1/ 2
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he st at i st i cs have been cl ear ed. #
#################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show st at i st i cs 2bpme 1/ 2
2BASE- TL PME 1/ 2 st at i st i cs:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
age Age of count er s 0 days, 00: 00: 06
f r agCnt Fr agment count ( r x/ t x) 2/ 1
f r agFcs RX Fr agment FCS anomal i es 0
r et r ai nCnt Ret r ai n count 0
di r Di r ect i on ( up = t o CO, dn = t o CP) up
di r Di r ect i on ( up = t o CO, dn = t o CP) dn
1531 CLAS- 1M#
11-22 Managing Bonded Ports
5. Managing Bonded Ports
A1531CLASprovidessupportfor40bondedports,andeachbondedportcanaggregatefrom
onetoeight2BPMEs.Figure 117showstherelationshipofbondedportstotheotherhigh
levelobjectsina1531CLAS.
Figure 11-7 Relationship of Bonded Ports to Other 1531 CLAS Objects
Managing Bonded Ports 11-23
5.1 CLI Commands
Thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwiththecreatebondingandconfigbondingcom
mands.Fortheconfigbondingcommand,thebondedporttoconfigureisspecifiedwiththe
2basetlNoargument,whichisanintegerintherange1001 1200.Thecreatebondingcom
mandassignsthenextavailablenumberinthisrange,unlessanumberisprovided.
Table 11-7 2BASE-TL and Bonding Commands
showbonding Displaysinformationaboutthebondingattributesofoneorallbondedports.
createbonding CreatesabondedportanditsassociatedEthernetinterface.
configbonding Configuresthebondingattributesofabondedport.
deletebonding Deletesabondedport(whichmustnotbeboundtoaUNI).
pmePor t Li st Alistof2BPMEIDstobeaddedtoorremovedfromthespecifiedbondedport.The2BPMEIDlist
isoftheform:
SwitchId/{+|}2bpmeNo[2bpmeNo],...SwitchId/{+|}2bpmeNo[2bpmeNo]
where:
SwitchIdisthe1531CLASswitchidentifier(anintegerintherange15)
Theplussign(+)orminussign()followingtheSwitchIdandprecededbyaslash,specifies
whetherthefollowing2BPMEistobeadded(+)orremoved()
2bpmeNoisthephysical2BPMEnumberonthe1531CLASswitch(anintegerintherange
140)toaddorremove
theoptional2bpmeNoargumentcanbeusedtospecifyarangeof2BPMEnumbers
acomma(,)separatesthe2BPMEIDsassociatedwithaparticularswitch
acolon(:)indicatesalistentrywithanewswitchIDnumber
YoucanalsosetpmePortListtononetoremoveall2BPMEsfromthespecifiedport.
Note:IfrmtMacAddressisnone,theremustbeatleastone2BPMEassociatedwiththeport.If
dot3ahAggregationisfalse,thentheremustbenomorethanone2BPMEassociatedwiththeport.
r mt MacAddr ess SpecifiestheMACaddressoftheonlyremotedevice(CPE)thatwillbeallowedtocomeuponthe
port.
Iftheargumentisthestringnone,anyexistingMACaddressisremoved.(ACPEMACaddress
isrequiredifpmePortListisnotspecified.)
AMACaddresscontainssixpairsofhexadecimalcharacters,separatedbycolons.Forexample,
12:34:56:78:90:ab.
r mt Type Thetypeofremotedevicethatisconnectedtothe2BASETLport.Thedefaultisauto(the1531
CLASswitchdeterminestheremotedevicestype).
SeethesectionRemoteTypeBondingAttribute on page 1125andTable118onpage 1126fora
descriptionofthermtTypeargumentsvaluesandusagenotes.
pmeVal i dat i on Methodusedtoverifythatthe2BPMEsonthebondedportareconnectedtothesameotherend
device.Themethodcanonlybechangedbefore2BPMEshavetrained.
Therequiredvalueisoneofhndbpornone,where:
hndbp=anewlyactive2BPMEspanwillnotbebroughtuponthebondedportunlessthe
AlcatelLucentBondingDiscoveryProtocol(BDP)verifiesthatthe2BPMEisconnectedtothe
sameotherenddeviceasother2BPMEsontheport.Thisisthedefault.
none=noverificationisperformed(requiredforinteroperabilitywithotherthanAlcatelLucent
devicesorifthedot3ahAggregationargumentisfalse).
Validationconsistsofverifyingthatall2BPMEsareconnectedtothesameCPEand,optionally,that
theCPEsMACaddressmatchesthevalueofrmtMacAddress.
dot 3ahAggr egat i on Whether802.3ahaggregationisperformedonthebondedport.Therequiredvalueisoneoftrueor
false,where:
true=802.3ahaggregationisperformed.Thedefaultistrue.
false=aggregationisnotperformed.Ifthisargumentisfalse,theremustbenomorethanone
PMEassociatedwiththeport.
Theassociated2BASETLportontheCPEdeviceiscreatedwiththesamevalue.
mi nRat eAl ar m Theminimumaggregatelineratebelowwhichanalarmwillbegenerated.Todisablegenerationof
thealarm,settheattributeto0(thedefault).Therangesfordifferentdevicesarelistedbelow.
ForTDR/toneenabled1531CLASdevices,anintegerintherange018496Kbps.
Fororiginal1531CLASdevices,anintegerintherange045632Kbps.
maxFr agSi ze Maximumfragmentsize(inbytes)foranyPMEinthebonding.Anintegerintherange64 512in
multiplesof16.Thedefaultis512bytes.
Donotmodifythisvalueexceptunderthedirectionoftechnicalsupport.
cpeTempl at eI d OptionalnameornumberofanexistingCPEtemplate.Numberisanintegerintherange
1 20.
cpeHost Name OptionalnametospecifyfortheCPEinstancethatiscreatedautomaticallybythecreatebonding
command.Thenameisacasesensitivestringof1 32alphanumericcharacters.Thenamemust
notincludespaces,tabsoranyof{,:/#}.ThenameisusedinTL1asSIDandSNMPas
sysName.Thedefaultnameisthebondinginstancenumber.
af di AdministrativestateoftheAFDI(AutomaticFaultDetectionandIsolation)featureforthespecified
bondedport.Statesareenableordisable(thedefault).
af di Del ay Thedelay,inseconds,betweenwhenafaultconditionisdetectedonthebondedportandwhenthe
AFDIfeaturerunstheTDRtestsandgeneratesanalarm.Thedelayrangeis0300secondswitha
defaultof60seconds.
Attribute Description (Continued)
5.2.1 Remote Type Bonding Attribute
Table118onpage 1126liststheallowableremotetype(rmtType)valuesforthecreatebond
ingandconfigbondingcommandsanddescribestheportconfigurationforeachremotetype.
Notes
Iftheremotedevicestypeisknown(Table118),itisrecommendedthatthermtType
attributebesettothattype.ThisensuresthattheCLIregisterstheexactinformationabout
theremotedevicesPME/portconfiguration.
Iftheremotedevicestypeisnotknown,setthermtTypeattributetoauto(whichisthe
default).Inthiscase,the1531CLASbringsuptheremotedevicebyassumingitisdevice
typePME8E2(eightPMEportsandtwoEthernetports).Whenthelinkcomesup,the
switchdeterminestheremotedevicesactualdevicetype,andregistersthattypeintheCLI.
IfthevalueofrmtTypeisnotauto(issettoaspecifictype),andtheremotedeviceis
replacedwithadifferenttypedevice,amea(EquipmentMismatch)alarmisraised.To
clearthealarm,setthevalueofrmtTypetothecorrecttypevalue,ortoauto.
Similarly,ameaalarmwillberaisedifthermtTypevalueischangedtoatypethatdoesnot
matchtheremotedevice.
Inthesecases,anyconfigurationinformationthatappliedtoPMEsorportsthatarenot
supportedbythenewremotedevicewillbelost.
IfrmtTypeisunmanaged,theattachedCPEdevicewillnotbemanagedbythe1531CLAS.
ThermtTypeargumentisnotavailablewhentheconfigbondingcommandisusedon
1521CLIPCPdevices.
IfthereisalsoanOAMsyncFailalarmduetothemismatch,theremotedataisautomati
callyreplayedtoattempttoclearthealarm.
Table 11-8 List of Remote Types
rmtType Value
Remote Device Configuration
Number of
2BASE-TL PMEs
Number of
T1/E1 Ports
Number and Type
of Uplink Port(s)
Product
Example
auto(thedefault)
unmanaged
PME2E1 Two One10/100BASET 1521CLIP2PCP
PME4E1 Four One10/100BASET 1521CLIP4PCP
PME8E1 Eight One10/100BASET 1521CLIP8PCP
PME4E2 Four Two10/100BASET 1521CLIP4PCO/CP
PME8E2 Eight Two10/100BASET 1521CLIP8PCO/CP
PME8E2SFP1 Eight One10/100BASETandoneSFPconnectorthat
supports100BASEXSFPs
1521CLIP8POCO/CP
PME4T4E1 Four Four One10/100BASET 1522CLIP4PCO/CP
PME4T4E2 Four Four Two10/100BASET 1522CLIP4PCO/CP
PME4T4E2SFP1 Four Four One10/100BASETandoneSFPconnectorthat
supports100BASEXSFPs
1521CLIP8PCP4E
PME4E2SFP1G Four One10/100BASETandoneSFPconnectorthat
supports1000BASEXor1000BASETSFPs
HN414G
PME8E2SFP1G Eight One10/100BASETandoneSFPconnectorthat
supports1000BASEXor1000BASETSFP
HN418G
PME4E4 Four Four10/100BASET 1521CLIP4PCP4E
PME8E4 Eight Four10/100BASET 1521CLIP8PCP4E
ThefollowingisanexampleoftheconfigbondingcommandspmePortListargument.
Notethattheremustbenospacesintheargumentslist.
configbonding1004pmePortList1/+1,2,34:2/12,+15
adds2BPMEs1/1,1/3,1/4,and2/15tobondedport1004andremoves2BPMEs1/2
and2/12
Whenyoucreateabondedportanddonotprovidetheoptional2basetlNoportnumber,
thenextavailableportnumberisassignedtothenewport.
YoucannotdeleteabondedportiftheportisassociatedwithaUNI,andyoucannotdelete
aUNIifitisassociatedwithanEVC.SeethesectionDeletingaBonded
Port on page 1131forthestepstotaketodeleteabondedport.
5.4 Creating a Bonded Port
Takethefollowingstepstocreateabondedport.
Step 1. Usetheshowbonding*commandtodisplayalistofthe2BPMEsthatarecurrently
inbondedgroups.(A2BPMEcanbeassociatedwithonlyonebondedport.)
Step 2. Usethecreatebondingcommandtobond1to82BPMEsintoanewbondedport.
NotethataremoteCPEdeviceneednotbeconnectedtothe2BPMEstocreatethe
bondedport.
Step 3. Usetheconfig2bpmecommandtoenablethebondedgroups2BPMEs(iftheyare
notalreadyenabled).
Step 4. Usetheshowbonding2basetlNocommandtodisplaytheascreatedstatusofthe
bondedportandcapturethatinformation.
Thefollowingexampleusesthesestepstocreateabondedportwitheight2BPMEs.
Note
For future reference, it is recommended that you capture the output of the show bonding
2basetlNo command for bonded ports that you create. This information can be valuable should
you be required to troubleshoot a problem with a bonded port.
5.4.1 Examples
#################################################
# St ep 1 - Di spl ay a l i st of al l bonded por t s. #
#################################################
2baset l I d oper pme dot aggr Rat r mt MacAddr ess pmePor t Li st
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1001 act i hnb t r u 45. 632 *00: 05: 7a: 02: ae: bb 1/ 1- 8
1002 act i hnb t r u 22. 816 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 3d: 57 1/ 9- 12
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##########################################################################
# St ep - 2 Cr eat e a new bonded por t wi t h 2BPMEs 17 and 18 on swi t ch 2. #
# I nst ead of al l owi ng t he CLI t o assi gn t he next avai l abl e por t number #
# ( 1002 i n t hi s exampl e) , assi gn por t number 1010. #
##########################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e bondi ng 2baset l No 1010 pmePor t Li st 2/ 17- 18
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e l owLayer Dn
pmeVal i dat i on Met hod t o val i dat e bondi ng el i gi bi l i t y hnbdp
dot 3ahAggr egat i o 802. 3ah aggr egat i on enabl ed t r ue
mi nRat eAl ar m Mi ni mumaggr Rat e f or al ar m( Mbps) di sabl ed
aggr Rat e Sumof bonded PME l i ne r at es ( Mbps) 0
best Et her Rat e Best case et her net r at e ( Mbps) 0
wor st Et her Rat e Wor st case et her net r at e ( Mbps) 0
maxFr agSi ze Maxi mumPME f r agment si ze ( byt es) 512
Conf i gur ed associ at i on:
r mt MacAddr ess MAC addr ess of r emot e devi ce unspeci f i ed
r mt Type Type of r emot e devi ce aut o
pmePor t Li st Associ at ed PMEs ( d=di sabl ed, u=unbonded) 2/ 17- 18u
Act ual associ at i on:
r mt MacAddr ess MAC addr ess of r emot e devi ce not Pr esent
r mt Type Type of r emot e devi ce not Pr esent
r mt Model Model of r emot e devi ce unknown
pmePor t Li st Associ at ed PMEs ( d=di sabl ed, u=unbonded) not Pr esent
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################
# St ep 3 - Admi ni st r at i vel y enabl e t he t wo PMEs. #
###################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 2/ 17- 18 admi n enabl e
OK: Act i on Compl et ed f or 2bpme 2/ 17
OK: Act i on Compl et ed f or 2bpme 2/ 18
1531 CLAS- 1M#
################################################################################
# Di spl ay t he bonded- por t l i st t o ver i f y t hat t he new bonded por t was cr eat ed #
# ( al l owi ng t i me f or t he bonded por t s 2bpmes t o t r ai n) . #
################################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1002 act i hnb t r u 22. 816 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 3d: 57 1/ 9- 12
1010 act i hnb t r u 11. 408 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 95: 37 2/ 17- 18

1531 CLAS- 1M#
5.5 Configuring a Bonded Port
Afteryoucreatea2BASETLport,youcanusetheconfigbondingcommandtoconfigurethe
portsattributes.Youcan:
add2BPMEstoorremove2BPMESfromtheport
changetheMACaddressoftheremoteCPEthatisallowedtoconnecttotheport
changethetypeofremoteCPE
changethemethodusedtovalidate2BPMEs
enableordisable802.3ahaggregation
changetheminimumaggregatelineratebelowwhichanalarmwillbegenerated
5.5.1 Examples
Thisisanexampleofremovingtwo2BPMEsfromabondedport.
########################################
# Di spl ay a l i st of al l bonded por t s. #
########################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1010 act i hnb t r u 11. 408 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 95: 37 2/ 17- 18
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#########################################################
# Remove 2BASE- TL PMEs 7 and 8 f r ombonded por t 1001. #
#########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g bondi ng 1001 pmePor t Li st 1/ - 7- 8
1531 CLAS- 1M#
########################################################################
# Di spl ay t he bonded- por t l i st t o ver i f y t hat por t was r e- conf i gur ed. #
# Not e t hat t he aggr egat ed dat a r at e i s now 34. 224 Mbps. #
########################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1010 act i hnb t r u 11. 408 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 95: 37 2/ 17- 18
1531 CLAS- 1M#
5.6 Deleting a Bonded Port
YoucannotdeleteabondedportifitisassociatedwithaUNI.
1
Andbeforeyoucandeletea
UNIthatisassociatedwithanEVC,youmustremovetheUNItoEVCbinding.
2
(Figure 117
onpage 1122showstherelationshipoftheseobjects.)
Thefollowingaretherecommendedstepstotaketodeleteabondedport.Acompleteexample
isprovidedinExamples on page 1132.
Step 1. Usetheshowbonding*commandtodisplayalistofthebondedportsandnotethe
numberoftheportyouwanttodelete.
Step 2. UsetheshowevcBinding*commandtodetermineifthereareanyEVCbindings
withthesameinstancenumberasthebondedportyouwanttodelete.
a. IfnomatchingEVCbindingisdisplayed,skiptoStep3.
b. IfamatchingEVCbindingisdisplayed,deletethebindingwiththe
deleteevcBindinguniId[/vlanId]command,whereuniIdisthe2BPMEportnum
berfromStep1.AvalueforvlanIdvalueisrequirediftheuniIdUNIhasaport
typeoftrunk.
ThisstepremovesthebindingbetweenthebondedportsUNIandEVC,which
allowstheUNItobedeleted.
Step 3. DeletetheUNIthatisassociatedwiththebondedportbyusingthedeleteuniuniId
command,whereuniIdisthe2BPMEportnumberfromStep1.
Step 4. Deletethebondedportbyusingthedeletebonding2basetlNocommand,where
2basetlNoisthe2BPMEportnumberfromStep1.
1. Errormessage:ERROR:Cannotdelete,2BASETLporthasassociatedUNIorLAG.
2. Errormessage:ERROR:UNIcannotbedeletedthathasEVCBindings.
Note Deleting a bonded port will interrupt flow of data through the port.
5.6.1 Examples
Thisisanexampleofremovingabondedport(afterremovingtheEVCbindingandUNIthat
areassociatedwiththeport)asdescribedinthestepsintheprevioussection.
####################################################
# St ep 1 - Di spl ay a summar y l i st of bonded por t s. #
####################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1010 act i hnb t r u 11. 408 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 95: 37 2/ 17- 18
1531 CLAS- 1M#
############################################################################################
# At t empt t o del et e t he 1001 bondi ng wi t hout r emovi ng t he associ at ed UNI and EVC bi ndi ng. #
# Not e t he er r or message. #
############################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# del et e bondi ng 1001
ERROR: Cannot del et e, 2BASE- TL por t has associ at ed UNI or LAG.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#####################################################################
# St ep 2 - Ver i f y t hat t her e i s an EVC bi ndi ng wi t h an I D of 1001. #
#######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show evcbi ndi ng *
EVC Bi ndi ng par amet er s:
uni I d evcI d adm oper t yp vl anP vl anLi st
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
101 ( ATL_HSM_U 1 ( ATL_Ser vi ce ena l owL st a aut o 100
1001 ( AcmeCom1 2 ( AcmeCom32) ena act i st a aut o none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##########################################################################################
# St ep 2a - Remove EVC bi ndi ng 1001, whi ch wi l l al l ow t he UNI associ at ed wi t h t he bonded #
# por t t o be del et ed. #
##########################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# del et e evcbi ndi ng 1001
OK: Act i on Compl et ed f or evcBi ndi ng 1001 evcI d 2
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#############################################################
# St ep 3 - Remove t he UNI associ at ed wi t h t he bonded por t . #
#############################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# del et e uni 1001
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#####################################################################################
# St ep 4 - Remove t he bonded por t . Not e t hat f aci l i t y al ar ms ar e gener at ed when t he #
# por t i s r emoved. #
#####################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# del et e bondi ng 1001
1531 CLAS- 1M#
1531 CLAS- 1M#
849 12/ 18/ 2010 19: 13: 26 al ar mr ai sed 2bpme 1/ 1
mj , f act er m, sa, 12/ 18/ 2010 19: 13: 26, , ,
PME down
1531 CLAS- 1M#
mj , f act er m, sa, 12/ 18/ 2010 19: 13: 26, , ,
PME down
1531 CLAS- 1M#
mj , f act er m, sa, 12/ 18/ 2010 19: 13: 26, , ,
PME down
. . .
...Alarmstruncated...
. . .
##################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he bonded por t has been r emoved. #
##################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1010 act i hnb t r u 11. 408 *00: 05: 7a: 02: 95: 37 2/ 17- 18
1531 CLAS- 1M#
11-34 Managing Span Profiles
6. Managing Span Profiles
Thissectiondescribesthecommandsforcreatingandmanagingconfigurationprofilesfor
spans(spanprofiles).Youcanusespanprofilestotunetheperformanceof2BPMEs.Thespan
profilecommandsdescribedinthissectionarevalidonlyfromtheCLIof1531CLASdevices
(thespanprofilecommandscannotberunon1521CLIPdevices.)
Aspanprofilecontainsdefinitionsofspanperformanceattributesthatareappliedtothephys
icallayerof2BASETLlinks(Figure 118).
The1531CLASautomaticallyassignsadefaultspanprofile(DEFVAL)toallofadevices
2BPMEs,andyoucanusethisdefaultasabaselineforpassingcustomertraffic.Oryoucan
changetoadifferentspanprofileasrequired.
Figure 11-8 Span Profiles and 2BPMEs
Managing Span Profiles 11-35
6.1 CLI Commands
Table119showstheconfigurablespanprofileattributes,alongwiththeattributesdefaultset
tingsfromtheDEFVALprofile.(Bydefault,the1531CLASdefaultspanprofilenumber1
(DEFVAL)isassignedtoallnewlyconfigured2BPMEs.)
Eachofthemarginattributes(suchasupTargetMargin)hasanused/unusedsettingthat
enablesyoutoenableordisabletheattributewhenyoucreateorconfigureaspanprofile.
ThesectionConfiguringDifferentTypesofSpanProfiles on page 1139describeswhatcom
binationoftheseattributestousetosetupdifferenttypesofspanprofiles.
Table 11-9 Span Profile Commands
showspanProfile Displaysinformationaboutaspanprofile(orallspanprofiles).
createspanProfile Createsa2BPMEspanprofile.Amaximumof64profilesareallowed.
configspanProfile Configuresanexisting2BPMEspanprofile.
deletespanProfile Deletesaspanprofile,whichmustnotbeassociatedwitha2BPME.
Table 11-9 Span Profile Attributes and Defaults
Attribute Description Default Value (in
DEFVAL Profile)
Used/Unused
Default
pr of i l eNo Number(1 64)ofthespanprofile Nextavailable
number
N/A
mi nLi neRat e Minimumspanlinerateintherange200 to 14984(Kbps).
(Notallhardwaresupportsratesgreaterthan5704
Kbps.)SeethesectionCalculating2BPMELine
Rates on page 1138formoreaboutvalidlinerates.
200Kbps N/A
maxLi neRat e Maximumspanlinerateintherange200 to 14984
(Kbps).(Notallhardwaresupportsratesgreaterthan
5704Kbps.)
5704Kbps N/A
upTar get Mar gi n UpstreamtargetSNRmarginintherange0to10(dB). 5dB used
cr ossTal kOf f set Anticipatednoiseenvironmentoffsetintherange10dB
to10dB.
3dBinthedefault
spanprofile(0db
whencreatinga
newprofile)
unused
upRet r ai nMar gi n UpstreamminimumacceptableSNRmarginintherange
0to10(dB).
2dB used
dnTar get Mar gi n DownstreamtargetSNRmarginintherange0to10(dB). 5dB used
dnRet r ai nMar gi n DownstreamminimumacceptableSNRmargininthe
range0to10(dB).
2dB used
annex Theoptionalregionalsetting. AnnexA(region
1inRFC3276)
N/A
max16pamLi neRat e Appliesonlyto1531CLASmodels.
Thisattributedeterminesthemaximumachieved
lineRateinKbps(anintegerintherange776 3848),at
whichthe16TCPAMconstellationwillbeused;the32
TCPAMconstellationwillbeusedatallhigherrates.
Settingslowerthanthedefaultmaybeusefulforthose
serviceprovidersdesiringtosupporthighermaximum
dataratesthan2312Kbpswhileremainingunderthe
PowerSpectralDensity(PSD)masksforstandard2312
Kbps16TCPAMmodulation.
ThePowerSpectralDensityfor2312Kbps16TCPAM
and3080Kbps32TCPAMareidenticalsetting
max16pamLineRateto2312willresultinalllinerates
between2312and3080Kbpsfallingbelowthe2312Kbps
16TCPAMPSDmask,thusensuringcompliancewith
currentT1.417spectralcompatibilitylimits.
Inthiscase,spanprofilesshouldbeusedwhichlimitthe
maximumlinerateto3080Kbps.
3848Kbps N/A
mi n32pamLi neRat e TheminimumachievedlineRateinKbps(anintegerin
therange776 3912,atwhichthe32TCPAM
constellationwillbeused;the16TCPAMconstellation
willbeusedatalllowerrates.Mustbelessthanorequal
tomax32pamLineRateandlessthanorequalto
max16pamLineRate+64.
TheroundingrulesspecifiedaboveforminLineRateand
maxLineRateapply.
3912Kbps N/A
max32pamLi neRat e Thisattributedeterminesthemaximumachieved
Theroundingdownrulesspecifiedfor
max16pamLineRateaboveapply.
5704.Kbps N/A
Table 11-9 Span Profile Attributes and Defaults (Continued)
Attribute Description (Continued) Default Value (in
DEFVAL Profile)
Used/Unused
Default
A2BPMEmusthaveexactlyonespanprofileassignedtoit.
Aspanprofilecanbesharedbymultiple2BPMEs.
Ifyouchangethevalueofanattributeinaspanprofilethatisbeingusedbya2BPME,the
2BPMEwillretrain.
Ifyouattempttodeleteaspanprofilethatisusedbyoneormore2BPMEs,theerror
SpanAlarmProfilebeingusedby2bpmeisdisplayed.Youcanusetheconfig2bpme
commandtoassociateadifferentspanprofiletoa2BPME.
Thetermsspan(asinspanprofile)andloop(asincopperloop)arenotnecessar
ilyequivalent.Inthecontextofa1531CLASto1521CLIP2BPMEconnection,aloopisthe
endtoendphysicalconnection(consistingofonetoeightcopperpairs)betweenthetwo
devices.Aloopcancontainoneormorespans,whichareseparatedbyrepeaters.
6.4 Minimum Retrain SNR Margins
Toensurestable2BPMEs,theconfiguredtargetSNRmarginsshouldalwaysbeatleast3dB
higherthanthevaluesassignedtotheminimumretrainSNRmargins.Inthedefaultspanpro
file,theup(anddown)targetSNRmarginsaresetto5dBandtheup(anddown)
retrainSNRmarginsaresetto2dB.
TheretrainSNRmarginsaretheminimumacceptablevaluefora2BPMEsSNR.IftheSNR
fallsbelowthatminimumvalueforthreeconsecutiveseconds,the1531CLASwillretrainthe
2BPME.So,inthecaseofthedefaultspanprofile,the2BPMEretrainsiftheSNRfallsbelow
2 dBforthreeconsecutiveseconds.
max64pamLi neRat e Thisattributedeterminesthemaximumachieved
Theroundingdownrulesspecifiedfor
max16pamLineRateaboveapply.
12488Kbps N/A
symPower Backof f Symmetriclinepowerbackoffintherange0 31dB.
Donotmodifythisvalueexceptunderthe
directionoftechnicalsupport.
0dB N/A
Table 11-9 Span Profile Attributes and Defaults (Continued)
Attribute Description (Continued) Default Value (in
DEFVAL Profile)
Used/Unused
Default
6.5 Calculating 2BPME Line Rates
Theactuallineratessupportedby2BPMEsaremultiplesof64,000bps,anda2BPMEconnec
tionhas8,000bpsofoverhead.Therefore,thelineratesinspanprofilesaredeterminedbythe
followingequation:
Act ual Rat e = ( N * 64, 000) + 8, 000
wher e N = ( ( Nomi nal Rat e - 8000) / 64000) ( N i s r ounded down)
Nistheintegernumberof64Kbittimeslotsinthenominallinerate.Nisroundeddownandis
intherange336.
Forexample,theactuallinerateforalineconfiguredatanominalrateof1,500,000(whichis
notanexactmultipleof64,000)wouldbe1,480,000:
N = ( 1500000- 8000) / 64000 = 23. 125 ( r ound N down t o 23)
Act ual Rat e = ( 23 * 64, 000) + 8, 000 = 1, 480, 000
6.6 Provided Span Profiles
Inadditiontothedefaultspanprofile(DEFVAL,spanprofilenumber1),theCLIprovidesfour
fixedratespanprofiles(SP2SP5)thatyoucanassignto2BPMEs.Usetheshowspanprofile
*commandtodisplayasummaryofthesespanprofilesattributes:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show spanpr of i l e *
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 DEFVAL a 1/ 1- 3, 5- 40: 2/ 1- 40: 3/ 1- 40: 4/ 1-
2 SP- 2 a none
3 SP- 3 a none
4 SP- 4 a none
5 SP- 5 a none
I nst ance mi nL maxL upTar get upRet r ai dnTar get dnRet r ai cr osst al
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
6.7 Configuring Different Types of Span Profiles
ByconfiguringthespanprofileattributeslistedinTable1110,youcancreatethefollowing
typesofspanprofiles:
Fixedrate
RateAdaptive(RA)
6.7.1 Specifying Fixed-Rate Mode
Fixedratemodeenablesyoutospecifythelinerateatwhicha2BPMEportwilloperate.To
configurea2BPMEtoruninfixedratemode,specifythesameminimumandmaximumline
rates.Whenyouspecifyafixedratespan,youdonotneedtoprovideSNRtargetattributes.
6.7.2 Specifying Rate-Adaptive Mode
Rateadaptivemodeallowsthe1531CLAStoseta2BPMEportslineratebasedonthecurrent
conditionsofthecopperloops,andasetofguidelineparameters.Theseparametersincludethe
minimumandmaximumlinerates,andtheupstreamanddownstreamtargetSNRmargins.
The1531CLASwillattempttoachievethebestlinerate(withintheminimumandmaximum
range)withthespecifiedSNRmarginlevels.
TheworstcasemarginsenableyoutosetanSNRbelowwhichthe2BPMEwillautomatically
retrain(ifthelineconditionschangeduringthecourseofoperation.)
NotethattheSNRreadingsdonotalwaysidenticallymeettheconfiguredtargetSNRmargins.
The1531CLASrateadaptivemodefirmwarereliesonapredictionmechanismthatcharacter
izesthewirepairduringthelinktrainingphaseandusesthisinformationtoestimatetheSNR
marginthatwillbeattainedifthelinkweretoenterDATAmodeataparticularlinerate.The
objectiveofthealgorithmistopickalineratewhichresultsintheachievedSNRmarginbeing
veryclosetothespecifiedtarget.
Table 11-10 Span Profile Attribute Settings for Different Types of Span Profiles
Span Profile Attributes Fixed Rate Rate Adaptive
minLineRateandmaxLineRate Settoequalvalue Unused
upRetrainMarginanddownRetrainMargin Used Used
upTargetMarginanddownTargetMargin Unused Used
crossTalkOffset Unused Unused
6.8 Applying Span Profiles
TheCLIincludesabaselinedefaultspanprofile(namedDEFVAL).TheDEFVALspanprofile
containsparametersettingsthatareautomaticallyassignedto2BPMEsifnoneareassignedto
them.Table119onpage 1135liststhedefaultspanprofilesettingsinthebaselineDEFVAL
profile.
Ifyouwanttoapplydifferentdefaultspanattributestoallnewlyconfigured2BPMEs,you
canchangethesettingsintheDEFVALprofile(withtheconfigspanProfileDEFVALcom
mand).However,theattributessettingsoftheDEFVALprofilearedesignedtoprovide
plugandplayoperationonamajorityofloops,anditisrecommendedthatyoucreatea
newspanprofilewiththesettingsthatarerequiredandassignthatprofiletonew2BPMEs.
IfyoudomakeachangetoanattributeintheDEFVALspanprofile,thatchangewillaffect
any2BPMEsthatarealreadyusingtheDEFVALprofile.
Usetheconfig2bpmecommandtoassignaspanprofiletoa2BPME.A2BPMEdoesnot
needtobeadministrativelydisabledtoapplyadifferentspanprofile.
6.9 Notes for Using Repeaters with Fixed-Rate and Rate-Adaptive Span
Profiles
Table1111showsthehardwareandsystemsoftwarerequirementsforusingrepeaterswith
fixedrateandrateadaptivespanprofiles.NotethatsystemsoftwareofR7.2.1orlaterwith
RevisionForlaterrepeatersisrequiredtouserepeaterswithrateadaptivespanprofiles.
1
6.9.1 Repeater and Span Profile Usage Notes
YoucandisplayarepeatersrevisioninformationbyusingtheCLIsshowrepeatercom
mand.
Inordertouserateadaptivespanprofiles,allrepeatersinamultiplerepeaterchainmust
beatRevisionForlater.
Becauseoftheadvancedlineprobingproceduresthattakeplacewithrateadaptiverepeat
ers,RevFandlaterrepeaterswilltakelongertotrainthanearlierversions.Training
timesofapproximatelytenminutesaretypicalinaneightrepeaterchain.Fewerrepeaters
inachainwillresultinshorterinitializationtimes.
1. ArepeatersRevletterisincludedontherepeaterslabelandisalsoreportedbytheCLIsshowrepeatercommand.
Table 11-11 Repeater Hardware and Software Requirements
System Software Repeater Hardware
Revision Level
Span Profile Type
PriortoR6.1 Repeatersnotsupported N/A
R6.1toR7.2.0 All Fixedrateonly
R7.2.1andlater RevFandlater Fixedrateorrateadaptive
Modifyingthespanprofileforaportconnectedtoanyrepeaterchainwillresultintwoini
tializationstepsthefirsttopushthenewconfigurationtoallrepeatersinthechain,
andthesecondtousethenewspanprofile.
Whenarepeaterusesarateadaptivespanprofile,themax16pamLineRateattributeofthe
spanprofileisfixedattheCLIdefaultof3848kbps.(Iftheattributesvalueischangedfrom
theCLI,therepeaterignoresthechange.)
TherecommendedvalueforthecrossTalkOffsetattributeofaspanprofileusedwitha
PMEconnectedtoarepeaterchainis0dBinsteadofthedefaultof3dB.
6.10 Tuning 2BPME Performance with Span Profiles
Oncethe2BPMEshavebeenbondedintoabondedEthernetports,youcanexaminethe
achievedvalueswiththeshow2bpmecommand.Youarespecificallylookingfor:
SNRmarginvaluesof5dBorhigher.ItisnormalfortheupstreamanddownstreamSNR
onasinglepairtovaryslightly.However,theSNRmarginvaluesforonepairinabonded
groupshouldbeaboutthesameastheastheSNRmarginvaluesfortheotherpairsinthat
bondedgroup.IfyoufindonepairthathasaverydifferentSNRmarginvaluesfromthe
others,therecouldbeaproblemwiththatcopperloop.
LoopAttenuationvalues(upstreamanddownstream)thatareaboutthesame.(Thereisno
recommendedvaluethevaluesshouldbeaboutthesame.)Ifthereisonevaluethatis
verydifferentfromtherest,itmayindicateaproblemwiththatcopperloop.
Lineratesthatareaboutthesame.Thisassumesthatthelengthofeachofthecopperloops
areessentiallyequal.Ifonpairsvalueisverydifferentfromtheothers,theremaybeadif
ferenceinthecableplantornoiseenvironmentforthatpairthatshouldbeinvestigated.
Hereisanexampleoftheoutputoftheshow2bpmecommand,showingtheattributesmen
tionedabove:
- - - - - >
- - - - - >
- - - - - >
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e l ear ni ngDi sabl ed
r et r ai nReason Reason f or l ast r et r ai n at t empt gsLossOf Fr ami ng
snr Mar gi n SNR mar gi n ( dB) ( upst r eam/ downst r eam) 16/ 19
l oopAt t n Loop at t enuat i on ( dB) ( up/ downst r eam) 0/ 0
dnLoopSt at us Downst r eaml oop st at us 0x0001- noDef ect
const el l at i on Const el l at i on i n use 32- TCPAM
t xPower Est i mat ed t r ansmi t power ( dBm) ( up/ dn) 8. 5/ 8. 5
annex Regi onal set t i ng i n use a
handshakeMode Handshaki ng st andar d i n use i t u
1531 CLAS- 1M#
6.10.1 Problem A 2BPME in a Bonded Group has a Low SNR Margin
Ifa2BPMEinabondedgrouphasSNRmarginsbelow34dB,youshouldcreateanewspan
profilethatwillcausethe2BPMEtoachievemoreSNRmargin.Thiswillcausethe2BPMEto
achievealowerlinerate.Thedifferenceinthelinerateisdirectlyproportionaltotheachieved
SNRmargin.
Tocreateaspanprofilethataccountsforanoisierenvironment,increasethenewspanprofiles
crossTalkOffsetvalue.Thisvalueistheanticipatednoiseenvironmentoffsetintherangeof
10dBto10dB,whichhasadefaultof0dBinnewprofilesandavalueof3dBinthedefault
profile.
ThemorepositivethecrossTalkOffsetvalue,themorenoisethe1531CLASassumes.Astart
ingpointtoforanoisierenvironmentistouseavalueof 1dB.
ThefollowingisanexampleofcreatinganewspanprofilecalledhighNoise:
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e spanpr of i l e hi ghNoi se cr ossTal kOf f set - 1/ used
2BASE- TL PME span pr of i l e 6 ( hi ghNoi se) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
mi nLi neRat e Span mi ni muml i ne r at e ( Kbps) 200
maxLi neRat e Span maxi muml i ne r at e ( Kbps) 5704
upTar get Mar gi n Upst r mt ar get SNR mar gi n ( dB) 5/ used
upRet r ai nMar gi n Upst r mmi n accept abl e SNR mar gi n ( dB) 2/ used
dnTar get Mar gi n Dnst r mt ar get SNR mar gi n ( dB) 5/ used
dnRet r ai nMar gi n Dnst r mmi n accept abl e SNR mar gi n ( dB) 2/ used
cr osst al kOf f set Ant i ci pat ed noi se envi r onment of f set ( dB - 1/ used
annex Regi onal set t i ng a
handshakeMode Handshaki ng st andar d i t u
usedBy2bpmes PMEs wi t h whi ch pr of i l e i s associ at ed none
max16pamLi neRat e Max l i neRat e f or 16- TCPAM const el l at i on 3848
symPower Backof f Symmet r i c l i ne power backof f ( dB) 0
depl oyment Pr of i l Associ at ed depl oyment pr of i l e none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Thenassignthisspanprofiletothe2BPME(number1/4inthisexample):
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 1/ 4 spanPr of i l e hi ghNoi se
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Youarepromptedtoconfirmthisactionasitwillcausethe1531CLAStoretrainthe2BPME
withthenewspanprofilesettings.
Whenthe2BPMEretrains,examinethenewSNRmarginsandlinerate.Youcanreconfigure
thespanprofilecrosstalkoffsetvaluewithmoreorlesspositivevaluestotradeoffbetween
SNRmarginandlinerate.
6.10.2 Should Attributes of the Default Span-Profile Be Changed?
The1531CLAS2BPMEsaresetatthefactorytousethedefaultspanprofile(DEFVAL).This
attributesettingsofthisdefaultspanprofilearedesignedtoprovideplugandplayoperation
onamajorityofloops,andareagoodcombinationofsettingstousewhena1531CLASisfirst
connectedtothecopperpairsofanunknownplant.
Itisrecommendedthatyounotchangetheattributesofthedefaultspanprofile,especially
afterthe1531CLASissupportingcustomers.Whenyouchangeaspanprofile,the1531CLAS
willautomatically(immediately)retrainthe2BPMEsthatareusingtheprofile.
Table119onpage 1135liststhedefaultspanprofileattributes,whichinclude:
1. Userateadaptationtoachievealineratebetween200kbps5.704Mbps.
2. Achieveatleast5dbofSNRmargin.ASNRmarginof5dBgenerallypreventsbiterrors
andenablesyoutoprovideastable2BASETLconnectionwhenfacingdynamicnoiseand
environmentalconditions.Thespanprofilescontaintheconfigurationforthetarget
upstreamanddownstreamSNRmarginvalues.
3. Forcetheassociated2BPMEtoretrainiftheSNRmargindropsbelow2dBformorethan
threesecondsorBER>1E7,orLOSW,etc.
4. AcrossTalkOffsetvalueof3dB.Thismakesthe1531CLASassumeanoiseenviron
ment3 dBlessthanabinderfullofG.SHDSLmodems.
6.10.3 Displaying 2BPME Statistics
Itisrecommendedthatyoumonitorthe2BPMEstatisticsafteryouhavebondedallofasys
tems2BPMEs,thenregularlymonitorthestatistics.(SeethesectionDisplaying2BPME
Statistics on page 1119formoreaboutusingthestatisticscommands.)
Onceallofthe2BPMEsarebonded,firstclearthestatistics,waitabout30seconds,andthen
displaythestatistics.Youshouldverifythattherearenoerrors.Ifthereareerrors,youshould
verifytheSNRmarginsandensuretheyare5dBorhigher.
Itisalsorecommendthatyouruntrafficoverthe2BASETLconnectionandmonitorthestatis
ticsforanyerrors.TheCLIrepeatcommand,whichrepeatsthelastcommandataspecified
interval,canbeveryusefulinmonitoringstatistics.
6.10.4 Problem A 2BPME in a Bonded Port has a Comparatively High SNR Margin
and a Low Line Rate
Undernormalcircumstances,eachofthe2BPMEsinabondedportwillachieveroughlythe
sameSNRmarginandlinerate.Thedefaultspanprofileconfigurationshouldcausea2BPME
totrainupataratethatissimilartotheothercopperpairsthathaveequivalentloop
attenuation.
Ifone2BPMEinabondedporthasaveryhighSNRmarginandlowlinerate(ascomparedto
theother2BPMEsintheport),youcanmanuallyretrainthehighSNR2BPME.Thiswilloften
causethe2BPMEinquestiontorebondwithalinerateandSNRmarginsimilartoitspeers.
Tomanuallyretraina2BPME,usetheconfig2bpmepmePortListadmindisableandconfig
2bpmepmePortListadminenablecommands.Forexample,thefollowingwillcause2BPME
number4onswitch1toretrain:
#######################
# Di sabl e t he 2BPME. #
#######################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 1/ 4 admi n di sabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##########################################################################################
# Wai t f or t he f aci l i t y al ar mt o be r ai sed i ndi cat i ng t hat t he 2BPME has been di sabl ed. #
##########################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M#
144 08/ 17/ 2007 15: 22: 53 al ar mr ai sed cpe 1001 2bpme 4
mj , f act er m, sa, 08/ 17/ 2007 15: 22: 53, , ,
PME down
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#############################################################################
# Enabl e t he 2BPME and wai t f or t he f aci l i t y al ar mt o be cl ear ed i ndi cat i ng #
# t hat t he 2BPME has r et r ai ned. #
#############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M#
144 08/ 17/ 2007 15: 24: 52 al ar mcl ear ed cpe 1001 2bpme 4
cl , f act er m, sa, 08/ 17/ 2007 15: 22: 53, , ,
PME down
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Ifthisprocessdoesnotresolvethisproblem,thenextstepwouldbetouseanMLT/TDRtestset
toqualifythecopperloop;checkingforloadcoilsorothercopperloopimpairments.
(Formoreaboutqualifyingcopperloops,seethesectionPreQualifyingCopper
Loops on page 113).
Assumingthatthecopperloopisqualified,youcancreateaspanprofilethathasamorenega
tivecrossTalkOffsetvalue,attachittothe2BPME,andseeifitraisesthelinerate.Forexample,
youmightchangethecrossTalkOffsetvalueto5dB(fromthedefaultof3dB).Beawarethat
theactualnoiseenvironmentcanchange(forexample,addingmore2BASETLcopperloops
orotheraliendisturbers),whichmayadverselyaffectSNRmarginmargins.
Finally,notethatthedefaultspanprofileusestwoseparatealgorithmstodeterminetheline
rate:
RateadaptiveusingtheSNRmargin
SelfNearEndCrossTalk(SNEXT)offsetusingananticipatednoiseenvironmentandthe
loopattenuationwhichisindicativeofthelooplength
TheAlcatelLucentequipmentusesbothofthesealgorithmstocalculatethelinerate,and
selectsthemostconservativelinerateofthetwocalculations.IfthetargetSNRmethodis
selectedbytheequipment,thenchangingthecrosstalkoffsetparameterwillhavenoeffect
onthelinerate.IftheSNEXTcrosstalkoffset/loopattenuationisselectedbytheequipment,
thenchangingtheSNRmarginwillhavenoeffectonthelinerate.
6.11 Problem Working with Noisy Copper Loops
Noisycopperloopsoftenmakeitdifficulttofindaconfigurationthatprovidesthebestbalance
betweenlinespeedandSNR.IfthenoiseisSelfNearEndCrossTalk(SNEXT)typenoise,
whichisgeneratedinternallyinthebinder,thenthenoisemayberatherconstantandyoumay
beabletoadjustthecrosstTalkOffsetparametertowithit.(ThecrosstTalkOffsetargument
canbeconfiguredwiththecreateorconfigspanprofilecommands.)Thisadjustmentwill
resultinasomewhatlowerratethanyouwouldexpectforthelengthofthecopperpairs,butit
canresultinamoreresilientandredundantbondedgroup.
Whenyouencounternoisypairsthatwillnottrainupusingthedefaultspanprofile,youcan
createasetofspanprofilesthathaveincreasinglyhighercrossTalkOffsetvalues(ascompared
tothe3dBdefault).Youcanattacheachofthesespanprofilestothenoisy2BPMEpairs,start
inginorderfromtoptobottom,andobservethetraineduplineratetodeterminewhichspan
profileresultsinthehighestdatarate.
Inadditiontocheckingthelinerate,observethe2BPMEserrorstatistics(showstatistics
2bpme2basetlNo)foreachpairafteritstabilizestoensurethatthecopperpairsareoperating
withouttakingerrors.
Table1112isasuggestedlistofspanprofileswithincreasinglyhighercrossTalkOffsetvalues.
Seethefollowingtable(Table1113onpage 1148)foralistoftheattributevaluesofthe
DEFVALspanprofile.
Table 11-12 Span Profiles for Testing Noisy Copper Loops
Span Profile Name Configuration
crossTalk_0 AttributessameasthespanprofiledefaultsexceptcrossTalkOffset=0dB
crossTalk_plus3 AttributessameasthespanprofiledefaultsexceptcrossTalkOffset=+3dB
fixed_line_rate_200 AttributessameasthespanprofiledefaultsexceptmaxLineRate=200and
minLineRate=200.LeavecrossTalkOffsetatthedefaultof3dB.
Table 11-13 Default Span Profile Attributes and Defaults
Attribute Default Value (in DEFVAL Profile)
mi nLi neRat e 200Kbps
maxLi neRat e 5704Kbps
upTar get Mar gi n 5dB
cr ossTal kOf f set 3dB(0dbwhencreatinganewprofile)
upRet r ai nMar gi n 2dB
dnTar get Mar gi n 5dB
dnRet r ai nMar gi n 2dB
annex AnnexA(region1inRFC3276)
max16pamLi neRat e 3848Kbps
symPower Backof f 0dB
Managing Span Alarm Profiles 11-49
7. Managing Span Alarm Profiles
SpanalarmprofilesareusedtoassociatetheattributesshowninTable1114withoneormore
ofa1531CLAS2BPMEs.The1531CLASsupportsupto64spanalarmprofiles.
7.1 CLI Commands
Thetermsspan(asinspanalarmprofile)andloop(asincopperloop)arenotnec
essarilyequivalent.Inthecontextofa1531CLASto1521CLIP2BPMEconnection,aloop
istheendtoendphysicalconnection(consistingofonetoeightcopperpairs)betweenthe
twodevices.Aloopcancontainoneormorespans,whererepeatersseparatethespans
Becauseeach2BPMEmustbeassociatedwithaspanalarmprofile,adefaultprofileispro
vided(DEFVAL).IntheDEFVALprofile,eachoftheattributesinTable1114issettozero.
Bydefault,allnewspanalarmprofilesusethevaluesintheDEFVALspanalarmprofile.
Youassociatespanalarmprofileswitha2BPMEbyusingtheconfig2bpmecommand.
Aspanalarmprofilecannotbedeletedifitisassociatedwith(usedby)any2BPMEs.Ifyou
attempttodeleteaspanalarmprofilethatisusedbyoneormore2BPMEs,theerror
SpanAlarmProfilebeingusedby2bpmeisdisplayed.Usetheconfig2bpmecommandto
associateadifferentspanalarmprofilewitha2BPME.
Table 11-14 Span-Alarm Profile Attributes
l oopAt t enuat i on Loopattenuation,indB(0to128).
snr Mar gi n Signaltonoiseratiomarginthreshold,indB(0to20).
er r or edSeconds Erroredsecondsthreshold,inseconds(0900).
sever el yEr r or edSeconds Severelyerroredsecondsthreshold,inseconds(0900).
cr cAnomal i es CRCanomaliesthreshold,intherange0150000.
l ossOf SyncWor dSeconds Lossofsyncwordsecondsalarmthreshold(0900).
unavai l abl eSeconds Unavailablesecondsthreshold(0900).
Table 11-15 Span Alarm Profile Commands
showspanAlarmProfile Displaysinformationaboutaspanalarmprofile(orallspanalarmprofiles).
configspanAlarmProfile Configurestheattributesofanexistingspanalarmprofile.
createspanAlarmProfile Createsa2BPMEspanalarmprofile.
deletespanAlarmProfile Deletesa2BPMEspanalarmprofile.
11-50 Managing Span Alarm Profiles
7.3 Examples
##########################################
# Di spl ay cur r ent spanal ar mpr of i l es. #
##########################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show spanAl ar mPr of i l e *
2BASE- TL PME span al ar mpr of i l e par amet er s:
I nst ance pr of i l eName usedBy2bpmes
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 DEFVAL 1/ 1- 40
I nst ance l oopAt t n snr Mar gi n es ses cr c l osws uas
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 50 0 0 0 0 0 0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#####################################################
# Cr eat e a new spanal ar mpr of i l e, named " ATL_02. " #
#####################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e spanAl ar mPr of i l e ATL_02 es 30 ses 100 cr c 10
2BASE- TL PME span al ar mpr of i l e 2 ( ATL_02) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
l oopAt t n Loop at t enuat i on t hr eshol d ( dB) 128
snr Mar gi n SNR mar gi n t hr eshol d ( dB) 0
es Er r or ed seconds t hr eshol d 30
ses Sever el y er r or ed seconds t hr eshol d 100
cr c CRC anomal i es t hr eshol d 10
l osws Loss- of - syncwor d seconds t hr eshol d 0
uas Unavai l abl e seconds t hr eshol d 0
usedBy2bpmes PMEs wi t h whi ch pr of i l e i s associ at ed none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################################
# Associ at e t he new spanal ar mpr of i l e wi t h 2BPME 1 on swi t ch 5. #
###################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 5/ 1 spanAl ar mPr of i l e ATL_02
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Verifying a Customers Bonded Port Bandwidth 11-51
8. Verifying a Customers Bonded Port Bandwidth
The1531CLASswitchsupportstheIEEE802.3ahOAMprotocol,whichallowsanoperatorto
createaLayer2loopbacksothatanytrafficsentfromthe1521CLIPconnectedtothat
2BASETLportwillbeloopedbackfromtheportandreturnedtothe1521CLIP.
TheAlcatelLucentequipmentalsosupportsanextensiontotheOAMloopbackprotocolthat
forwardsloopedbacktrafficoutofthe1521CLIPscustomerfacingEthernetinterfacewhen
thetrafficisreturnedfromthe1531CLAS.
Youcanusethesefeaturestomeasurethebandwidthavailabletoacustomerbyplacinga1531
CLAS2BASETLportintoloopbackmode.Todemonstrateasymmetricalbandwidthcircuit
tothecustomer,youcanuseanEthernettestingdevicesuchasaTTCACTERNA2802orSun
riseTelecomSunSetMTTwithanEthernetmoduletogenerateEthernetpacketsandreportthe
receivedrate(Figure 1110).
Figure 11-10 1531 CLAS in Loop-Back Mode
Thestepstodemonstratethesymmetricalbandwidthtothecustomeraresummarizedbelow
anddescribedinthesectionsthatfollow:
AttachtheEthernettesttoa1521CLIPEthernetportandsetitstransmitbitratetothecus
tomersexpectedrate.
Configurethe1531CLAStoloopbacktrafficatthe2BASETLporttowhichthe1521CLIP
isconnected.
UsetheEthernettestertotransmitpacketsintothe1521CLIPandreadtheloopedback
(received)bitrate.
1531 CL AS
1521 CL IP CP
2BASE-TL in 802.3ah
OAM Loopback
Ethernet
Tester
TX Packets
RX Packets
11-52 Verifying a Customers Bonded Port Bandwidth
Step 1. Atthecustomerpremise,attachanEthernettestertoa1521CLIPEthernetport(as
showninFigure 1110onpage 1151).
Configurethetestertosendpacketsatthecustomersassignedbitrateatfullduplex.
MakeanoteoftheEthernetspeedandduplexstate(forexample10Mbps,full
duplex).Itisveryimportantthatthelinkhasachievedfullduplex.
Step 2. Onthe1531CLAS(fromtheNetworkOperationsCenter(NOC)ortheCO),runthe
cpecpeIdshowethernetcommandtoverifythesettingsofthefollowing1521CLIP
Ethernetportattributes:
adminattributeisenabledandoperattributeisactive
speedattributehastheproperspeedforitsEthernetporttype(100Mbpsinthis
example)
duplexattributeisfull
Forexample(assumingthecustomers1521CLIPisconnectedtoport1003onthe
1531CLAS,whereethernet1istheEthernetportonthe1521CLIP):
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1003 show et her net 1
CPE 1001 ( ATL_CUST82442_Rack02_RU04L) Et her net por t 1 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e down
t ype Et her net por t t ype 100BASE- TX
aut onegot i at e Aut o- negot i at i on ( conf i g/ act ual ) enabl e/ enabl e
mdi Mode MDI cr ossover st at e ( conf i g/ act ual ) mdi / mdi
dupl ex Dupl ex mode ( conf i g/ act ual ) aut o/ unknown
speed Por t speed ( Mbps) ( conf i g/ act ual ) aut o/ 0
r xFl owCont r ol Respond t o 802. 3x pause f r ames of f
t xFl owCont r ol Send 802. 3x pause f r ames of f
macAddr ess MAC addr ess 00: 05: 7a: 02: 95: 34
mt u MTU si ze f or t he por t 1600
l l f Por t Li nk l oss f or war di ng por t 0
l 2LoopbackAdmi n L2 Loopback Admi n di sabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Note
By default (and as shown in the example), a 1521 CLIPs Ethernet ports autonegotiate attribute
is enabled, the mdiMode attribute (automatic cable detection) is enabled, and speed and duplex
attributes are set to auto detect. Although these defaults are appropriate for this loopback test, you
can use the cpecpeIdconfigethernet command to change the attributes to specific values.
And, as mentioned in steps 1 and 2 above, it is important that both the Ethernet tester and the
1521 CLIP Ethernet port be in full duplex mode.
Verifying a Customers Bonded Port Bandwidth 11-53
Step 3. Configurethe1531CLAStoloopbacktrafficatthe2BASETLporttowhichthecus
tomers1521CLIPisconnected.
TheOAMcommandtoplacethe1531CLASintoloopbackmodemustoriginateat
theotherenddeviceinthiscase,the1521CLIP.However,youhavetheoptionof
runningtheloopbackcommandfromeitherthe1531CLASorthe1521CLIP.
Option1)Executingtheloopbackcommandfromthe1531CLAS.
TheOAMcommandcanberunonthe1531CLASusingthecpecpeIdsyntax.
Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1003 conf i g oam1001 l pbkRemot e on l ocal LpbkMode f or war d
Whenexecutedonthe1531CLAS,thiscommandrunsonthe1521CLIPconnectedto
2BASETLport1003.Thecommandinstructsthe1521CLIPtoplaceitsotherend
2BASETLport(port1003onthe1531CLASinthisexample)intoloopbackmode.
ThecommandslocalLpbkModekeyword/argumentplacesthe
1521CLIPsEthernetportintoforwardmode,whichsendsthepacketsthatare
loopedbackfromthe1531CLASoutofthe1521CLIPsEthernetporttotheEthernet
tester.
Notethatthecommandwillpromptforconfirmationbecausedatatrafficonthe
2BASETLconnectionwillbesuspended.
Option2)Executingtheloopbackcommandfromthe1521CLIP.
Whenexecutedonthe1521CLIP,theOAMcommandtoplacethe1531CLAS2BASE
TLporttowhichtheCPisconnectedintoloopbackmodeisthesame,withoutthe
cpecpeIdprefix:
1521 CLI P# conf i g oam1001 l pbkRemot e on l ocal LpbkMode f or war d
Step 4. UsingtheEthernettester,starttransmittingpacketsintothe1521CLIP.
Thesepacketswillenterthe1521CLIPsEthernetport,traversethe2BASETLconnec
tiontothe1531CLAS,loopbacktothe1521CLIP,andreturntotheEthernettester.
Step 5. VerifythatthereceivedbitratedisplayedbytheEthernettesteristhesameasthe
transmittedbitrate.
11-54 Verifying a Customers Bonded Port Bandwidth
Step 6. WhentheEthernettestingiscompleted,disablethe2BASETLloopbackwithoneof
thefollowingcommands(eitherfromthe1531CLASorthe1521CLIP):
#
#########################
# Fr omt he 1531 CLAS. #
#########################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1003 conf i g oam1001 l pbkRemot e of f
#############################
# Fr omt he 1521 CL I P CPE. #
#############################
1521 CLI P# conf i g oam1001 l pbkRemot e of f
YouarenowreadytoturnovertheEthernetcircuittothecustomer.
Troubleshooting 2BASE-TL Connections 11-55
9. Troubleshooting 2BASE-TL Connections
Thissectionincludesthefollowingtroubleshootingtopicsrelatingtotheconnectionbetweena
1531CLASanda1521CLIP:
Determininga2BPMEsState(ForExample,TrainingorBonded) on page 1156
A2BPMEWillNotTrainUponaVerifiedCopperLoop on page 1157
A2BPMEhasanOperationalStateoflistMismatch on page 1158
A2BPMERetrains,butRebondedWithaLowerLineRateorSNR on page 1160
A2BPMERetrainsbutWillnotStayBonded on page 1163
TheCapacitiveBalanceonaCopperLoopisLessthan96% on page 1165
A1521CLIPRebootsAfterithasConnectedtoa1531CLAS on page 1166
11-56 Troubleshooting 2BASE-TL Connections
9.1 Determining a 2BPMEs State (For Example, Training or Bonded)
Therearetwooptionsfordetermininga2BPMEsstate:(a)observingthedevicesLEDsor
(b)displayingthe2BPMEsstatuswiththeCLI.
a. Ifyouareatthecustomerpremise,youcanobservethe1521CLIPdevices2BASETL
LEDs(Figure 1111).A1521CLIPhasonestatusLEDforeachpairina2BASETLloop.
Table1116onpage 1156describestheLEDsoperation.
Figure 11-11 2BASE-TL Bonded Port LEDs on Example 1521 CLIP Devices
b. IfyouusingtheCLIonthe1531CLAS,youcanusetheshow2bpme2bpmeNocom
mandtodisplaythestatusofthe2BPMEthatconnectsthe1531CLASand1521CLIP.
Inthefollowingexample,thefirstfour2BPMEsarebondedandtheotherfouraredis
abled.
1531 CLAS- 1M# show 2bpme 1001
2BASE- TL PME par amet er s ( dB and dBmval ues ar e up/ dn) :
I nst ance admi n oper l i neR spanUpt i me snr Mar l oopAt 2base r mt 2bp
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 enabl bonde 5704 2 days, 20: 06: 34 19/ 18 1/ 0 1001 1
1/ 2 enabl bonde 5704 2 days, 18: 34: 28 19/ 18 1/ 0 1001 2
1/ 3 enabl bonde 5704 2 days, 18: 34: 34 19/ 17 1/ 0 1001 3
1/ 4 enabl bonde 5704 2 days, 20: 06: 34 19/ 18 1/ 1 1001 4
1/ 5 di sab di sab 0 0 days, 00: 00: 00 0/ unkn 0/ unkn 1001 unknow
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Table 11-16 2BASE-TL Status LEDs
LED
Marking
PAIRS 1-4
and
PAIRS 5-8
Off Noconnectionor
notstartedtotrain
Thenumberedporthasnocopperpairattached.Or,ifthereisacopper
pairattached,thenumberedporthasnotyetstartedtotrain.
BlinkingGreen
(Slow)
Training Blinkingatapproximately2blinks/secondindicatesthattheportisinthe
processoftraining.Thedurationofthetrainingprocessisdependenton
thelengthofthecopperloopconnectingtheports.
BlinkingGreen
(Fast)
Trainedwithtraffic
passing
Blinksastrafficpassesthroughtheport,afterthepairistrained.TheLED
willalsoblinkfromtimetotimewhenthe1521CLIPisexchanging
802.3ahlinkprotocoltrafficwiththe1531CLAS.)
SteadyGreen Trainedwithno
trafficpassing
Thecopperpairattachedtothenumberedporthastrainedwiththe
associatedportattheCP,butthereisnottrafficpassingontheport.
9.2 A 2BPME Will Not Train Up on a Verified Copper Loop
Ifyouhaveverifiedconnectivityofthecopperloopendtoend,andverifiedtherearenoload
coilsontheloop,thentheloopshouldautomaticallyentertrainingmodewhena1531CLAS
and1521CLIPareconnectedtotheloop.Ifthe2BPMEisnottrainingup,andyouperformed
theloopverificationtestsoutlinedinthesectionPreQualifyingCopperLoops on page 113,
thendothefollowing:
Step 1. Verifythatthe2BPMEsareadministrativelyenabled.The2BPMEsareadministra
tivelyenabledbydefault,butsomeorallofthe2BPMEscouldhavebeendisabledby
anothertechnician.
UsetheCLIsshow2bpme2bpmeNocommandtodisplaytheadministrativestateof
the2BPMEsyouareusing.Inthefollowingexample,the2BPMEisadministratively
disabled:
Step 2. Ifthe2BPMEisdisabled,usetheconfig2bpme2bpmeNocommandtoenableit.For
example:
Step 3. Ifthe2BPMEisadministrativelyenabledandtheproblemstillpersists,examineand
verifythepunchdownconnectionsintheloop.Thewiringforeachcopperpairisto
keepthecolortogether.Forexample,pair1arethewiresblueandblue/white.
Thepairsarenotwiredinnumericalorder.Forexample,pair1(blueandblue/white)
isactuallywires4and5.Thereisawiringreferencediagramonthebottomofthe
1531CLASand1521CLIPdevices.
- - - - - >
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e bonded
l i neRat e Achi eved l i ne r at e ( Kbps) 5704
r et r ai nReason Reason f or l ast r et r ai n at t empt spanPr of i l eChange
1531 CLAS- 1M#
9.3 A 2BPME has an Operational State of listMismatch
Inthisscenario,theoperationalstateofa1531CLAS2BPMEissettolistMismatchandwill
notbond.
Boththe1531CLASand1521CLIPdevicesmaintainalistofthe2BPMEsandtheirbondings.
ThelistMismatchstateona1531CLAS2BPMEindicatesthatthe2BPMEislistedinthe
2BPMEportlistoftheremote1521CLIPsbonding,butisnotlistedinthebondings2BPME
portlistonthe1531CLAS.
Whenthe1531CLASdetectsa2BPMEmismatchinitsportlistandaremotedevicesportlist,
the1531CLASsetsthe2BPMEsoperationalstatetolistMismatchanddoesnotcontinue
attemptingtotraintheport.
Thefollowingaretworeasonsthatthissituationcanoccur.
9.3.1 The 2BPME has Been Removed From a Bonded Port
The2BPMEcouldhavebeenremovedfromabondedportonthe1531CLAS.(Whena2BPME
isremovedfromaport,aNotinPMEportlisterrorwillbegenerated.)
Step 1. Youcanverifythatthe2BPMEisnotinabondedportbyrunningtheshow2bpme
2bpmeNocommandandexaminingthevalueofthe2basetlNoattribute.Ifitisnone
(asshowninthefollowingexample),the2BPMEisnotpartofabondedport.
Step 2. Ifyouwanttoreassociatethe2BPMEwithabondedport,usetheconfigbonding
pmePortListcommand.
Or
Ifyouwanttodisablethe2BPME,whichwillcausetheNotinPMEportlisterrorto
beclearedandsetthe2BPMEtonottrainupagain,usetheconfig2bpme2bpmeNo
admindisablecommand.
- - - - - >
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
9.3.2 Not all of a 1521 CLIPs 2BPME are Associated with a Bonded Port
Bydefault,1521CLIPsareprogrammedatthefactorywithalloftheir2BPMEsoperationally
enabled,andthe2BPMEsarelistedinthebondings2BPMEportlist.
AlistMismatchcanoccurunderthefollowingconditions:
1. Allofthe1521CLIPs2BPMEportsareconnectedtoa1531CLAS2BPMEports.
2. Notallofthe1521CLIPs2BPMEsareassociatedwithabondedportonthe1531CLAS.
3. Theseunassociated2BPMEsareadministrativelyenabled.
4. The1531CLASautoBondingsystemattributeissettodisable(thedefault).
Forexample,supposethatonlysixofaneightport1521CLIPs2BPMEsareaddedtoabonded
portona1531CLAS.Theremainingtwo2BPMEswilltrainup,butwillthencauseNotin
PMEportlisterrorstobegeneratedandwillhavetheiroperationalstatesettolistMismatch.
AsinStep2oftheprevioussection,youhavetheoptionofaddingtheremainingtwo2BPMEs
tothesamebondedportasthefirstsix.Or,youcanadministrativelydisablethetwounassoci
ated2BPMEs.
Notethatifthe1531CLASautoBondingsystemattributeissettoenable,the1531CLASwill
automaticallybondallof1521CLIPs2BPMEsintothebondedport.
9.4 A 2BPME Retrains, but Rebonded With a Lower Line Rate or SNR
Ifa2BPMEretrains,thenrebondswithalowerlinerateorSNR,itislikelythatsomethinghas
changedinthecooperplantthathasintroducedmorenoiseintothe2BPMEscopperloop.For
example:
Therecouldbeaphysicalchangeonthelooptheloopcouldhavebeenmovedclosertoa
noisesource,thereisabadspliceintheloop,etc.
Otherloopsthatareincloseproximitytothe2BPMEsloopcouldhavebeenprovisionedto
handledatatraffic,increasingthenoiseontheloop.
Ifthisoccurs,thefirststepistodeterminewhatcausedthe2BPMEtoretrain.
Step 1. Usetheshow2bpme2bpmeNocommandtoexaminetheretrainReasonattribute.
Inthefollowingexample,theretrainreason
1
isthatthe2BPMEsdownstreamSNR
fellbelowthemarginspecifiedinthespanprofileassociatedwiththe2BPME(inthis
case,thedefaultspanprofile).
Theachievedlinerateinthisexampleis2056Kbps,andtheupanddownstream
SNRmarginsare8and5dB.
1. SeetheTable114onpage 1114foracompletelistoftheretrainReasonattributesvalues.
- - - - - >
- - - - - >
- - - - - >
- - - - - >
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e l ear ni ngDi sabl ed
r et r ai nReason Reason f or l ast r et r ai n at t empt gsLossOf Fr ami ng
snr Mar gi n SNR mar gi n ( dB) ( upst r eam/ downst r eam) 16/ 19
l oopAt t n Loop at t enuat i on ( dB) ( up/ downst r eam) 0/ 0
dnLoopSt at us Downst r eaml oop st at us 0x0001- noDef ect
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Step 2. UsetheshowSpanProfile*commandtodisplaytheattributesofthesystemsspan
profiles,andmakeanoteoftheupanddownSNRretrainmarginvaluesandmin
andmaxlineratesforthespanprofilethatisattachedtothe2BPME(thedefaultspan
profileinthisexample).
Step 3. Examinethe2BPMEstatisticsfortheloop(showstatistics2bpme2basetlNo)tover
ifythattherearenoerrorsontheloop.
Step 4. Asrecommendedinthenoteonpage 1115,forhelpintroubleshootingitisgood
practicetomaintainacopyoftheoutputoftheshow2bpme2bpmeNocommandfor
2BPMEsthatyouconfigure.
Comparethe2BPMEsoriginal(asconfigured)attributevaluestothevaluesafterthe
2BPMEretrained.Inthisexample,assumetheyare:
Note
If a 2BPME is using the default span profile, do not assume that the attributes of that span profile
are set to their default values. You should always display a span profiles attributes to ensure you
have the most-recent values.
- - - - - >
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 DEFVAL a 1/ 1- 40
2 SP- 2 a none
3 SP- 3 a none
4 SP- 4 a none
5 SP- 5 a none
I nst ance mi nL maxL upTar get upRet r ai dnTar get dnRet r ai cr osst al
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Attribute Original Value Retrained Value
lineRate
5704Kbps 2056Kbps
snrMargin
19/17dB 8/5dB
Step 5. Usetheshowbonded2basetlNotodisplaytheattributesofbondedportthatcon
tainsthe2BPMEandexaminethebondedportsaggRatevalue,whichistherateof
thebondedport(withitsaggregated2BPMEs).Forexample:
Step 6. Atthispoint,youhaveseveraloptions:
a. IftheretrainedbondedpointsrateandtheSNRonthe2BPMEthatretrainedisaccept
able,noactionisrequired.
b. Ifthevaluesbondedportsrateorthe2BPMESNRarenotacceptable,youcanusea
MLT/TDRtestertolocateproblemsontheloop,repairthem,andrequalifytheloop.
c. Ifthecopperloopcannotbequalified,youcanreplacewithadifferentcoldloopthatis
qualified.
- - - - - >
1531 CLAS- 1M# show bondi ng 1001
2BASE- TL por t 1001 bondi ng par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
pmeVal i dat i on Met hod t o val i dat e bondi ng el i gi bi l i t y hnbdp
dot 3ahAggr egat i o 802. 3ah aggr egat i on enabl ed t r ue
mi nRat eAl ar m Mi ni mumaggr Rat e f or al ar m( Mbps) di sabl ed
aggr Rat e Sumof bonded PME l i ne r at es ( Mbps) 22. 816
best Et her Rat e Best case et her net r at e ( Mbps) 26. 171
wor st Et her Rat e Wor st case et her net r at e ( Mbps) 21. 676
maxFr agSi ze Maxi mumPME f r agment si ze ( byt es) 512
Conf i gur ed associ at i on:
r mt MacAddr ess MAC addr ess of t he r emot e devi ce unspeci f i ed
r mt Type Type of r emot e devi ce PME8- E2
pmePor t Li st Associ at ed PMEs ( d=di sabl ed, u=unbonded) 1/ 1- 4
Act ual associ at i on:
r mt MacAddr ess MAC addr ess of t he r emot e devi ce 00: 05: 7a: 02: 55: 0f
r mt Type Type of r emot e devi ce PME8- E2
r mt Model Model of t he r emot e devi ce 1521 CLI P
pmePor t Li st Associ at ed PMEs ( d=di sabl ed, u=unbonded) 1/ 1- 4
1531 CLAS- 1M#
9.5 A 2BPME Retrains but Will not Stay Bonded
Ifa2BPMEretrains,rebonds,butdoesnotstayrebonded(loopsfromthebondingstatebackto
thetrainingstate),itislikelythattherearemoreseriousproblemsonthecopperloopthanin
thepreviousscenario(wherea2BPMEtrainedupatalowerlinerateorSNR).
Inthisexample,a2BPMEsSNRdroppedbelowtheminimumSNRmargin,the2BPME
retrained,butdoesnotstaybonded.Bycreatinganewspanprofileandattachingittothe
2BPME,youmaybeabletobondthe2BPMEandgathermoreinformationaboutthecauseof
theproblem.
Step 1. Usetheshow2bpme2bpmeNocommandtofindtheretrainReasonattributeandthe
nameofthespanprofileattachedtothe2BPME.Becausethe2BPMEisnotbonding,
theamountofinformationprovidedbythecommandislimited.Asshowninthe
examplebelow,noinformationaboutlinerate,SNRmargin,ortheotherenddevice
isavailable.
- - - - - >
- - - - - >
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e t r ai ni ng
l i neRat e Achi eved l i ne r at e ( Kbps) 0
r et r ai nReason Reason f or l ast r et r ai n at t empt downSnr Mar gi n
2baset l No Associ at ed 2BASE- TL por t number 1001
r mt 2bpmeNo Ot her - end 2bpme number unknown
l ockSt at e SHDSL 64/ 65 l ock st at e noDat aMode
annex Regi onal set t i ng i n use a
handshakeMode Handshaki ng st andar d i n use i t u
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Step 2. UsetheshowSpanProfile*commandtodisplaytheattributesofthespanprofilethat
isattachedtothe2BPME,andmakeanoteoftheupanddownSNRretrainmargin
valuesandminandmaxlineratesforthespanprofilethatisattachedtothe2BPME
(thedefaultspanprofileinthisexample).
Step 3. UsethecreatespanProfilecommandtocreateanewlowratefixedspeedspanpro
filewithlowerSNRretrainmarginsandtrainingtargets.Thepurposeistocreatea
spanprofilethatwillallowthe2BPMEtobond.Forexample,aspanprofilewiththe
followingattributes:
mi nLi neRat e Span mi ni muml i ne r at e ( Kbps) 200
maxLi neRat e Span maxi muml i ne r at e ( Kbps) 200
upTar get Mar gi n Upst r mt ar get SNR mar gi n ( dB) 3/ used
upRet r ai nMar gi n Upst r mmi n accept abl e SNR mar gi n ( dB) 0/ used
dnTar get Mar gi n Dnst r mt ar get SNR mar gi n ( dB) 3/ used
dnRet r ai nMar gi n Dnst r mmi n accept abl e SNR mar gi n ( dB) 0/ used
cr osst al kOf f set Ant i ci pat ed noi se envi r onment of f set ( dB 0/ used
Step 4. Attachthisnewspanprofiletothe2BPME(withtheconfig2bpmespanProfilenew
ProfileNamecommand).
- - - - - >
#########################################
# Di spl ay a l i st of t he span pr of i l es. #
#########################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 DEFVAL a 1/ 1- 40
2 SP- 2 a none
3 SP- 3 a none
4 SP- 4 a none
5 SP- 5 a none
I nst ance mi nL maxL upTar get upRet r ai dnTar get dnRet r ai cr osst al l owNoi se
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 200 5704 5/ used 2/ used 5/ used 2/ used - 3/ used di sabl e
2 2056 2056 0/ unused 0/ unused 0/ unused 0/ unused 0/ unused di sabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Note
If a 2BPME is using the default span profile, do not assume that the attributes of that span profile
are set to their default values. You should always display a span profiles attributes to ensure you
have the most-recent values.
Step 5. Observethe2BPMEasitgoesthoughthetrainingprocess(usetheshow2bpme
2bpmeNocommandandthentherepeatcommand).
Step 6. Ifthe2BPMEtrainsup,bonds,andstaysinthebondingstate,reconfigurethevalues
ofthespanprofilesattributestofindthebestbalanceoflinerateandSNRvalues.
Thisisaniterativeprocess,andmayrequireseveralattemptstofindthebestcombi
nationofattributes.
Step 7. Ifchangingthespanprofiledoesnotallowthe2BPMEtobond,thenyoushoulduse
anMLT/TDRtestertolocateproblemsontheloop,repairthem,andrequalifythe
loop.Or,iftheloopcannotbequalified,youcanreplaceitwithadifferentloopthatis
qualified.
9.6 The Capacitive Balance on a Copper Loop is Less than 96%
A2BPMEcanenteraretrainingloopifthecapacitivebalanceonthecopperloopislessthan
96%,thetotalnoiseenvironmentofthecopperloophasahighimpulsenoisecomponent,or
microinterruptionsareoccurringonthecopperloop.Inthesecases,a2BPMEwilltrain,acti
vate,bond,andthenaftersomeperiodoftime(generallylessthanfiveminutes)thepairwill
godownusuallyduetoexcessiveerrorsonthepair.
Tocheckforthiscase:
Step 1. AttheCP,measurethecapacitivebalanceofthecopperloopusinganMLT/TDR
device.Thebalancemustbegreaterthan96%.
Step 2. FromtheNOCorCO,usetheshowstatistics2bpmeNocommandtoexaminethesta
tisticsforthisthe2BPMEanddeterminewhetherthereareexcessiveerrors.Seethe
exampleofthiscommandsoutputinthesectionDisplaying2BPME
Statistics on page 1119.
Youcanclearthestatisticswiththeclearstatistics2bpmeNocommand.
Ifyouvereachedthispointandstillcannotdeterminethesourceoftheproblemthenthereare
likelycopperpairrelatedissuesthatmayrequireaMLT/TDRtodetect,suchasloadcoilsand
bridgetaps.
11-66 Caution - Outside Plant DSL Primary Protectors
9.7 A 1521 CLIP Reboots After it has Connected to a 1531 CLAS
The1531CLASwillautomaticallydownloadsystemsoftwaretothe1521CLIPifthe1531
CLASdetectsthatthe1521CLIPisrunningadifferentversion.Oncethedownloadiscom
pleted,the1531CLASwillinstructthe1521CLIPtorebootsothatthenewsoftwarewilltake
effect.
Thisprocesswillverylikelyhappenifyouhavestandardizedyour1531CLASdeploymentson
anolderversionofthe1531CLASsystemsoftware.The1521CLIPunitsfromthefactory
typicallyareloadedwiththelatestGArelease.Whenthese1521CLIPunitsaredeployedinthe
field,the1531CLASwillautomaticallydownrevthesoftware,thenrebootthe
1521CLIP.
10. Caution - Outside Plant DSL Primary Protectors
........
The1531CLASisexpectedtobeinstalledwithprimaryprotectorsontheoutside
plantDSLcopperpairs.Theprimaryprotectorsshouldhaveavoltagelimiting
capabilityofapproximately600Vat1000V/us.
AlcatelLucentrecommendsaprimaryprotectorwithcharacteristicssimilartothe
Bourns455HSBCasshowninthefollowingtable.Inadditiontoitsprotection
capabilities,the455HSBCiswellbalancedforuseinDSLapplications.
Characteristic Value
DCBreakdown
400V
ACBreakdown@60Hz
400V
ImpulseBreakdown@100V/us
600V
650V
InsertionLoss@100MHz
<0.4dB
ReturnLoss@100MHz
>14dB
Tip&RingtoGroundCapacitive
Balance
1pF
LinetoLineCapacitance@1MHz
10pFtypical
LinetoGroundCapacitance@1MHz
20pFtypical
Caution
1
Managing Customer Premise Devices
12
TheAlcatelLucentcustomerpremise(CP)devicessupportplugandplayserviceturnup,and
thedevicesareconfiguredautomaticallywhentheyareconnectedtoa1531CLAS.TheCP
devicesincludethe:
1521CLIPCPand1522CLIPCPproducts
1521CLIPCO/CPand1522CLIPCO/CPproductsoperatinginCPmode
A1531CLASmaintainsacopyofthesystemsoftwareusedbytheCPdevicesthatarecon
nectedtoit,aswellascopiesoftheCPdevicesconfigurationinformation.
WhenaCPdeviceisconnectedtoa1531CLAS,the1531CLASdownloadsthesystemsoftware
totheCPifitdetectsthattheCPssoftwareisnotthesameversionasthesoftwarethatisrun
ningonthe1531CLAS.Inthiscase,the1531CLASandCPestablisha2BASETLconnection,
the1531CLASdownloadsthesystemsoftware,andtheCPrebootsusingthenewsystemsoft
ware.
IfyoureplaceaCPdevice,youdonotneedtobackuptheconfigurationbeforeyouinstallthe
newunit.Yousimplyinstallthenewdeviceandtheolddevicesconfigurationisdownloaded
fromtheCPtothenewone.
1. Using the CLI with CP Devices
AsubsetofCLIcommandsareavailablethatyoucanusetodisplayinformationandstatistics
forCPdevices.YoucanexecutetheseCLIcommandseitherremotely(whileloggedintothe
CLIonthe1531CLAStowhichtheCPisattached)orlocally(throughanCPsserialcraft
port).
1
BecauseCPsaredemarcationdevices,theydonotsupportthefollowingcategoriesofCLI
commands:
sealingcurrentcommands
spanalarmprofilecommands
spanprofilecommands
remote(cpe)commands
1.1 Running the CLI Remotely from a 1531 CLAS
Ifthe1531CLASisconnectedtoanCPdevice,youcanmanagethedevicesremotelyfromthe
1531CLASCLIbyprefacingthecommandswithcpecpeId,wherecpeIdistheidentifierof
theCPonwhichtoexecutethecommand.SeethesectionExampleCPE
Commands on page 122forexamplesofcpecpeIdcommands.
1. Innormaloperation,becauseoftheCPdevicessupportforplugandplayserviceturnup,itisrecommendedthat
younotconfiguretheCPdevicesattributeslocallywiththeCLI.
12-2 Using the CLI with CP Devices
1.2 Running the CLI Directly on a CP Device
YoucanalsoruntheCLIdirectlyonaCPdevicebyconnectingamaintenanceterminaltothe
devicesserialconsoleport.(ThecpecpeIdprefixisnotusedwhenrunningtheCLIdirectly
onthedevice.)TheconsoleportisanRJ45connectorasshowninFigure 121.Refertothe
devicesinstallationguideforinformationabouttheconnectorspinouts.
Figure 12-1 Serial Craft Port
1.3 Example CPE Commands
################################################################
# Di spl ay summar y syst em- r el at ed at t r i but es of al l CPE devi ces #
# connect ed t o a 1531 CLAS #
################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe * show syst em
CPE syst empar amet er s:
I nst ance host name oper model r el ease
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1001 RDU_Davi s_A17 act i v HN408- U- 2E- I 8. 0. 1
1002 RDU_Davi s_A32 act i v HN408- CP- 1E- I 8. 0. 1
1003 RDU_Davi s_C12 act i v HN408- U- 2E- I 8. 0. 1
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Using the CLI with CP Devices 12-3
##############################################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l ed syst em- r el at ed at t r i but es f or t he 1521 CL I P- CP connect ed #
# t o 1531 CLAS por t 1001. #
##############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 show syst em
CPE 1001 ( RDU_Davi s_A17) syst empar amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
host name Name of syst em RDU_Davi s_A17
t emper at ur e Syst emt emper at ur e ( C/ F) 63/ 145
cont act Cont act
l ocat i on Locat i on
pr ompt CLI pr ompt HN408- U
i pFor war di ng Admi ni st r at i ve st at e of I P f or war di ng di sabl e
nat Admi ni st r at i ve st at e of NAT di sabl e
dhcps Admi ni st r at i ve st at e of DHCP ser ver di sabl e
t emper at ur e Syst emt emper at ur e ( C/ F) 47/ 116
l ast Reset Last r eset r eason Faul t
model Syst emmodel HN408- CP- 1E- I
cl ei Common Language Equi pment I dent i f i er
ser i al Num Ser i al number S04011070045
par t NumRev Par t number r evi si on B
t od Dat e and t i me 12/ 19/ 2010 00: 22: 26
l ast Set By Last met hod used t o set t he cl ock co
upt i me El apsed t i me si nce l ast r eset 0 days, 04: 38: 41
1531 CLAS- 1M#
12-4 Using the CLI with CP Devices
########################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l ed i nf or mat i on about CPE 1002' s PMEs. #
########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1002 show 2bpme *
CPE 2BASE- TL PME par amet er s ( dB and dBmval ues ar e up/ dn) :
I nst ance admi n oper l i neR spanUpt i me snr Mar l oopAt 2base r mt 2bp
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1002/ 1 enabl bonde 5704 3 days, 14: 38: 13 18/ 18 1/ 1 1001 1/ 17
1002/ 2 enabl bonde 5704 3 days, 14: 38: 58 19/ 18 1/ 0 1001 1/ 18
1002/ 3 enabl bonde 5704 3 days, 14: 38: 58 19/ 18 1/ 0 1001 1/ 19
1002/ 4 enabl bonde 5704 3 days, 14: 38: 58 19/ 18 1/ 0 1001 1/ 20
1002/ 5 enabl bonde 5704 3 days, 14: 38: 58 18/ 18 1/ 0 1001 1/ 21
1002/ 6 enabl bonde 5704 3 days, 14: 38: 58 19/ 18 1/ 0 1001 1/ 22
1002/ 7 enabl bonde 5704 3 days, 14: 38: 13 19/ 18 1/ 0 1001 1/ 23
1002/ 8 enabl bonde 5704 3 days, 14: 38: 58 19/ 18 1/ 0 1001 1/ 24
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
1
Using the CPE Traffic Generator/Monitor
13
Startingwithsoftwarerelease7.1.2,the1521/1522/1523CLIPproductssupportabuiltintraffic
generation/monitoringfacility,whichcanbeusedtotestandtroubleshoot2BASETLlinks.
Thischapterprovidesanexampleofusingthegeneration/monitoringfacilitytoverifythe
transferofdatabetweena1531CLASanda1521/1522/1523CLIP.
1
1. Introduction
Thetrafficgenerator/monitorfacilityusesthefollowingconfigurableobjects:
trafficgenerators,whichtransmitthetesttrafficonaspecifiedport,usingthecontent
definedinthetrafficstreams
trafficmonitors,whichwhenpairedwithtrafficgenerators,measurethenumberandrate
ofingresspacketsmatchingthedefinitionofitstrafficstreatrafficstreams,whichdefinethe
contentofthetesttrafficsframes
trafficstreams,whichdefinethecontentofthetesttrafficsframes
AtrafficgeneratoranditsassociatedtrafficmonitorcanbelocatedontwodifferentCPEsto
facilitateunidirectionalbandwidthtesting,ortheycanbecolocatedtomeasureroundtrip
properties(assumingafarendloopbackfunction).Separationofthetrafficgenerationfrom
thetrafficmonitoringpermitsthisfeatureworkwiththirdpartytestequipmentlocatedany
whereinthenetwork.
Atrafficstreamisadefinedframeformatthatisusedformeasuringtrafficcharacteristics
betweentwomeasuringpoints.Thefirst48bytesofaframeareconfigurableasarawbinary
dataorasanEthernetframeformatwithVLANtagging.Theframesizeisconfigurableto
allowtestingofframesfromtheminimum(64byte)tothemaximumsupportedMTU.Traffic
streamsareassignedtoatrafficgeneratorortrafficmonitor.Upto16streamsaresupportedon
adevice.
NotethatthisfacilitymeasuresrawEthernetnetworkthroughputitdoesnotmeasure
IP/TCPthroughput.
1. The1523CLIPproductswillbeavailableatalaterdate.
Warning
The traffic generator/monitor runs on 1521/1522/1523 CLIP demarcation devices - not on the
1531 CLAS switch products. However, as shown in these examples, you can control the genera-
tor/monitor functions on a demarcation device from a 1531 CLAS.
13-2 Introduction
1.1 CLI Commands
Usetheconfigtrafficgeneratorcommandtoconfiguretheattributesofatrafficgenerator
foraspecifiedportandstart/stopthegenerator.
Youcanconfigureandstart/stopthetrafficmonitorindependentlyofthetrafficgenerator
(withtheconfigtrafficmonitorcommand.Or,youcanconfigureatrafficmonitorthat
sharetheattributesofatrafficgeneratorbyaddingthemonitortruekeyword/valuetothe
configtrafficgeneratorcommand.
Ifyourunthetrafficgeneratorwiththedefaultvalueof0forthecountandduration
arguments,thegeneratorwillrununtilitisstoppedwiththeactionstopargument.
Youcanconfigureageneratortosendaspecifiednumberofpacketsorsendpacketsfora
specifiedlengthoftime.Inthiscase,thegeneratorwillstopautomatically,andyoudonot
havetostopthegeneratorwiththeactionstopargument.
Youcanensurethatonlygeneratedtrafficispresentonaportbydisabling/suspending
OAMandtheportsexternalEthernettraffic.
Usetheconfigtrafficstreamethernetcommandtotailorpacketcontentsforaspecific
requirement.AmongtheattributesyoucansetaredestinationandsourceMACaddresses,
innerandoutertagEthertypes,innerandouterVLANIds,andinnerandouterpbit
values.
Table 13-1 Syntax for Executing CPE-Based Traffic Generation and Monitoring Commands from a 1531 CLAS
Command Example
cpecpeIdshowtrafficgeneratorethernetNo cpe1002showtrafficgenerator1001Displaystheattributesofthe
trafficgeneratorassociatedwithEthernetport1001onCPE1002
cpecpeIdconfigtrafficgeneratorethernetNo cpe1007configtrafficgenerator1001actionstartStartsthetraffic
generatoronEthernetport1001ofCPE1007
cpecpeIdshowtrafficmonitorethernetNo cpe1013showtrafficmonitor1001Displaystheattributesofthe
trafficmonitorassociatedwithEthernetport1001onCPE1013
cpecpeIdconfigtrafficmonitorethernetNo cpe1005configtrafficmonitor1001actionstartStartsthetraffic
monitoronEthernetport1001ofCPE1005
cpecpeIdshowtrafficstreamstreamNo cpe1003showtrafficstream*Displaysasummarylistofthe
attributesofall16trafficstreamsforCPE1003
cpe1003showtrafficstream4Displaysdetailsoftheattributesof
trafficstream4forCPE1003
cpecpeIdconfigtrafficstreamethernetstreamNo cpe1008configtrafficstreamethernet12outerVid200Setsthe
outerVLANIDto200onEthernettrafficstream12ofCPE1008
cpecpeIdconfigtrafficstreamparamsstreamNo cpe1011configtrafficstreamparams4frameSize128Setsthe
packetframesizeto128onstream4ofCPE1011
cpecpeIdconfigtrafficstreamrawstreamNo cpe1006configtrafficstreamraw7header20005:7a00:0002:0001
Setsheader2to0005:7a00:0002:0001instream7ofCPE1006
Introduction 13-3
1.3 Example
Thefollowingexampleshowshowtoconfigurethetrafficgeneration/monitoringfacilityona
1521CLIPtoverifytheflowoftrafficbetweenaCP(a1521CLIP)andthe1531CLAS.
The1521CLIPconfigurationisaccomplishedremotelyfromthe1531CLAS.
######################################################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t her e i s at l east one CPE devi ce connect ed t o t he 1531 CLAS. I n t hi s #
# exampl e, t her e i s one CPE devi ce t hat i s connect ed vi a a bonded por t #
# wi t h ei ght bonded PMEs. #
######################################################################################
2baset l I d oper pme dot aggr Ra r mt MacAddr ess pmePor t Li st
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1001 ( ATL_CUST8 act i hnb t r u 45. 632 *00: 05: 7a: 02: ae: bb 1/ 1- 8
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###########################################################################
# Pl ace t he 1531 CLAS swi t ch' s 2BASE- TL por t i nt o OAM l oopback mode so #
# t hat t r af f i c t he 1531 CLAS r ecei ves i s r out ed back t o t he CPE. #
# Not e t hat al ar ms ar e gener at ed f r ombot h t he 1531 CLAS and t he CPE. #
###########################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g oam1001 l pbkRemot e on
WARNI NG: Dat a t r af f i c may be i nt er r upt ed.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
376 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 24: 04 al ar mr ai sed oam1001
mj , l pbkLocal , sa, 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 24: 04, , ,
Por t i s i n OAM l oopback
1531 CLAS- 1M#
377 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 24: 03 al ar mr ai sed cpe 1001 oam1001
mj , l pbkRemot e, sa, 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 24: 03, , ,
Remot e por t i s i n OAM l oopback
13-4 Introduction
#####################################################################################
# Di sabl e t he CPE' s net wor k upl i nk por t and t hen suspend OAM so t hat onl y t he CPE' s #
# t r af f i c gener at or i s pl aci ng t r af f i c ont o t he l i nk. #
#####################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g et her net 1 admi n di sabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
357 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 26: 53 al ar mcl ear ed cpe 1001 et her net 1
cl , f act er m, sa, 05/ 12/ 2009 07: 12: 14, , ,
Et her net por t down
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g oam1001 suspend on
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##############################################################################################
# Conf i gur e an i nst ance of t he t r af f i c gener at or - wi t h a t r af f i c moni t or t hat aut omat i cal l y #
# shar es t he gener at or ' s at t r i but es. Set t he gener at or t o send a 45 second bur st of t r af f i c #
# and st ar t sendi ng t he t r af f i c. #
# #
# Not e t hat al ar ms ar e r ai sed when t he t r af f i c gener at or and moni t or st ar t and ar e cl ear ed #
# when t he gener at or f i ni shes sendi ng t r af f i c. #
##############################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g t r af f i c gener at or 1001 moni t or t r ue dur at i on 45 act i on st ar t
1531 CLAS- 1M#
379 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 36: 59 al ar mr ai sed cpe 1001 t r af f i c- moni t or 1001
mj , t r af mon_act i ve, nsa, 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 36: 59, , ,
Tr af f i c moni t or act i ve
1531 CLAS- 1M#
380 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 36: 59 al ar mr ai sed cpe 1001 t r af f i c- gener at or 1001
mj , t r af gen_act i ve, nsa, 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 36: 59, , ,
Tr af f i c gener at or act i ve
1531 CLAS- 1M#
379 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 37: 45 al ar mcl ear ed cpe 1001 t r af f i c- moni t or 1001
cl , t r af mon_act i ve, nsa, 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 36: 59, , ,
Tr af f i c moni t or act i ve
1531 CLAS- 1M#
380 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 37: 45 al ar mcl ear ed cpe 1001 t r af f i c- gener at or 1001
cl , t r af gen_act i ve, nsa, 05/ 12/ 2009 12: 36: 59, , ,
Tr af f i c gener at or act i ve
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Introduction 13-5
#############################################################
# Di spl ay t he t est r esul t s capt ur ed by t he t r af f i c moni t or . #
#############################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 show t r af f i c moni t or 1001
CPE 1001 ( ATL_CUST82442_1001) Tr af f i c Moni t or 1001 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
dur at i on Moni t or i ng dur at i on ( secs) 45
st r eam1 1st st r eam 1
si gnat ur e Pr ocess f r ames si gnat ur e f al se
di r ect i on Di r ect i on ( conf i gur ed/ act ual ) aut o/ i ngr ess
st at us Moni t or i ng st at us compl et ed
st ar t Ti me St ar t t i me 12/ 19/ 2010 19: 35: 15
endTi me End t i me 12/ 19/ 2010 19: 36: 00
el apsedTi me El apsed t i me 0 days, 00: 00: 45
t ot RxRat esBps Tot al r ecei ved r at e ( bps) 19937920
t ot RxRat esPps Tot al r ecei ved r at e ( pps) 38940
r xUnknownRat esBp Recei ved unknown r at es ( bps) 356
r xUnknownRat esPp Recei ved unknown r at es ( pps) 0
1st st r eam:
r xFr ames Recei ved f r ames 1752444
r xRat esBps Recei ved r at es ( bps) 19937564
r xRat esPps Recei ved r at es ( pps) 38940
j i t t er Mi n Mi ni mumj i t t er ( us) na
j i t t er Max Maxi mumj i t t er ( us) na
j i t t er Avg Aver age j i t t er ( us) na
l at encyMi n Mi ni muml at ency ( ms) na
l at encyMax Maxi muml at ency ( ms) na
l at encyAvg Aver age l at ency ( ms) na
1st st r eam( bet ween l ast and f i r st r ecei ved f r ames) :
r xRat esBps Recei ved r at es ( bps) 19941067
r xRat esPps Recei ved r at es ( pps) 38947
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################################################
# #################################################################################
# # When t est i ng i s compl et e, r esume OAM on t he CPE, r emove l oopback f r omt he # #
# # 1531 CLAS' OAM por t , and r e- enabl e t he CPE' s net wor k upl i nk por t . # #
# ############################################################################### #
###################################################################################
###########################
# Resume OAM on t he CPE. #
###########################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g oam1001 suspend of f
1531 CLAS- 1M#
13-6 Introduction
##################################
# Tur n l oopback of f on t he CPE. #
##################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g oam1001 l pbkRemot e of f
1531 CLAS- 1M#
389 05/ 12/ 2009 13: 03: 04 al ar mcl ear ed oam1001
cl , l pbkLocal , sa, 05/ 12/ 2009 13: 01: 42, , ,
Por t i s i n OAM l oopback
1531 CLAS- 1M#
390 05/ 12/ 2009 13: 03: 04 al ar mcl ear ed cpe 1001 oam1001
cl , l pbkRemot e, sa, 05/ 12/ 2009 13: 01: 41, , ,
Remot e por t i s i n OAM l oopback
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#######################################
# Re- enabl e t he CPE' s Et her net por t . #
#######################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g et her net 1 admi n enabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
395 05/ 12/ 2009 13: 03: 51 al ar mr ai sed cpe 1001 et her net 1
mj , f act er m, sa, 05/ 12/ 2009 13: 03: 51, , ,
Et her net por t down
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
1
Packet Flow Through the 1531 CLAS Switch
14
Thischapterprovidesanoverviewofhowpacketsingressandegressthe1531CLASswitch,
basedonthecombinationofpacketsVLANIDsandtheattributevaluesofingressandegress
UNIsCoS,andingressandegressEVCbindings.
Thedetailsofhowtomanagetheseobjectsattributesareprovidedinfollowingchapters.
1. Introduction
The1531CLASprovidescarriersarangeofflexibleVLANmanagementfeatures,includingthe
abilitytocontrolthestacking,stripping,orrewritingofVLANtags.Inaddition,the1531CLAS
providessupportforservicebundling,byallowingthemappingofmultipleVLANSon
UNIsEVCs.
Figure 142onpage 143isanoverviewofpacketflowthrougha1531CLASingressand
egressUNIs,EVCbindings,andEVCs.Thesectionsthatfollowthefigureprovidedetailsof
thepacketflow.
FormoreinformationaboutUNIs,EVCs,andEVCbindings,seeChapter15:ManagingUNIs
andChapter16:ManagingEthernetServices(EVCsandEVCBindings).
14-2 UNI Commands
2. UNI Commands
Thissectiondescribesthecommandsformanaginganddisplayinga1531CLASsystems
UserNetworkInterfaces(UNIs).Figure 141showstherelationshipofUNIstotheotherlogical
objectsina1531CLASconnection.
Figure 14-1 Object Relationship in the 1531 CLAS
The1531CLASprovidescarriersarangeofflexibleVLANmanagementfeatures,includingthe
abilitytocontrolthestacking,stripping,orrewritingofVLANtags.Inaddition,the1531CLAS
providessupportforservicebundling,byallowingthemappingofmultipleVLANSon
UNIsEVCs.
ThecombinationofpacketsVLANIDs,ingressandegressUNI,CoS,andingressandegress
EVCbindingattributesettingsdeterminehowpacketsarehandledbythe1531CLAS.
UNI Commands 14-3
TherearetwotypesofUNIs,accessandtrunk:
AUNIconfiguredasanaccessportisboundtoasingleservice(EVC)throughasingle
EVCbinding.Accessportsprovideasimpleinterfaceforservicesthatdonotrequire
VLANtagmanagement.PacketsreceivedonanaccessportmayormaynothaveVLAN
tags.IfapacketreceivedonanaccessportcontainsaVLANtag,thetagisignored.
AUNIconfiguredasatrunkportcanmanagepacketsfrommultipleVLANsandclassify
thepacketsbasedontheVLANtagsID.Packetsreceivedonaportofporttypetrunk
canbeassociatedwithmultipleservices.
ExactlyoneUNIcanbeassociatedwithanEthernetport.AtrunkUNIcanbeboundtomulti
pleEVCs(withmultipleEVCbindings).SeetheChapter16:ManagingEthernetServices
(EVCsandEVCBindings)fordescriptionsofEVCsandEVCbindings.
Figure 142isanoverviewofpacketflowthrougha1531CLASdevicesingressandegress
UNIs.Thesectionsreferencedinthefigureprovidedetailsofthepacketflow.
Figure 14-2 Packet-Flow Overview
Ingress Processing
See the section Ingress Processingstarting
on page 14-4.
CoS and Packet-Color Processing
See the section CoS and Packet-Color
Processingstarting on page 14-6.
Policing and Switching
See the section Policing and Switchingstarting
on page 14-8.
Egress Processing
See the section Egress Processingstarting
on page 14-10.
14-4 UNI Commands
2.1 Ingress Processing
Figure 143showshowpacketflowthroughaningressportiscontrolledbytheingressUNIs
VLAN,andEVCbindingattributespriortoCoSprocessing.Thenumbersinbracketsarerefer
encedinthedescriptionsoftheingressprocessingoperationsthatfollowthefigure.
Figure 14-3 VLAN Attributes and Packet Flow on Ingress
2.1.1 Determine the UNIs Port Type - [1]
IstheUNIstype(uniPortType)accessortrunk?Thedefaulttypeisaccess.
Iftheporttypeistrunk,gotosection2.1.2onpage 145[2].
Iftheporttypeisaccess,thepacketistreatedasuntaggedandisforwardedforClassof
Service(CoS)processing(2.2.1onpage 147([10])).
[1]
[3]
[5]
[2]
[4] [6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
UNI Commands 14-5
2.1.2 Is the Packet Tagged? - [2]
IftheUNIporttypeistrunk,doesthepackethaveaVLANtag(isthepacketsetherTypeequal
totheUNIstagEtherTypeattribute)?TherangeofvaluesfortagEtherTypeis
0x6000xFFFEandthedefaultis0x8100.
IfthepackethasaVLANtag,gotosection2.1.4([6]).
IfthepacketdoesnothaveaVLANtag,theUNIsrxUntaggedattributeis
examined([3]).
IftherxUntaggedattributeisfalse,thepacketisdropped.
IftherxUntaggedattributeistrue,gotosection2.1.3([4]).
2.1.3 Is There a Default EVC Binding? - [4]
IfrxUntaggedistrue,thevalueoftheUNIsdefaultVLANattribute(defVlanId)iscompared
totheVLANlistsintheUNIsEVCbindings.Ifthereisamatchinabinding,thatbindingisthe
defaultEVCbinding.
IfthereisnodefaultEVCbinding,thepacketisdropped.
IfthereisadefaultEVCbinding,thepacketisforwarded(untagged)toClassofService
(CoS)processingthroughthedefaultEVCbindingonthedefaultVLAN([5]).
CoSprocessingisdescribedstartinginsection2.2.1onpage 147([10]).
2.1.4 Is the VLAN ID Known? - [6]
IfthepackethasaVLANtag,istheVLANIDknown?
Note: ApacketsVLANIDisknownifthepacketsVLANIDmatchesoneoftheVLANIDs
inanyoftheingressEVCbindingsVLANIDlists(vlanList)attributes.
IfthepackethasaknownVLANID,adeterminationismadeastowhetherthepacket
shouldbetreatedastaggedoruntagged(2.1.5onpage 145([8])).
IfthepacketdoesnothaveaknownVLANID,theUNIsrxUnknownattribute
isexamined([7]).
IftherxUnknownattributeisfalse,thepacketisdropped.
IftherxUnknownattributeistrue,thepacketisroutedto[4](2.1.3)andiseither
droppedorforwardedasdescribedinthatsection.
2.1.5 Treat the Packet as Tagged or Untagged when it is Forwarded? - [8] and [9]
IfthepacketsVLANIDisknown,examinetheingressEVCbindingsvlanPreservation
attribute.
Ifeitherofthefollowingtestsaretrue,treatthepacketasuntaggedandforwarditforClass
ofService(CoS)processing(2.2.1onpage 147([10])):
14-6 UNI Commands
IftheEVCbindingsvlanPreservationattributeison([8]),or...
IftheEVCbindingsvlanPreservationattributeisautoandthebindingsVLANlist
(vlanList)attributehasmorethanoneVLANID([9]).
Ifbothoftheprevioustwotestsarefalse,treatthepacketastaggedandforwarditfor
ClassofService(CoS)processing(2.2.1onpage 147([10])).
2.2 CoS and Packet-Color Processing
ThefollowingCoSandpacketcolorprocessingisperformedafterapacketexitstheingress
processingphase.
Figure 14-4 Class of Service Processing
[10]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[12]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
UNI Commands 14-7
2.2.1 Is the Packet VLAN Tagged? - [10]
DoesthepackethaveaVLANtag(isthepacketstagEtherTypeattributesetto0x8100)?
IfthepackethasaVLANtag,gotosection2.2.2([11]).
IfthepacketdoesnothaveaVLANtag,gotosection2.2.3([12]).
2.2.2 Compare the Packets VLAN ID and the UNIs ingVlanCosMap Values - [11]
DoesthePacketsVLANIDmatchthevalueoftheUNIsingVlanCosMapattribute?
IftheVLANIDsmatch,lookuptheVLANIDintheUNIsingVlanCosMaplist,setthe
packetsCoStotheassociatedvalue,andpassthepackettothe1531CLASNetwork
Processor(CoSprocessingiscomplete).
IftheVLANIDsdonotmatch,continuetheCoSprocessing(gotosection2.2.3([12])).
2.2.3 Determine the UNIs CoS Map Type Setting - [12]
DeterminethevalueoftheUNIscosMapTypeattribute(dscp,pbit,orfixed).
IfcosMapTypeisdscp,isthepacketanIPpacket([13])?
IfthepacketisanIPpacket,setthepacketsCoStothevalueoftheUNIs
ingDscpCosMapattribute,andpassthepackettothe1531CLASNetworkProces
sor(CoSprocessingiscomplete).
IfthepacketisnotanIPpacket,gotosection2.2.4([15]).
IfcosMapTypeispbit,gotosection2.2.4([15]).
IfcosMapTypeisneitherdscporpbit,thepacketsCoSisfixed.SetthepacketsCoSto
thevalueoftheUNIsdefCosattribute,andpassthepackettothe1531CLASNetwork
Processor(CoSprocessingiscomplete).TherangeofvaluesfordefCosis07,andthe
defaultis1.
2.2.4 Compare the Packets Ethertype and the UNIs tagEtherType - [15]
DoesthepacketsEthertypematchthevalueoftheUNIstagEtherTypeattribute?
IfthepacketandUNIEthertypevaluesdonotmatch,setthepacketsCoStothevalueof
theUNIsdefCosattribute,andpassthepackettothe1531CLASNetworkProcessor
(CoSprocessingiscomplete).
TherangeofvaluesfordefCosis07,andthedefaultis1.
IfthepacketandUNIEthertypevaluesmatch,lookupthepacketspbitvalueinthe
UNIsingPbitCosDeMaplist,setthepacketsCoStotheassociatedvalue,andpassthe
packetfordropeligibilitycolorassignment(section2.2.5([16]).
TheingPbitCosDeMapattributecontainsacommaseparatedlistof8CoSvalues
(0 7).Thevaluescanalsoincludeadtoindicatethattheassociatedpacketiseligible
tobedropped.
14-8 UNI Commands
2.2.5 Is the Packet Eligible to be Dropped? - [16]
ExaminetheCoSvalueassignedtothepacket.
IfthepacketsCoSvaluecontainsad,thepacketisdropeligible.Markthepacketas
yellow([20]),thenforwardthepacketforpolicingandswitching.
IfthepacketsCoSvaluedoesnotcontainad,thepacketisnotdropeligible.TheUNI
CoSsuseDeiattributeisexamined(section2.2.6([17]).
2.2.6 Will the Packets Drop Eligibility Indicator (DEI) Used? - [17]
ExaminetheUNICoSsuseDeiattribute.
IfuseDeiissettofalse,markthepacketasgreen([18]),thenforwardthepacketfor
policingandswitching.
IfuseDeiissettotrue,determinewhetherthepacketsDEIbitwillbeused(section
2.2.7([19]).
2.2.7 Will the Packets Drop Eligibility Indicator (DEI) be Used? - [17]
ExaminethepacketsDropEligibilityIndicator(DEI)bit.
IfthepacketsDEIbitisnotset,markthepacketasgreen([18]),thenforwardthepacket
forpolicingandswitching.
IfthepacketsDEIbitisset,markthepacketasyellow([20]),thenforwardthepacket
forpolicingandswitching.
2.3 Policing and Switching
Figure 145showsthepacketflowthroughthepolicingandswitchingoperations.
UNI Commands 14-9
Figure 14-5 Policing and Switching
2.3.1 Is the Packet Marked as Green or Yellow? - [21]
Examinethepacketscolor.
Ifthepacketismarkedyellow,policethecurrentrateagainstthePeakInformationRate
(PIR)(section2.3.2onpage 149([22]).
Ifthepacketismarkedgreen,policethecurrentrateagainsttheCommittedInforma
tionRate(CIR)(section2.3.4onpage 1410([26]).
2.3.2 Yellow Packet Police the Packet Against the PIR - [22]
IfthecurrentthroughputrateislessthanthePIR,leavethepacketscolorasyellow
([23])andforwardthepacketforCoStoswitchqueuemapping(section2.3.5[29]).
IfthecurrentthroughputrateisgreaterthanthePIRandburstrate,examinethepacket
todeterminewhetheritshouldbedroppedorrecoloredasred(section2.3.3[24]).
1
1. On1521CLIP,1522CLIP,andHN500devices,packetsthatdonotconformtothePIRareautomaticallydropped.
[21]
[25] [23]
[24]
[22]
[29]
[26]
[27]
violateAction attribute
supported on 1532 CLAS
switches. On 1521
CLIP/1522 CLIP/HN500
devices, non-conforming
packets are automatically
dropped.
Four queues on 1521
devices and 1531 CLAS
switches; eight queues on
1532 CLAS switches.
Four queues on 1521
devices and 1531 CLAS
switches; eight queues on
1532 CLAS switches.
14-10 UNI Commands
2.3.3 Will the Packet be Dropped or Recolored? - [24]
ExaminetheassociatedpolicersviolateActionattribute.
IftheviolateActionattributeissettodrop,discardthepacket.
IftheviolateActionattributeissettopolice,markthepacketasredandforwardthe
packetforCoStoswitchqueuemapping(section2.3.5[29]).
2.3.4 Green Packet Police the Packet Against the CIR - [26]
IfthecurrentthroughputrateisgreaterthantheCIR,leavethepacketscolorasgreen
([27])andforwardthepacketforCoStoswitchqueuemapping(section2.3.5[29]).
IfthecurrentthroughputrateislessthanthePIR,forwardthepacketforPIRpolicing
(section2.3.2onpage 149).
2.3.5 CoS-to-Switch Queue Mapping - [29]
IntheCoStoswitchqueuemappingoperation,thepacketsCoSismappedtoaswitchqueue,
basedonthevaluesinthecosQueueMapattributeoftheQoSobject.
1
Followingthemappingoperation,thepacketisforwardedforegressprocessing.
2.4 Egress Processing
Figure 146showshowpacketflowthroughanegressportiscontrolledbytheconfigurationof
theegressUNIsVLANandEVCbindingattributesandwhetherthepacketwastreatedas
taggedoruntaggedbytheingressUNI.Adescriptionoftheegresspacketflowfollowsthefig
ure.Thenumbersinbracketsarereferencedinthedescriptions.
Warning
The policer objects violateAction attribute described in this section is supported on 1531 CLAS
and HN6100 switches only. On 1521/1522/1523 CLIP devices, packets that do not conform to the
PIR are dropped
automatically.
1. Therearefourqueueson1521CLIP,1522CLIP,andHN500devicesand1531CLASswitches;eightqueueson1532
CLASswitches.
UNI Commands 14-11
Figure 14-6 Egress Processing
2.4.1 Determine the UNIs Port Type - [30]
IstheegressUNIstype(uniPortType)accessortrunk?
Iftheporttypeistrunk,gotosection2.4.2([31]).
Iftheporttypeisaccess(thedefault)gotosection2.4.3([34]).
2.4.2 Will the Packets VLAN be Preserved? - [31], [32], [33]
IftheegressUNIisatrunkport,examinetheegressEVCbindings
vlanPreservationattribute.
[31]
[34]
[36]
[33]
[37] [38]
[32]
[30]
[40]
[39]
[41]
[42] [43] [45]
[35]
[44] [46]
14-12 UNI Commands
Ifoneofthethreefollowingtestsaretrue,forwardthepacket
to[34](section2.4.3)fortagtesting:
[31]IftheegressEVCbindingsvlanPreservationattributeison,or...
[32]IftheegressEVCbindingsvlanPreservationattributeisautoandthebindings
VLANlist(vlanList)attributecontainsmorethanoneVLANID,or...
[33]IsthisthedefaultegressEVCbinding,andifso,ifitsvlanPreservationattribute
auto?(AbindingisthedefaultifaVLANIDinitsVLANlistmatchestheegressUNIs
defaultVLANattribute(defVlanId).)
Iftheallofthepreviousthreetestsarefalse,forwardthepacketto[35](section2.4.4)to
determineifatagshouldbestackedorifthetagshouldberewritten.
2.4.3 Will the Packets Outer VLAN Tag be Stripped? - [34]
IftheegressUNIsporttypeisaccess,orifthepacketsVLANisbeingpreserved,
determinewhetherthepacketneedstohaveitsouterVLANtagstrippedbeforethetagis
forwarded.
IfthepacketwastreatedastaggedbytheingressUNI,stripthepacketsouterVLANtag
([35])andpreparethepackettobetransmitted(section2.4.7[44]).
IfthepacketwastreatedasuntaggedbytheingressUNI,preparethepackettobetransmit
ted(section2.4.7[44]).
2.4.4 Stack or Rewrite the Packets VLAN Tag? - [36]
IfthepacketsVLANisnotbeingpreserved,determinewhetherthepacketneedstohavea
VLANtagstackedonitorwhetherthepacketsVLANtagshouldberewritten:
IfthepacketwastreatedasuntaggedbytheingressUNI,stackaVLANtagontothe
packet,usingthevalueoftheegressEVCbindingsVLANID([37]).Forwardthepacketfor
CoSassignment(section2.4.5[39]).
IfthepacketwastreatedastaggedbytheingressUNI,rewritethepacketsouterVLANtag
withthevalueoftheegressEVCbindingsVLANID([38]).ForwardthepacketforCoS
assignment(section2.4.5[39]).
2.4.5 Assign the Packets CoS Value - [39]
ExaminetheuniCoSexportDeattribute.
IftheexportDeattributeisfalse,usetheCoStoPbitmappingintheUNICoS
egCosPbitMapattributetosetthepacketsCoSvalues[40]).Thenpreparethepackettobe
transmitted(section2.4.7[44]).
UNI Commands 14-13
IftheexportDeattributeistrue,usetheCoStoPbitmappingintheUNICoS
egDeCosPbitMapattributetosetthepacketsCoSvalues([41]).Thenforwardthepacket
todetermineifitsDropEligibleIndicator(DEI)bitshouldbeset(section2.4.7[42]).
2.4.6 Will the Packets Drop Eligible Indicator Bit be Set?- [42]
ExaminetheuniCoSuseDeiattribute.
IftheuseDeiattributeisfalse,preparethepackettobetransmitted(section2.4.7[44]).
IftheuseDeiattributeistrue,setthepacketsDropEligibleIndicator(DEI)bit([43]),then
preparethepackettobetransmitted(section2.4.7[44]).
2.4.7 Transmit the Packet - [44]
ThefinalstepistotransmitthepacketwithanewCRCifrequired.
Ifthepackethasbeenmodified([44]),recalculatethepacketsCRC([45])andtransmitthe
packet([46]).
Ifthepackethasnotbeenmodified,simplytransmitit([46]).
14-14 Packet Processing Examples
3. Packet Processing Examples
Thissectionshowssimpleexamplesofhowpacketprocessingisaffectedbychangestobasic
UNIandEVCbindingattributes.
TheexampleinFigure 147showspacketflowthoughaswitchthatisusingthedefault
attributesforUNIsandEVCbindings.Notethattheswitchtreatsallofthepacketsas
untaggedandallofthepacketsarepassedthroughtheswitchwithnochangestotheirtags.
(ThelegendfortheexamplesislocatedatthebottomofFigure 147.)
Figure 14-7 Packet Processing with System Defaults
Packet Processing Examples 14-15
Example2(Figure 148)showsQtagging(tagstacking)thatresultsfromchangingtheegress
UNIsporttypetotrunk(fromthedefaultofaccess).Asinthedefaultexample,theswitch
treatsallofthepacketsasuntagged.
Becausethepacketsaretreatedasuntagged,onegressthepacketsareQtaggedwiththetag
fromtheegressEVCbindingsVLANlist(inthisexample,222).SeetheflowchartinFigure 14
6onpage 1411forthedetailsofegressprocessing.
Figure 14-8 Q-Tagging (Stacking) Example
Example3(Figure 147)showsVLANtagtranslation,whichoccurswhentheingressand
egressUNIsporttypesaresettotrunk,theVLANlistoftheingressEVCbindingissetto200
andto222fortheegressEVCbinding.
OnlythosepacketstaggedwiththeingressEVCbindingsVLANvalue(200)arepassed
throughtheswitchallotherpacketsaredropped.SeetheflowchartinFigure 143on
page 144forthedetailsofingressprocessing.
Onegress,theVLANtagofthepassedthroughpacketsarerewrittenwiththevalueofthe
egressEVCbindingsVLANlist(inthisexample,222).
Figure 14-9 Tag Translation (Rewriting)
Packet Processing Examples 14-17
Example4(Figure 1410)showspacketbundling,whichcanbeusedtoapplyanouterVLAN
tagtoaspecifiedsetoftaggedpackets.
Forthisexample,theingressUNIsporttypeistrunkanditsreceiveunknown(rxUnknown)
attributeissettofalse.TheVLANlistoftheingressEVCbindingissetto100,200,and400.On
theegressside,theegressEVCbindingsVLANlistissetto222andtheegressUNIsporttype
issettotrunk.
OnlythosepacketstaggedwiththeingressEVCbindingsVLANvaluesof100,200,and400
arepassedthroughtheswitchallotherpacketsaredropped.
Onegress,theVLANtagofthepassedthroughpacketsareQtagged(stacked)withthevalue
oftheegressEVCbindingsVLANlist(inthisexample,222).
Figure 14-10 VLAN Bundling
........
1
Managing UNIs
15
Thischapterdescribesthecommandsformanaginganddisplayinga1531CLASsystems
UserNetworkInterfaces(UNIs).AUNIcontainsattributesthat(togetherwithEVCBinding
attributes)enableyoutomanagehow802.3p/qVLANsareusedbyasystemshighspeednet
workand2BASETLEthernetports.Figure 151showstherelationshipofUNIstotheother
logicalobjectsina1531CLASconnection.
Figure 15-1 UNIs in the 1531 CLAS Architecture
UNIsarebound(withEVCbindings)toEthernetportsorLinkAggregationGroups(LAGs).
UNIsarethelogicalinterfacethatcontainsaportsorLAGsVLANandQualityofService
(QoS)configurationinformation.
Asshowninthefigure,EVCbindingscreatetheassociationbetweenaUNIandanEVC(aser
vice).TheEVCsupportstheprivateandsecuretransferofdatabetweenthoseUNIs(andonly
thoseUNIs).(EVCsandEVCbindingsaredescribedinChapter16.)
15-2 1531 CLAS VLAN Capabilities
ExactlyoneUNIcanbeassociatedwithanEthernetport.AtrunkUNIcanbeboundtomulti
pleEVCs(withmultipleEVCbindings).SeeChapter16:ManagingEthernetServices(EVCs
andEVCBindings)fordescriptionsofEVCsandEVCbindings.
AUNIontheMetroAreaNetworksideofanEVCistypicallyreferredtoasa
networkinterfaceUNIoruplinkUNI.AUNIonthesubscribersideofanEVCistypically
referredtoasasubscribersideUNIorcustomerfacingUNI.
AsshowninFigure 151,UNICoSobjectsareassociateddirectlywithUNIobjects.Whena
UNIiscreated,acompanionUNICoSobjectiscreatedautomatically.EachUNIsUNICoS
objectisresponsibleforcontrollingtheUNIsClassofServiceattributes,suchasthemappings
ofCoStopbitsandCoStoDSCP.TheUNICoSobjectsaredescribedinChapter17.
1. 1531 CLAS VLAN Capabilities
ThecombinationofpacketsVLANIDs,theingressandegressUNIattributes,andthe
attributesoftheEVCbindingsthatbindUNIstoEVCsdeterminehowthe1531CLASmanages
VLANS.
The1531CLAScanmanageVLANsinthreeways:
transparentlyVLANtaggedpacketsareforwardedwithoutchangestothepackets
VLANIDs.TheEVCbindingvlanPreservationattributeisprimarilyresponsibleforcon
trollingVLANtransparency.ThetransparencyoptionappliestoasingleVLANorasetof
VLANs(abundle)perEthernetservice.
translationpacketsouterVLANtagsaretranslated(rewritten)beforethepacketsare
forwardedfromthe1531CLAS.ThetranslationoptionappliestoasingleVLANperEther
netservice.
VLANstacking(orQtagging)thisoptionprependsaVLANtagtopacketsbeforethey
areforwardedfromthe1531CLAS.Stackingcanbeappliedtoallpacketsonasingle
VLAN,tobundledpackets(manyVLANstooneVLAN),ortopacketsfromaparticular
customerorinterface(allVLANstooneVLAN).
2. CLI Commands
Note
To simplify UNI and CoS management, in release 8.0,1, the attributes of the UNI object were
reorganized into attributes for the UNI object and attributes for the new UNI CoS object.
Table 15-1 UNI Commands
showuni DisplaysattributesofoneormoreUNIs.
createuni CreatesaUNIfora1531CLASswitchsEthernetportorLAG.
configuni ConfigurestheattributesofaUNI.
deleteuni DeletesaUNI
Configurable Attributes and Defaults 15-3
TheconfigunicommandrequiresaUNIidentifier(eitheraUNInameoraUNIinstance
number):
conf i g uni uni I d
ThecreateunicommandrequiresaUNInameandaportnumber:
cr eat e uni uni Name por t por t I d
where:
Exceptasnoted,thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwitheithertheconfiguniorcreate
unicommands.
uni Name TherequirednameoftheUNItocreate.ThenamemustbeuniqueamongotherUNInames.
por t I d IdentifieroftheEthernetportorLAGwithwhichtoassociatetheUNI.Oneof:
a2BASETL(bonded)portnumberintherange10011200
aLAGnumberintherange901916
ahighspeednetworkportnumber,whichisathreedigitintegerintheform
theseconddigitisalways0,and
portNoisintherange12.
Forexample,302specifiesEthernetport#2onswitch#3.
uni Por t Type UNIbridgeporttype,oneof:
access(thedefault)
trunk
descr i pt i on AtextualdescriptionoftheUNI.Astringof0 64characters.
i ngVl anCosMap OptionalcommaseparatedlistofVLANIDs(0 4094)andanassociatedCoSvalue(0 7ord).
TaggedpacketswithanyofthespecifiedVLANIDsareassignedtheassociatedCoS(orare
discardediftheCoSvalueisd).IfnoCoSisspecifiedforaVLANID,aCoSisassignedbasedon
thevalueofcosMapType.
Theformatis<VLANIDs>:<COS>where<VLANIDs>iscommaseparatedrangesofVLANIDs.
TheformatisvlanIdvalues:cos(notethecolonbetweenthetwoitems).vlanIdvaluescanbeone
VLANIDvalue,arangeofVLANIDvalues,orcombinationsofVLANIDvaluesandranges,
separatedbycommas.EachcommaseparatedlistofVLANIDvaluesmusthaveacorresponding
cosvalue.Thelistmustnothavespaces.
Examples:
300500,2,200:6associatesVLANIDs300500withCoS6anddisassociatesVLANIDs2and
200fromCoS6
04094:4disassociatesallVLANIDsfromCoS4
10002000:dcausespacketswithVLANIDs10002000tobediscarded.
TocleartheentireVLANID/CoSmap,useavalueofnone,whichisthedefault.
cosMapType OptionaltypeofmappingusedtoassignaCoStoapacketwhenthevalueofingVlanCosMapdoes
notapply.Oneof:
fixedAllpacketsareassignedtheCoSspecifiedbydefCos(thedefault)
pbitTaggedpacketsareassignedaCoSfromingPbitCosMapindexedbythePbitsvalueinthe
802.1Qtag(thedefault).Otherpacketsaretreatedasinthefixedcase.
dscpIPpacketsareassignedaCoSfromingDscpCosMapindexedbytheDSCPvalueintheIP
header.Otherpacketsaretreatedasinthepbitcase.
def Cos OptionaldefaultCoS.Anintegerintherange0 7,withadefaultof1.
AppliestopacketsthatdonotqualifyforCOSmappingviaingVlanCosMap
(regardlessofthevalueofcosMapType),oringPbitCosMap(ifthevalueofcosMapTypeispbit),or
ingDscpCosMap(ifthevalueofcosMapTypeisdscp).
i ngPbi t CosMap Optionalcommaseparatedlistof8CoSvalues(0 7).Thevaluesareusedtomapareceivedtagged
packettoaCoS,basedonthePbitsvalueinthepacketstag.
Thedefaultis0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7.Enterdefaulttousethedefaultmapping.
i ngDscpCosMap OptionalcommaseparatedlistofDSCPvalues(0 63)usedtomapareceivedIPpackettoaCoS(an
integerintherange06),basedontheDSCPvalueinthepacket.
Theformatisdscpvalues:cos(notethecolonbetweenthetwoitems).dscpvaluescanbeoneDSCP
value,arangeofDSCPvalues,orcombinationsofDSCPnumbersandranges,separatedbycommas.
EachcommaseparatedlistofDSCPvaluesmusthaveacorrespondingcosvalue.Thelistmustnot
havespaces.
Forexample,063:0mapsallDSCPvaluestoCOS0and03,58,10,12:1mapsDSCPvalues03,
58,10,and12toCoS1.
Thedefaultmappingis:
d1: d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
1: 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
2: 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
3: 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4: 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6
5: 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7
6: 7 7 7 7
Enterdefaulttousethedefaultmapping.
egCosPbi t Map Optionalcommaseparatedlistof8Pbitsvalues(0 7),usedtoassignaPbitsvaluetoatransmitted
taggedpacket,basedonthepacketsCoS.
Thedefaultis0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7.Enterdefaulttousethedefaultmapping.
t agEt her Type TheEtherTypeusedtoindicatetaggedpackets.Ahexadecimalvalueintherange0x600 0xfffe.The
defaultis0x8100.
def Vl anI d TheVLANIDtoassigntopacketsthatareuntaggedorhaveanunknownVLANID.Anintegerin
therange1 4094.Thedefaultis1.
r xUnt agged WhetheruntaggedpacketsareforwardedonthedefaultVLAN.Oneof:
truereceivedpacketswithoutaVLANtagareassociatedwiththevalueofdefVlanId(thedefault).
falsereceivedpacketswithoutaVLANtagarediscarded.
Thedefaultistrue.
ThisattributeisignoredonaccessUNIs(uniPortType=access).
SeeChapter14:PacketFlowThroughthe1531CLASSwitchfordetailsofhowthe1531
CLASmanagespacketflow.
IfthecustomerservedbyaUNIhasmultipleservices(EVCs)selectedbyVLANIDs,then
theUNImustbeconfiguredwithauniPortTypeoftrunk.Ifthecustomerhasonlyasingle
service,thentheUNIcanbeconfiguredwithauniPortTypeofaccess.
IfaUNIisconfiguredasaccess(theUNIsuniPortTypeattributeisaccess)thenallofthat
UNIstrafficisassignedtooneandonlyoneEVC.AnaccessUNIcanhandleVLANtagged
traffic,untaggedtraffic,orcombinationofboth.However,anaccessUNIsupportsonlyall
VLANstooneVLAN(alltrafficisfromaparticularcustomerorinterface).
AtrunkUNIcanbeconfiguredtoforwarduntaggedpackets,packetswithunknown
VLANIDs,packetswithknownVLANIDs,oranycombinationoftheseoptions.
AVLANID(vlanId)mustbespecifiedforanEVCbindingassociatedwithatrunkUNI.
ThevalueofthisVLANID(theEVCbindingsvlanIdattribute)isusedforVLANtag
stackingorVLANtranslationontrunkUNIs.
ThecreateuniandconfigunicommandstxUntagged(transmituntagged)attributewas
deprecatedinCLI6.0.0.TheattributesfunctionwasreplacedbythevlanPreservation
attributeofEVCbindings(seeEVCBindingAttributesandDefaults on page 167).The
deprecatedtxUntaggedargumentisignoredifentered.
r xUnknown WhethertaggedpacketswithunknownVLANIDsareforwardedonthedefaultVLAN.Oneof:
truepacketsareforwardedandtreatedasiftheywereuntagged(areassociatedwiththevalueof
defVlanId)(thedefault).
falsethepacketsaredropped.
Thedefaultistrue.
ThisattributeisignoredonaccessUNIs(uniPortType=access).
st p TheSpanningTreeProtocol(STP)administrativestate.Oneof:
enableSTPisadministrativelyenabled.
disableSTPisadministrativelydisabled(thedefault).
cosTempl at eI d OptionalnameorinstancenumberofaCoStemplate.Instancenumberisanintegerinthe
range 1 20.
IfacreateuniargumentappearsinboththespecifiedCoStemplateandinthecommandline,the
argumentsvalueinthecommandlinetakesprecedent.
i ngTr ace PackettracingadministrativestateforingressUNIs.Oneof:
enablepackettracingisenabled.
disablepackettracingisdisabled(thedefault).
egTr ace PackettracingadministrativestateforegressUNIs.Oneof:
15-6 Creating a Network Interface UNI
5. Creating a Network Interface UNI
TakethefollowingstepstocreateanetworkinterfaceUNI.
Step 1. Usetheshowuni*commandtodisplayalistofanycurrentUNIsandtheportwith
whichtheyareassociated.AportcanbeassociatedwithonlyoneUNI.
Step 2. Usetheshowethernet*commandtodisplayalistofavailablenetworkEthernet
portsandLAGs.
Step 3. UsethecreateUNIcommandtocreateanewUNI.
AUNInameandtheportnumberwithwhichtoassociatetheUNIarerequired.
SettheuniPortTypetotrunkifyouwanttosupportmultipleEthernetserviceson
thesamephysicalconnectionbyassociatingtheserviceswithdifferentVLANs.
NetworkinterfaceUNIsaretypicallyconfiguredastrunk.Thedefaultforthe
uniPortTypeattributeisaccess.
Configurethedefaultvaluesoftheremainingattributesasrequired.(Youcan
changetheseattributesaftertheUNIiscreatedbyusingtheconfigunicommand.)
ThefollowingexampleusesthesestepstocreateaUNI.
5.1 Examples
###################################
# Di spl ay l i st of exi st i ng UNI s. #
###################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show uni *
UNI par amet er s:
I nst ance uni Name oper uni Por t T numEvcs def Vl an r xUnt r xUnk
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
101 acme_101 l owLayer access 0 1 t r ue t r ue
1001 acme_1001 act i ve access 1 1 t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################
# Di spl ay l i st of Et her net por t s. #
####################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show et her net *
Et her net por t par amet er s:
I nst ance admi n oper aut oneg dupl ex speed r xFl ow t xFl ow l ag
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 enabl e act i ve enabl e f ul l 100 of f of f na
101 enabl e act i ve enabl e f ul l 100 of f of f none
102 enabl e act i ve enabl e f ul l 100 of f of f none
1001 enabl e act i ve na f ul l 45. 632 of f of f none
1002 enabl e act i ve enabl e f ul l 10. 112 of f of f none
1003 enabl e act i ve na f ul l 45. 632 of f of f none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Creating a Network Interface UNI 15-7
######################################################
# Cr eat e a t r unk UNI f or net wor k Et her net por t 102. #
######################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni Net I f _UNI _102 por t 102 uni Por t Type t r unk descr i pt i on
Net I f _UNI _102_Tr unk
UNI 102 ( Net I f _UNI _102) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
uni Por t Type UNI br i dge por t t ype t r unk
numEvcs Number of EVCs bound t o t hi s UNI 0
t agEt her Type Et her t ype f or t agged pkt s 0x8100
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i ve t ext Net I f _UNI _102_Tr unk
st p STP admi ni st r at i ve st at e di sabl e
i ngTr ace I ngr ess t r aci ng admi ni st r at i ve st at e di sabl e
egTr ace Egr ess t r aci ng admi ni st r at i ve st at e di sabl e
Def aul t VLAN par amet er s:
def Vl anI d Def aul t VI D f or unt agged/ unknown pkt s 1
r xUnt agged For war d unt agged pkt s t r ue
r xUnknown For war d packet s wi t h unknown VLAN I Ds t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##################################
# Di spl ay t he new l i st of UNI s. #
##################################
UNI par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
101 ATL_HSM_UNI _18 l owLayer access 1 1 t r ue t r ue
102 Net I f _UNI _102 l owLayer t r unk 0 1 t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
15-8 Creating a Customer-Facing 2BASE-TL Access UNI
6. Creating a Customer-Facing 2BASE-TL Access UNI
Takethefollowingstepstocreateacustomerfacing2BASETLUNI.
Step 1. Usetheshowuni*commandtodisplayalistofthecurrentUNIs.
Step 2. Usetheshowethernet*commandtodisplayalistofavailable2BASETLEthernet
portsandLAGs.
Step 3. UsethecreateUNIcommandtocreateanewUNI.
AUNInameandtheportnumberwithwhichtoassociatetheUNIarerequired.
SettheuniPortTypetotrunkifyouwanttosupportmultipleEthernetserviceson
thesamephysicalconnectionbyassociatingtheserviceswithdifferentVLANs.
Configurethedefaultvaluesoftheremainingattributesasrequired.(Youcan
changetheseattributesaftertheUNIiscreatedbyusingtheconfigunicommand.)
ThefollowingexampleusesthesestepstocreateacustomerfacingUNI.
6.1 Examples
###################################
###################################
UNI par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################
# Di spl ay l i st of Et her net por t s. #
####################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show et her net *
Et her net por t par amet er s:
I nst ance admi n oper aut oneg dupl speed r xFl t xFl l ag mt u
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 enabl e act i ve enabl e f ul l 100 of f of f na 1600
2 di sabl e di sabl ed enabl e unkn 0 of f of f na 1600
101 enabl e down unknown unkn 0 of f of f none 1600
102 enabl e down unknown unkn 0 of f of f none 1600
1010 enabl e act i ve na f ul l 11. 408 of f of f none 1600
1011 enabl e act i ve na f ul l 45. 632 of f of f none 1600
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Creating a Customer-Facing 2BASE-TL Access UNI 15-9
################################################
# Cr eat e an access UNI f or 2BASE- TL por t 1003. #
################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni 2BASE_UNI _1003 por t 1003 descr i pt i on cust _UNI _1003_access
UNI 1003 ( 2BASE_UNI _1003) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
uni Por t Type UNI br i dge por t t ype access
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i ve t ext cust _UNI _1010_access
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##################################
# Di spl ay t he new l i st of UNI s. #
##################################
UNI par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1010 2BASE_UNI _1004 act i ve access 0 1 t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
15-10 Creating a Customer-Facing 2BASE-TL Access UNI
1
Managing Ethernet Services (EVCs and EVC
Bindings)
16
ThischapterdescribeshowtoworkwiththeobjectsthatsupportEthernetservicesinthe1531
CLASarchitecture:
EthernetVirtualCircuits(EVCs)
EVCbindings
1. Introduction to EVCs
Inthe1531CLAS,anEthernetserviceisaninstanceofanEthernetVirtualCircuit(EVC).An
EVCisanassociationbetweentwoormoreUNIs(Figure 161),andtheEVCsupportsthepri
vateandsecuretransferofdatabetweenthoseUNIsandonlythoseUNIs.AUNI(aUser
NetworkInterface)isstandardEthernetinterfacethatisthepointofdemarcationbetweencus
tomerequipmentandaserviceprovidersnetwork.
Figure 16-1 EVCs and EVC Bindings in the 1531 CLAS Architecture
16-2 Introduction to EVCs
The1531CLASsupportsthreeEVCconnectionmodels:pointtopointELine)EVCs,
multipointtomultipoint(ELAN)EVCs,andhubandspoke(Etree)EVCs.
Forpointtopointconnections,anEVCconnectstoexactlytwoUNIs
withexactlytwoEVCbindings.Pointtopointconnectionsareusedin
networkapplicationssuchasdedicatedInternetaccess.
Formultipointtomultipoint(ELAN)connections,anEVCcanconnect
tomultipleUNIs(withmultipleEVCbindings)whichenablesmulti
siteconnectionstothesameEVC.Thisallowsaserviceproviderto
assignasingleVLANtoeachcustomer.ThisVLANisaddedtoeachof
theuserspacketsasthepacketsentertheserviceprovidernetwork.
ThisprocessisknownastagstackingorQTagging.
Hubandspokeconnections,aresimilartomultipointconnections,
exceptleafnodesareautomaticallyprohibitedfromdirect
communication.Hubandspokeconfigurationsaretypicallyusedto
shareVLANservices,suchasbesteffortInternetaccess.
Introduction to EVC Bindings 16-3
2. Introduction to EVC Bindings
AsshowninFigure 161onpage 161,EVCbindingsaretheinterfacesbetweenUNIsand
EVCs.
ThecombinationofingressandegressEVCbindingattributes,packetsVLANIDs,and
ingressandegressUNIattributesdeterminehowpacketsarehandledbythe1531CLAS.
InadditiontotheirroleinmanagingpacketflowbetweenUNIsandEVCs,EVCbindingssup
porttrafficpolicingwithrateandsizelimitscontainedinpolicers.WhenyoucreateanEVC
binding,youcanassociatethebindingwithaningressand/oregresspolicymap.
Apolicymapcontainsalistofpolicers,anda1531CLASselectsapolicerbasedonapackets
CoSvaluesandtheEVCwithwhichthepacketisassociated.Eachpolicercontainsconfig
urabletrafficentriesforcommittedinformationrate,burstrate,peakrate,andexcessburstsize.
2.1 General Rules for EVC Bindings
ThefollowinggeneralrulesapplytoEVCbindings:
AnEVCbindingbindsexactlyoneEVCandoneUNIanEVCbindingcannotbeshared
acrossUNIsorEVCs.
AnaccessUNIcanbeboundtoexactlyoneEVCwithexactlyoneEVCbinding(Figure 162).
AllpacketsreceivedonanaccessUNIareassociatedwithasingleservice
(asingleEVC)ifapackethasaVLANID,theIDisignored.
Figure 16-2 Access UNI - SIngle UNI, EVC Binding, and EVC
16-4 Introduction to EVC Bindings
MultipleEVCs(eachwithanEVCbinding)canbeboundtoatrunkUNI(Figure 163).
(AtrunkportcanmanagepacketsfrommultipleVLANsandclassifythepacketsbasedon
theirVLANtagIDs.Packetsreceivedonatrunkportcanbeassociatedwith
multipleservices.)
EVCbindingsboundtoatrunkUNImustbeconfiguredwithatleastoneVLANID,and
canhavemultipleVLANIDs.
WhenmultipleEVCsareboundtoaUNI,eachEVCcanusetheUNIsentireVLANID
space(4096VLANIDs).
Figure 16-3 Trunk UNI Single UNI With Multiple EVCs and EVC Bindings
CLI Commands 16-5
3. CLI Commands
Table 16-1 EVC and EVC Binding Commands
showevc DisplaysattributesofoneormoreEVCs.
createevc CreatesaEVC.
configevc ConfigurestheattributesofaEVC.
deleteevc DeletesaEVC.
showevcBinding DisplaysUNItoEVCbindingattributes.
createevcBinding CreatesaUNItoEVCbinding.
configevcBinding ConfigureattributesofanexistingUNItoEVCbinding.
deleteevcBinding DeletesaUNItoEVCbinding.
4.1 EVC Attributes and Defaults
TheconfigevccommandrequiresanEVCidentifier(eitheranEVCnameoranEVCinstance
number):
conf i g evc evcI d
ThecreateevccommandrequiresanEVCnameandoptionallyanEVCinstancenumber:
cr eat e evc evcName evcNo evcNo
where:
Exceptwherenoted,thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwitheithertheconfigevcor
createevccommands.
evcName NameforthenewEVC.Thenameisacasesensitivestringof1 32charactersoran
integernumberofatleastfivedigits.Thenamemustnotincludespaces,tabsor
anyof{,:/#},andmustbeuniqueamongotherEVCnames.
evcI d NameornumberoftheEVCtoconfigure.Thenumbermustbeanintegerinthe
range1255.
evcNo OptionalEVCnumberwhenusingthecreateevccommand.Anintegerinthe
range1255.Thedefaultisthefirstavailablenumber.
evcType TheEVCstype.(ThedefaultisanELineEVC.)
TherequiredvalueforevcTypeisoneof:
eline=tocreateapointtopoint(ELine)EVC.
elan=tocreateamultipointtomultipoint(ELAN)EVC
admi n TypeofadministrativestatetoapplytotheEVC.
enable=theEVCsadministrativestateisenabled(thedefault)
disable=theEVCsadministrativestateisdisabled
descr i pt i on Atextualdescription(064characters)oftheEVCbeingcreated.
l i mi t Act i on TheactiontotakeonpacketsaftertheMACaddresslimithasbeenreached.
(AppliesonlytoEVCsofevcTypeelan.)
TherequiredvalueforlimitActionisoneof:
forward=packetsareforwarded(thedefault)
drop=packetsaredropped
4.2 EVC Binding Attributes and Defaults
TherearetwowaystospecifyanEVCbindingtocreateorconfigure:
cr eat e - or - conf i g evcBi ndi ng { uni I d / vl anI d }
cr eat e - or - conf i g evcBi ndi ng { uni I d evcI d evcI d }
Where:
uni I d NameornumberofanexistingUNI.TherearethreeoptionsforspecifyingaUNI
bynumber:
ahighspeednetworkportnumber,whichisathreedigitintegerintheform
theseconddigitisalways0,and
portNoisintherange12.
Forexample,302specifiesEthernetport#2onswitch#3.
a2BASETL(bonded)portnumberintherange10011200
aLAGnumberintherange901916
Note:Either/vlanIdorevcIdevcIdmustfollowtheuniIdvalue.
vl anI d ForthecreateevcBindingcommand:
vl anI d isacommaseparatedlistofVLANIDsforthetrunkUNIspecifiedin
uniId,separatedfromthevalueofuniIdwithabackslash(/)andnospaces.VLAN
IDvaluesareintegersintherange04094.
Thisargumentisrequired(withatleastoneVLANID)iftheassociatedUNIs
uniPortTypeistrunk.Otherwise(iftheUNIsuniPortTypeisaccess),avlanId
valueisnotrequiredandisignoredifspecified.
OnatrunkUNIaVLANIDof0isonlyallowedifthedefVlanIdattributeforthe
associatedUNIis0.
WhenprovidingalistofVLANIDs,separateindividualIDswithacomma.Usea
hyphentospecifyarangeofIDs.Forexample:
createevcBinding101/200500,600,650specifiesVLANIDs200through500,and
IDs600and650.
createevcBinding102/300,310specifiesVLANIDs300and310
FortheconfigevcBindingcommand:
vl anI disaVLANIDforthespecifiedtrunkUNI,intherange0 4094,separated
fromthevalueofuniIdwithabackslash(/)andnospaces.Forexample:config
evcBinding101/220.
IfmorethanoneVLANIDisintheEVCbindingsvlanListattribute,youmust
specifyonlyoneoftheVLANIDsfromthelist.
Note:Foreitherthecreateorconfigcommand,iftheUNIsuniPortTypeisaccess,
avlanIdvalueisnotrequiredandisignoredifspecified.
evcI d Nameornumber(intherange1255)ofanexistingEVCtowhichthespecifiedUNI
isbound.
Exceptwherenoted,thefollowingattributescanbeconfiguredwitheitherthe
configevcBindingorcreateevcBindingcommands.
admi n Typeofadministrativestatetoapplytothebinding.
enable=thebindingsadministrativestateisenabled(thedefault)
disable=thebindingsadministrativestateisdisabled
i ngPol i cyMapI d Foringresspolicing,thenameornumber(intherange14000)ofanexistingpolicy
map.ThevaluemustnotbeequaltothevalueoftheegPolicyMapIdattribute.The
defaultistoperformnoingresspolicing.
i ng2Pol i cyMapI d Forsecondaryingresspolicing,thenameornumber(intherange14000)ofan
existingpolicymap.
Thevalueofing2PolicyMapIdmustnotbeequaltothevalueofeither
egPolicyMapIdoreg2PolicyMap.
egPol i cyMapI d Foregresspolicing,thenameornumber(intherange14000)ofanexistingpolicy
map.ThevaluemustnotbeequaltothevalueoftheingPolicyMapIdattribute.
Thedefaultistoperformnoegresspolicing.
eg2Pol i cyMapI d Forsecondaryegresspolicing,thenameornumber(intherange14000)ofan
existingpolicymap.
Thevalueofeg2PolicyMapIdmustnotbeequaltothevalueofeither
ingPolicyMapIdoring2PolicyMap.
t ype ThetypeofEVCbinding.Thetypeattributeappliesonlytomultipointto
multipoint(elan)EVCs,andisignoredforpointtopoint(eline)EVCs.The
requiredvaluefortypeisoneofstandardorspoke,where:
standard=communicationisallowedbetweenthisEVCbindingandanyother
EVCbinding(thedefault).
spoke=trafficisautomaticallyfilteredtoprohibitcommunicationbetweenthis
EVCbindingandanyotherEVCbindingsoftypespoke.
vl anPr eser vat i on Whethertopreserve(donotrewriteorstack)packetsVLANIDsontheEVC
binding.Oneof:
on=alwayspreserveVLANIDsontheEVCbinding
auto=(thedefault)onlypreserveVLANIDsiftheassociatedUNIisconfigured
tohandleunknownVLANIDs(theUNIsrxUnknownattributeistrue)orthe
EVCbindinghasmorethanoneVLANIDinitsVLANlist(thevlanIdattribute).
off=donotpreserveVLANIDsontheEVCbinding
TheattributecannotbesettooffiftheUNIassociatedwiththeEVCbindingis
configuredtohandleunknownVLANIDsoriftheEVCbindinghasmorethanone
VLANIDinitsVLANlist.
TheattributeisignorediftheEVCbindingisassociatedwithanaccessUNI(the
EVCbindingonanaccessUNIalwayspreservesVLANIDs).
i ngTr ace PackettracingadministrativestateforingressEVCbinding.Oneof:
egTr ace PackettracingadministrativestateforegressEVCbinding.Oneof:
CLI Attribute Description (Continued)
16-10 Configuration Notes EVCs and EVC Bindings
5. Configuration Notes EVCs and EVC Bindings
YoucancreateanEVCwithoutfirstcreatingtheUNIstowhichtheEVCwillbebound.
However,youmustcreatetheUNIsandanEVCbeforeyoucancreatetheUNItoEVC
EVCbindings.
AnEVCcannotberemovedifitisboundtoaUNI.YoumustfirstdeletetheEVCbinding.
IfaUNIsuniPortTypeattributeistrunk,thenatleastoneVLANID(vlanId)mustbespec
ifiedfortheEVCbinding.ThisvalueofthisVLANIDorIDs(thevlanIdattribute)isused
forVLANtagstackingorVLANIDtranslationontrunkUNIs.
TocreatethethreedifferenttypesofEVCserviceconnections,settheEVCandEVCbind
ingattributesasshown:
PointtopointconnectionsettheEVCsevcTypeattributetoeline.
MultipointtomultipointconnectionsettheEVCsevcTypeattributetoelan.
HubandspokeconnectionsettheEVCsevcTypeattributetoelanandthecus
tomerfacingEVCbindingstypeattributestospoke.
AnEVCbindingsvlanIdargumentacceptsalistofVLANIDs.IftheUNIsuniPortType
attributeistrunk,thenaVLANID(vlanId)withatleastoneVLANIDisrequired.
DonotenteravalueforvlanIdiftheassociatedUNIstypeisaccessifavlanIdvalueis
enteredforanaccessUNIassociation,itisignored.
WhencreatingorconfiguringanEVCbindingthatwillconnecttoaUNIthathasother
bindings,aVLANIDspecifiedinthebindingsvlanIdargumentmustbeuniqueacrossthe
VLANIDsoftheotherbindings.AnEVCbindingVLANlistsoverlaperrorisreturnedif
thereisaVLANconflict.Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show evcBi ndi ng 201
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
201 ( uni 201) 10 ( evc201) ena l owL st a aut o 200- 300
1531 CLAS- 1M#
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcBi ndi ng 201/ 250 evcI d evc202
ERROR: EVC bi ndi ng VLAN l i st s over l ap.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
TodisplaythedetailsofanEVCbinding,useeithertheshowevcBindinguniId/vlanIdor
showevcBindinguniIdevcIdevcIdcommands.IfanEVCbindinghasamorethanone
VLANIDassociatedwithit,onlyprovideoneoftheVLANIDswhenusingthe
showevcBindinguniId/vlanIdcommand.
Creating a Service 16-11
6. Creating a Service
TakethefollowingstepstocreateanEVCandbindittoacustomerfacingUNIandanetwork
facingUNI.
Step 1. Typically,youwillcreatetwonewUNIstowhichtoassociateanEVCwithEVCbind
ings(anEVCbindingcanbeassociatedwithonlyoneUNI).Usetheshowuni*com
mandtodisplayalistofavailableUNIs.SeetheChapter15:ManagingUNIsfor
informationaboutcreatingUNIs.
Step 2. UsethecreateevccommandtocreatethenewEVC.Youmustprovideanameforthe
EVC.Optionally,youcanprovide:
a. anEVCnumber.Thedefaultisthenextavailablenumber.
b. anEVCtype,either(multipointtomultipoint(elan)orpointtopoint(eline).The
defaultiseline.
c. administrativestate,eitherenableordisable.Thedefaultisenable.
d. atextualdescriptionoftheEVC.
Step 3. UsethecreateevcBindingcommandtocreatetwoEVCbindingstobindtheEVCto
thetwoUNIs.
6.1 Examples
Thefollowingexamplecreatesapointtopoint(eline)internetservicetoAcmeISPfor
customerA103.
TheUNIsintheexamplewerecreatedinthesectionChapter15:ManagingUNIs.Thenetwork
interfaceUNIis102(atrunkUNInamedNetIf_102)andthe2BASETLUNIis1003(anaccess
UNInamed(2BASE_1003).
###########################################################
# UNI s' 102 and 1003 wi l l be associ at ed wi t h t he new EVC. #
###########################################################
UNI par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
101 acme_101 l owLayer access 0 1 t r ue t r ue
102 Net I f _102 l owLayer t r unk 0 1 t r ue t r ue
1001 acme_1001 act i ve access 1 1 t r ue t r ue
1002 2BASE_1002 l owLayer access 0 1 t r ue t r ue
1003 2BASE_1003 act i ve access 0 1 t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
16-12 Creating a Service
#####################################################################
# Cr eat e t he EVC. The EVC i s poi nt - t o- poi nt ( E- l i ne) - t he def aul t . #
#####################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evc Acme_I SP_Cust 013 descr i pt i on " I nt er net Ser vi ce f or Cust omer A013"
EVC 1 ( Acme_I SP_Cust 013) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
oper Oper at i onal st at e i ncompl et e
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i ve t ext I nt er net Ser vi ce f or Cust omer A013
evcType EVC t ype el i ne
numUni s Number of bound UNI s ( act i ve/ t ot al ) 0/ 0
i pAddr ess I P addr ess of t hi s EVC na
l i mi t Act i on MAC Addr ess l i mi t act i on f or war d
1531 CLAS- 1M#
########################################################################################
# Cr eat e t he f i r st EVC bi ndi ng f or t he new EVC ( EVC 1) , connect i ng t he EVC t o UNI 102. #
# UNI 102 i s a net wor k- f aci ng t r unk UNI , and t he bi ndi ng wi l l add VLAN I D 103 t o #
# t he cust omer t r af f i c. #
########################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcbi ndi ng 102/ 103 evcI d Acme_I SP_Cust 013
EVC Bi ndi ng 102 ( Net I f _102) / 103 evcI d 1 ( Acme_I SP_Cust 013) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
t ype EVC bi ndi ng t ype st andar d
r xUnt agged For war d unt agged packet s na
r xUnknown For war d packet s wi t h unknown VLAN I Ds na
vl anPr eser vat i on Whet her t o al ways pr eser ve VLAN I Ds aut o
i ngPol i cyMapI d I ngr ess pol i cy map I D 0 ( none)
i ng2Pol i cyMapI d Secondar y i ngr ess pol i cy map I D 0 ( none)
egPol i cyMapI d Egr ess pol i cy map I D 0 ( none)
eg2Pol i cyMapI d Secondar y egr ess pol i cy map I D 0 ( none)
vl anLi st VLAN I Ds t hat map UNI t o EVC 103
connect Mgmt Whet her connect ed t o management por t di sabl e
i pMgmt Whet her I P cr eat ed on EVC Bi ndi ng di sabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Creating a Service 16-13
############################################################################################
# Cr eat e t he second EVC bi ndi ng f or EVC 1, connect i ng t he EVC t o cust omer - f aci ng UNI 1003, #
# whi ch i s an access UNI . Ther ef or e, no VLAN I D i s r equi r ed. #
############################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcBi ndi ng 1003 evcI d Acme_I SP_Cust 013
EVC Bi ndi ng 1003 ( 2BASE_1003) evcI d 3 ( Acme_I SP_Cust 013) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
uni Por t Type UNI br i dge por t t ype access
vl anLi st VLAN I Ds t hat map UNI t o EVC none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##############################################
# Di spl ay det ai l s of t he newl y- cr eat ed EVC. #
##############################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show evc 1
EVC 1 ( Acme_I SP_Cust 013) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i ve t ext I nt er net Ser vi ce f or Cust omer A013
numUni s Number of bound UNI s ( act i ve/ t ot al ) 1/ 2
i pAddr ess I P addr ess of t hi s EVC na
l i mi t Act i on MAC Addr ess l i mi t act i on f or war d
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
102 ( Net I f _102 1 ( Acme_I SP_Cu ena l owL st a aut o 103
1003 ( 2BASE_10 1 ( Acme_I SP_Cu ena act i st a aut o none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
16-14 Creating a Service
##########################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l s of t he net wor k- i nt er f ace EVC bi ndi ng. #
##########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show evcBi ndi ng 102/ 103
EVC Bi ndi ng 102 ( Net I f _102) evcI d 3 ( Acme_I SP_Cust 013) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Atthispointyoushouldbeabletotransmituntaggedtrafficintothe1521CLIPdevice
untaggedandobservethatthecustomerstraffichasVLAN103addedtoitasitisforwarded
fromthe1531CLAShighspeedmoduleport.
Ethernet Service Examples 16-15
7. Ethernet Service Examples
ThefollowingaresimpleexamplesofsomeEthernetserviceconfigurations.
7.1 E-LINE Service Stacking, All-to-One VLAN Bundling
Figure 166isanexampleofasimpleELINEservicethatforwardsallincomingpacketsfrom
theingresssideaccessUNItoserviceEVC1.Thepacketsarestacked(Qtagged)withVLAN
ID440andforwardedtothenetwork.
Figure 16-4 E-LINE Service All VLANs-to-One Bundling
TheCLIcommandstocreatethisexampleareshownbelow.
# Cr eat e t he egr ess UNI .
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni up1 por t 202 uni por t t ype t r unk r xUnt agged f al se r xUnknown f al se
# Cr eat e t he i ngr ess UNI .
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni cpe1 por t 1010 uni por t ype access
# Cr eat e t he EVC.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evc EVC1
# Cr eat e t he i ngr ess EVC bi ndi ng f or t he EVC.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcbi ndi ng cpe1 evc EVC1
# Cr eat e t he egr ess EVC bi ndi ng f or t he EVC.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcbi ndi ng up1/ 440 evc EVC1
16-16 Ethernet Service Examples
7.2 E-LINE Service Stacking, Many-to-One VLAN Bundling
Figure 165isanexampleofanELINEservicethathastwoservices(twoEVCs).Incoming
packetswithVLANIDsof1020and100120areforwardedthroughEVC1,stacked(Qtagged)
withaVLANIDof500,andforwardedtothenetwork.IncomingpacketswithVLANIDsof
3040and130140areforwardedthroughEVC2,stacked(Qtagged)withaVLANIDof501,
andforwardedtothenetwork.
Figure 16-5 E-LINE Service Many VLANs-to-One Bundling
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni up1 por t I d 101 uni por t t ype t r unk r xUnt agged f al se r xUnknown f al se
# Cr eat e t he i ngr ess UNI .
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni cpe1 por t I d 1005 uni por t ype t r unk r xUnt agged f al se r xUnknown f al se
# Cr eat e t he f i r st EVC.
# Cr eat e t he i ngr ess EVC bi ndi ng f or t he f i r st EVC.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcBi ndi ng cpe1/ 10- 20, 100- 120 evc EVC1
# Cr eat e t he egr ess EVC bi ndi ng f or t he f i r st EVC.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcBi ndi ng up1/ 500 evc EVC1
# Cr eat e t he second EVC.
# Cr eat e t he i ngr ess EVC bi ndi ng f or t he second EVC. Not e t hat t he EVC bi ndi ng name ( cpe1)
# i s t he same as was used f or t he i ngr ess bi ndi ng f or t he f i r st EVC. But because t he VLAN l i st
# i s di f f er ent , t he bi ndi ng i s a separ at e obj ect .
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcBi ndi ng cpe1/ 30- 40, 130- 140 evc EVC2
# Cr eat e t he egr ess EVC bi ndi ng f or t he second EVC.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcBi ndi ng up1/ 501 evc EVC2
Ethernet Service Examples 16-17
7.3 E-LAN Service Transparent LAN Service
Figure 166isanexampleofatransparentELANservicethatallowsacustomerwithmultiple
locations(onmultipleVLANs)tobundleandforwardtheirtraffictonetworkVLAN500by
stacking(Qtagging)thetrafficwithVLANID500.
Figure 16-6 Transparent LAN Service With Tag Stacking
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni up1 por t 101 uni Por t Type t r unk r xUnt agged f al se r xUnknown f al se
# Cr eat e t he t hr ee i ngr ess UNI s.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni cpe1 por t 1001 uni por t ype t r unk
# Cr eat e t he EVC.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evc TLS1 evct ype el an
# Cr eat e t he egr ess EVC bi ndi ng.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcbi ndi ng up1/ 500 evc TLS1
# Cr eat e t he t hr ee i ngr ess EVC bi ndi ngs.
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e evcbi ndi ng cpe1/ 1 evc TLS1
16-18 Troubleshooting Ethernet Services
8. Troubleshooting Ethernet Services
ThefollowingareproblemsrelatingtoEthernetserviceswithsuggestionsforresolvingthe
problems.
8.1 I Created an Ethernet Service, but Cannot Ping the Router from the
Customer Site
Figure 167illustratesacommon(butsimplified)approachfordeliveringDedicatedInternet
Access(DIA)services.Atthecustomerpremisesthe1521CLIPprovidesanuntaggednative
Ethernetinterface,typicallytoacustomerfirewall/router.The1531CLASthenaddsaVLAN
onapercustomer/servicebasis.TheupstreamserviceproviderEthernetswitchaggregates
manyVLANsandtrunkstheseintohigherspeedrouterinterfaces.Therouterwillthentypi
callymapaVLANtoacustomerspublicIPaddress.
Figure 16-7 Delivering Dedicated Internet Access Services
InlargerserviceprovidernetworkstheremaybemanyEthernetswitches,transport(SONET
forexample)equipment,MPLSequipment,etc.,betweenthe1531CLASandtheInternet
Router.
Troubleshooting Ethernet Services 16-19
TheNOCcanvalidatethenetworksideoftheEthernetservicebeforeafieldtechniciangoes
tothecustomersite.Thistroubleshootingtechniqueisaccomplishedbyassigningthecus
tomersrouterIPaddresstotheEthernetserviceonthe1531CLAS.Youcanthenusethe1531
CLASpingcommandtopingtheInternetrouterinterfaceaddress.Ifthepingissuccessful,
thenyouknowyouhaveavalidcircuitfromthe1531CLASallthewaytotheInternetrouter.
ThistechniqueusesthepingtechniqueovertheCPECVLAN,showninFigure 168.
Figure 16-8 Using the CPE-C VLAN to ping
YoucanusethesametechniquetovalidatetheEthernetcircuitfromthe1531CLAStothecus
tomersite.TypicallythefieldtechnicianwillconfiguretheirlaptopwiththecustomerrouterIP
address.TheNOCwouldthenconfigurethe1531CLASEthernetservicewiththecustomer
publicIPaddress(the1531CLASactsastheInternetrouter).
Note: Thefieldtechnicianmustdisablethefirewallontheirlaptoptoallowpingtowork
correctly.
1531 CL AS
Internet
Router
Ethernet
Switch
Assign Customer
Public IP Address to
CPE " C" VLAN
Assign Customer
Router IP Address to
Ethernet Service CPE
" C" VLAN
" ping"
8.2 Should I Use Autonegotiate or Configure the Customer-Facing
Ethernet Port to a Fixed Speed and Duplex?
Generally,itisrecommendedthatyouuseafixedEthernetspeedandduplex.Ifyouarepro
vidinga10MbpsEthernetservicethenyoucanconfiguretheEthernetportto10Mbps/Full
Duplex.
Mostmodernnetworkingequipmentwillautonegotiatetothehighestspeedandachievefull
duplex.Ifyoudouseautonegotiate,makesurethattheEthernetlinkachievesfullduplex.If
youdonotachievefullduplextheEthernetthroughputwillbedegraded.
ItisalsoveryimportanttocheckbothsidesoftheEthernetlinkonboththe1521CLIPequip
mentandthecustomeredgeequipment(router,firewall,etc.)Ifbothsidesdonotagree,the
Ethernetthroughputwillbedegraded,ordiscardedalltogether.Thisistrueevenifyouseethe
EthernetlinkLEDactive.
8.3 How Do I Configure a Customer-Facing Ethernet Port to a Fixed
Speed and Duplex?
Thefollowingisanexampleofconfiguringacustomerfacing1521CLIPEthernetporttoa
fixedspeedof10Mbpsandfullduplex.Youcanconfigurethe1521CLIPportfromthe1531
CLASbyusingthecpe2bpmeprefix.Intheexample,the1521CLIPisattachedtothe1531
CLASbondedport1003.
Note: Althoughsome1521CLIPmodelssupportmorethanoneEthernetport,thisexample
usesEthernetport1.
############################################################
# Di spl ay t he cur r ent st at e of 1521 CL I P Et her net por t 1. #
############################################################
CPE 1001 Et her net por t 1 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
l acpOper LACP oper at i onal st at e na
aut onegot i at e Aut o- negot i at i on( conf i g/ act ual ) enabl e/ enabl e
dupl ex Dupl ex mode ( conf i g/ act ual ) aut o/ f ul l
speed Por t speed ( Mbps) ( conf i g/ act ual ) aut o/ 100
macAddr ess MAC addr ess 00: 05: 7a: 01: f 1: f 8
l ag LAG number na
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###############################
# Di sabl e t he Et her net por t . #
###############################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g et her net 1 admi n di sabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#####################################################
# Set t he por t ' s speed t o 10 Mbps and f ul l dupl ex. #
#####################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g et her net 1 speed 10 dupl ex f ul l
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#################################
# Re- enabl e t he Et her net por t . #
#################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cpe 1001 conf i g et her net 1001 admi n enabl e
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#########################################
# Ver i f y t he speed and dupl ex changes. #
#########################################
CPE 1001 Et her net por t 1 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
l acpOper LACP oper at i onal st at e na
aut onegot i at e Aut o- negot i at i on( conf i g/ act ual ) enabl e/ enabl e
dupl ex Dupl ex mode ( conf i g/ act ual ) f ul l / f ul l
speed Por t speed ( Mbps) ( conf i g/ act ual ) 10/ 10
macAddr ess MAC addr ess 00: 05: 7a: 01: f 1: f 8
l ag LAG number na
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Itisimportantthatyouverifythespeedandduplexsettingsofthelink.Ifyouuseautonegoti
ate,youmayachieveEthernetlink,butitmayestablishahalfduplexconnection,whichwill
adverselyaffectthesymmetricalthroughput.
8.4 Do I Need an Ethernet Crossover Cable?
The1531CLASsupportsMDI/MDIX(MediumDependentInterfaceandMediumDependent
InterfaceCrossover)Ethernetportsthatdonotrequirecrossovercables.However,customer
equipmentthatisattachedtothe1531CLASmaynotsupportMDI/MDIXconnections,anda
crossovercablemayberequired.
8.5 When using a Fixed Speed and Full Duplex, Should Autonegotiate be
Enabled?
Inmostcases,youshouldleaveautonegotiateenabledeventhoughyouareusingafixedspeed
andduplex.However,someoldernetworkingequipmentwillrequireyoutodisableit.
Asastartingpointitisrecommendedthatyouleaveautonegotiateenabled(thedefault)rec
ommendthatyouleaveitenabledanduseacrossoverEthernetcable.Ifyouareunableto
establishannEthernetlink,disableautonegotiate.
........
1
Managing Class of Service
17
ThischapterdescribeshowtoworkwiththeobjectsthatsupportClassofService(CoS)inthe
1531CLASsystems.CoSisaprioritylevelthatcontrolsthelatencyoftrafficthroughthe1531
CLAS.Whenyouprovisionan1531CLAS,youcanprovidemappingsofapacketsCoSmark
ingstoan1531CLASinternalCoSvalue.
The1531CLAShasfourweightedtrafficmanagementqueuesthatyoucanusetoprioritize
trafficbasedonpacketsCoS.
17-2 UNI CoS Attributes and Defaults
1. UNI CoS Attributes and Defaults
Inthe1531CLAS,CoSattributesaresupportedbytheUNICoSobject(Figure 171).
WhenaUNIiscreated,acompanionUNICoSobjectiscreatedautomatically.TheUNICoSis
assignedthesamenameasitscompanionUNI.TheUNIsUNICoSobjectisresponsiblefor
controllingtheUNIsClassofServiceattributes,suchasCoStopbitandCoStoDSCP
mappings.
YoucanconfigureanddisplayUNICoSattributesyoucannotdeleteaUNICoS.
Figure 17-1 Policy Maps and Policers in the 1531 CLAS Architecture
Note
To simplify UNI and CoS management, in release 8.0,1, the attributes of the UNI object were
reorganized into attributes for the UNI object and attributes for the new UNI CoS object.
UNI CoS Attributes and Defaults 17-3
Table171onpage 173summarizestheattributesthataresupportedbyUNICoSobjects.You
canalsorefertothesectionCoSandPacketColorProcessing on page 146foranillustration
anddescriptionsofhowCoSaffectspacketflow.
Table 17-1 CoS-Related Attributes and Default Settings for the UNI CoS Object
UNI CoS Attribute Description and Default Setting
uni I d NameoftheUNICoStoconfigurethenameisthesameastheUNIwithwhichtheUNI
CoSisassociated.
i ngVl anCosMap7 OptionalcommaseparatedlistofVLANIDs(0 4094)andanassociatedCoSvalue(0
7ord).
TaggedpacketswithanyofthespecifiedVLANIDsareassignedtheassociatedCoS(or
arediscardediftheCoSvalueisd).IfnoCoSisspecifiedforaVLANID,aCoSis
assignedbasedonthevalueofcosMapType.
TheformatisvlanIdvalues:cos(notethecolonbetweenthetwoitems).vlanIdvalues
canbeoneVLANIDvalue,arangeofVLANIDvaluesinationsofVLANIDvaluesand
ranges,separatedbycommas.EachcommaseparatedlistofVLANIDvaluesmusthave
acorrespondingcosvalue.Thelistmustnothavespaces.
Examples:
300500,2,200:6associatesVLANIDs300500withCoS6anddisassociatesVLAN
IDs2and200fromCoS6
04094:4disassociatesallVLANIDsfromCoS4
10002000:dcausespacketswithVLANIDs10002000tobediscarded.
TocleartheentireVLANID/CoSmap,useavalueofnone,whichisthedefault.
cosMapType OptionaltypeofmappingusedtoassignaCoStoapacketwhentheingVlanCosMap
settingdoesnotcreateamapping.Oneof:
fixedAllpacketsareassignedtheCoSspecifiedbydefCos
pbitThedefault.TaggedpacketsareassignedaCoSfromingPbitCosDeMapindexed
bythePbitsvalueinthe802.1Qtag.Otherpacketsaretreatedasinthefixedcase.
dscpIPpacketsareassignedaCoSfromingDscpCosMapindexedbytheDSCPvalue
intheIPheader.Otherpacketsaretreatedasinthepbitcase.
def Cos OptionaldefaultCoS.Anintegerintherange0 7,withadefaultof1.Appliestopackets
thatdonotqualifyforingVlanCosMapCoSmapping(regardlessofthevalueof
cosMapType);orbyingPbitCosDeMap(ifcosMapTypeispbit);orbyingDscpCosMap
(ifcosMapTypeisdscp).
i ngPbi t CosDeMap OptionalcommaseparatedlistofeightCoSvalues(0 7),usedtomapareceivedtagged
packettoaCoS.IfthetheoptionaldvalueisappendedtotheCoSvalue,thosepackets
willbedropeligible(coloredyellow).
Youcanalsoenteroneofthefollowingidentifierstospecifyastandardmapping:
8p0d 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7(thedefault)
7p1d 0,1,2,3,4d,4,6,7
6p2d 0,1,2d,2,4d,4,6,7
5p3d 0d,0,2d,2,4d,4,6,7
expor t De WhethertoexportDE(DropEligible)statususingegDeCosPbitMap.Oneof:
trueexportDEstatus.
falsedonotexportDEstatus..
WhenbothexportDEanduseDeiaretrue,DEstatuswillalsobeexportedusingDEI(the
dropEligibleIndicator).
egCosPbi t Map OptionalcommaseparatedlistofeightPbitsvalues(07)usedtoassignaPbitsvalueto
atransmittedtaggedpacket,basedonthepacketsCoS.WhenexportDEistrue,
egCosPbitMapisonlyusedifthepacketisnotDEDropEligible.
8p0d 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7(thedefault)
7p1d 0,1,2,3,4,4,6,7
6p2d 0,1,2,2,4,4,6,7
5p3d 0,0,2,2,4,4,6,7
egDeCosPbi t Map OptionalcommaseparatedlistofeightPbitsvalues(07)toassigntoatransmitted
taggedpacket,basedonthepacketsCoS.UsedonlywhenexportDeistrueandthe
packetisDE(DropEligible).
8p0d 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7(thedefault)
7p1d 0,1,2,3,4,4,6,7
6p2d 0,1,2,2,4,4,6,7
5p3d 0,0,2,2,4,4,6,7
deRul e SetsthedropeligibilityruleforingPbitCosDeMap,egCosPbitMapand
egDeCosPbitMaptooneofthefollowingstandardmappings:
none(thedefault).
8p0d
7p1d
6p2d
5p3d
IfanyofingPbitCosDeMap,egCosPbitMaporegDeCosPbitMapareinthecommand
linetheytakeprecedenceoverdeRule.
useDei WhethertousetheDEI(DropEligibleIndicator)intaggedpacketstoimportandexport
dropeligibility.Oneof:
truethepacketsDEIisused.
falsethepacketsDEIisnotused(thedefault).
Table 17-1 CoS-Related Attributes and Default Settings for the UNI CoS Object (Continued)
1.1 Mapping CoS Values
The1531CLASsupportseightinternalCoSvalues(07)fordatatraffic,where7isthehighest
priority(mostimportant)trafficand0thelowestpriority.
TherearethreeoptionsformappinginternalCoSvaluestopacketsCoSvalues(setbyusing
thecosMapTypeattributeofthecreate/configunicommands):
fixedallpacketsareassignedtheCoSspecifiedbythecreate/configunicommands
defCosattribute(thedefault)
pbittaggedpacketsareassignedaCoSfromthecreate/configunicommands
ingPbitCosDeMapattribute,indexedbythePbitsvalueinthe802.1Qtag.Otherpackets
aretreatedasinthefixedcase.
dscpIPpacketsareassignedaCoSfromthecreate/configunicommands
ingDscpCosMapattribute,indexedbytheDSCPvalueintheIPheader.Otherpacketsare
treatedasinthepbitcase.
i ngDscpCosMap AcommaseparatedlistofDSCPvalues(0 63)usedtomapareceivedIPpackettoa
CoS,basedontheDSCPvalueinthepacket.
Theformatforthelistisdscpvalues:coswheredscpvaluescontainscomma
separatedrangesofDSCPvaluesandcosisanintegerintherange0 7.Thelistcannot
containspaces.
Forexample,aningDscpCosMapvalueof03,58,10,12:1mapstoaCoSvalueof1any
packetsthatcontainDSCPvaluesof03,58,10,and12.
Thedefaultmappingis:
d1: d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
1: 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
2: 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
3: 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4: 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6
5: 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7
6: 7 7 7 7
Enterthevalueofdefaulttousethedefaultmapping.
cosTempl at eI d OptionalnameorinstancenumberofaCoStemplatetousewiththeUNI.Instance
numberisanintegerintherange120.IfanyattributeintheCoStemplateisalsointhe
CLIcommandline,theattributevaluefromthecommandlineisused.
Table 17-1 CoS-Related Attributes and Default Settings for the UNI CoS Object (Continued)
Youcanmaponepbitvalue(orDSCPvalue)toone1531CLASCoSvalueoryoucanmapa
rangeofpbitorDSCPvaluestoan1531CLASCoSvalue.Forexample,thecommand
configuni302ingPbitCosDeMap0,0,0,2,2,4,7,7resultsintheingressCoSmappingshownin
Table172.
ThedefaultCoSmappingis0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7.
Table 17-2 Example Mapping of Packet Priority Values to 1531 CLAS CoS
Packets P-bit Values P-bit Values Mapped to:
02
1531CLASCoSlevel0
3,4
1531CLASCoSlevel2
5
1531CLASCoSlevel4
6,7
1531CLASCoslevel7
1.2 Examples
##################################################################
# Cr eat e a t r unk UNI named " acme, " t he conf i gur e i t s UNI CoS #
# wi t h i ngr ess CoS p- bi t s mapped as f ol l ows: #
# #
# - packet CoS 0- 2 mapped t o i nt er nal CoS of 0 #
# - packet CoS 3 and 4 mapped t o i nt er nal CoS of 2 #
# - packet CoS 5 mapped t o i nt er nal CoS of 4 #
# - packet CoS 6 and 7 mapped t o i nt er nal CoS of 7 #
##################################################################
####################
# Cr eat e t he UNI . #
####################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e uni acme por t 1011 uni Por t Type t r unk
UNI 1011 ( acme) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#################################
# Conf i gur e t he UNI s UNI CoS. #
#################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g uni Cos acme i ngPbi t CosDeMap 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 7, 7
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################
# Di spl ay t he UNI CoS at t r i but es. #
####################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show uni Cos acme
UNI 1011 ( acme) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
i ngVl anCosMap I ngr ess VLAN- t o- COS mappi ng none
cosMapType Type of mappi ng t o assi gn COS t o pkt s pbi t
def Cos COS f or f i xed cosMapType & unt agged pkt s 1
i ngPbi t CosDeMap I ngr ess P- bi t - t o- COS/ DE mappi ng 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 7, 7
egCosPbi t Map Egr ess COS- t o- P- bi t mappi ng 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
expor t De Whet her t o expor t DE st at us f al se
egDeCosPbi t Map Egr ess DE COS- t o- P- bi t mappi ng 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
deRul e St andar d DE r ul e bei ng used none
useDei Use DEI t o i mpor t / expor t DE f al se
i ngDscpCosMap I ngr ess DSCP- t o- COS mappi ng:
d1: d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
1: 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
2: 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
3: 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4: 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6
5: 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7
6: 7 7 7 7
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
1
Managing Quality of Service
18
ThischapterdescribeshowtoworkwiththeobjectsthatsupportQualityofService(QoS)in
the1531CLASsystems.
TheQoSfacilitycontrolspacketsdiscardeligibilityanddetermineshowmuchtrafficthe1531
CLASallowsintoandoutofthenetwork.Thetrafficstreamiscontrolledbythe1531CLAS
policersandpolicymaps,usingthefollowingattributes:
trafficrateinKbps
peakrateinKbps
burstsizeinbytes
excessburstsizeinbytes
18-2 QoS Attributes and Defaults
1. QoS Attributes and Defaults
Inthe1531CLAS,QoSattributesaresupportedbythefollowingobjects(Figure 181):
UNIs
EVCbindings
Policersandpolicymaps
Figure 18-1 Policy Maps and Policers in the 1531 CLAS Architecture
Table181onpage 183summarizestheCLIcommandsandtheirattributesthatareassociated
withmanagingQoS.NotethatthetableonlyincludesthecommandsQoSrelated
attributesnotthecompletesetofthecommandsarguments.
QoS Attributes and Defaults 18-3
Table 18-1 QoS-Related Commands, Attributes, and Default Settings
Command(s) Argument Description and Default Setting
createevcBinding,
configevcBinding
egPol i cyMapI d Foregresspolicing,thenameornumber(intherange14000)ofanexisting
policymap.ThedefaultisfortheEVCbindingtoperformnoegresspolicing.
i ngPol i cyMapI d Foringresspolicing,thenameornumber(intherange14000)ofanexisting
policymap.ThedefaultisfortheEVCbindingperformnoingresspolicing.
createpolicer,
configpolicer
cosLi st AcommaseparatedlistofCoSvalues(07)orvalueranges(forexample,
cosList1,35,7means1,3,4,5,7)tobeassignedtothepolicer.
PacketswithanyofthespecifiedCoSvalueswillbemappedtothispolicer.CoS
valuesareremovedfromotherpolicerswhentheyareassignedtothisone.
configqos cosQueueMap AcommaseparatedlistthatmapsCoSvaluesto1531CLASqueuenumbers.
ThelistcontainseightentriescorrespondingtotheCoSvalues0 7.Eachentry
containsaqueuenumber(0,1,2,or3).
Forexample,acosQueueMapof0,0,1,1,2,2,3,3mapsCoSvalues0and1to
queue0,CoSvalues2and3toqueue1,CoSvalues4and5toqueue2,andCoS
values6and7toqueue3..
Thedefaultis1,0,0,1,2,2,3,3,whichmapsCoSvalues0and3toqueue1,CoS
values1and2toqueue0,CoSvalues4and5toqueue2,andCoSvalues6and
7toqueue3.
schedul er Wei ght s Acommaseparatedlistoffourweightvalues(integersintherange1 50)for
weightedscheduling.Thefirstvalueappliesto1531CLASqueue0,thesecond
toqueue1,thethirdtoqueue2,andthefourthtoqueue3.
Thedefaultweightsare1,2,4,50(queue0sweightis1,queue1sweightis2,
queue2sweightis4,andqueue3sweightis50).
18-4 QoS Attributes and Defaults
1.1 Managing Traffic Flow Weighted Scheduling Queues
Thissectiondescribesthecommandsformanagingthe1531CLASsweightedtrafficqueues.
UsetheconfigqoscommandtochangethemappingofpacketCoSvaluesto1531CLASqueue
numbersandtochangetheschedulingweightsforthequeues.
ThedefaultCoStoqueuenumbermappingis1,0,0,1,2,2,3,3whichmeansthat:
CoSvalues0and3aremappedtoqueue1
Table183showsadifferentviewofthedefaultmapping.
YoucanchangethismappingwiththeconfigqoscosQueueMapcosQueueMapcommand.
Thedefaultschedulingweights(whichareintegersintherange150)forthefourqueuesare:
1forqueue0
2forqueue1
4forqueue2
50forqueue3
Higherschedulingweightsrepresenthigherpriority,soforthedefaultsettings,queue
number3hasthehighestpriority.
Table 18-2 QoS Queue Commands
showqos Displaysattributestheswitchsweightedschedulingqueues.
configqos Configuresattributesweightedschedulingqueues.
Table 18-3 Example CoS-to-Queue Mapping Table
CoS
Position
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Value 1 0 0 1 2 2 3 3
Queue 0 1 2
Queue 1 0 3
Queue 2 4 5
Queue 3 6 7
Managing Traffic Flow Policy Maps and Policers 18-5
1.1.1 Examples
###############################################
# Change t he QoS schedul er queue assi gnment s. #
###############################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g qos cosQueueMap 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#######################
# Ver i f y t he change. #
#######################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show qos
QoS par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
schedul er Schedul i ng di sci pl i ne 4q
schedul er Wei ght s Wei ght f or wei ght ed queui ng 1, 2, 4, 50
cosQueueMap CoS ( 0- 7) t o Queue ( 0- 3) mappi ng 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3
1531 CLAS- 1M#
2. Managing Traffic Flow Policy Maps and Policers
Thissectiondescribesthecommandsformanagingpolicymapsandpolicers,whichenable
youtosetandenforceQualityofService(QoS)policiesfortrafficflows.
2.1 CLI Commands
AsshowninFigure 181onpage 182,policymapsareassociatedwithEVCbindings,anda
policymaphasassociatedwithitoneormorepolicers.Byassociatingapolicymapwithan
EVCbinding,youcanpoliceingressingtraffic(theingPolicyMapIdattributeofEVCbind
ings),egressingtraffic(theegPolicyMapIdofEVCbindings),orbothkindsoftraffic.
Table 18-4 Policy Map and Policer Commands
showpolicyMap Displaysattributesofoneormorepolicymaps.
createpolicyMap Createsapolicymap.
deletepolicyMap Deletesapolicymap.
showpolicer Displaysattributesofoneormorepolicers.
createpolicer Createsapolicer.
configpolicer Configuresattributesofapolicer.
deletepolicer Deletesapolicer.
18-6 Managing Traffic Flow Policy Maps and Policers
Apolicerenablesyoutoratelimitandburstsizelimittrafficbysettingthefollowing
attributes:
committedtrafficrate(CIR)inKbps
peakrate(PIR)inKbps
committedburstsizeinbytes(BC)
excessburstsizeinbytes(BE)
Ifoneoftheserateorburstsizelimitsisexceeded,youhavetheoptionofpolicingthepackets
ordroppingthem.
Whenapolicymapisenabled,the1531CLASexaminesapacketsCoSvaluesanddetermines
whichEVCthepacketisassociatedwith.Thisinformationispresentedtothepolicymap,
whichusestheinformationasanindextodeterminewhatpolicertoapplytothepacket
(Figure 182).
Figure 18-2 Policy Map Lookup
2.2 Coloring Packets
Whencongestionoccurs,apolicersCIRandPIRvaluesareusedtodeterminetherelativedis
cardprioritiesofthepacketsthatareingressingviathatpolicer.
AsshowninFigure 183,packetsthatdonotexceedtheirpolicersCIRlimitaremarkedas
green,andthesepacketshavethelowestdiscardpriority.PacketsthatexceedtheCIRlimit
butdonotexceedthePIRlimitaremarkedasyellow,andthesepacketshavethenextlowest
highestpriority.PacketsthatexceedthePIRlimitaremarkedasred.Onthe1531CLAS
devices,packetsmarkedasredcanbeautomaticallydiscarded(dependingonthesettingofthe
UNICoSviolateActionattribute).
Figure 18-3 Packet Coloring
Bydefault,therearenoinstancesofpolicymapsorpolicers.
Bydefault,apolicerisautomaticallycreatedwhenyoucreateapolicymap.
Tocreateapolicermanually,atleastonepolicymapmustbepresentonthesystem.
Afterapolicymapiscreated,youcannotconfigureitsattributes.
Creatingapolicymaprequiresthatyouprovideanameforthemap.Thefollowingpolicy
mapattributesareoptional:
policymapnumber.Ifnotprovided,thenextavailablepolicymapinstancenumber
isassigned.Policymapnumbersmustbeunique.
whethertoautomaticallycreateaninstanceofapolicerforthenewpolicymap.The
defaultistocreateapolicer.
nameorinstancenumberofanexistingpolicymapfromwhichtocopyattributes
whencreatingthenewpolicymap.
ApolicymapcannotbedeletedifitisassociatedwithanEVCbinding.
Toremoveapolicymapassociation,settheingPolicyMapIdoregPolicyMapIdattributes
ofthebindingsthatreferencethepolicymaptonone.Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g evcBi ndi ng 102 i ngPol i cyMapI d none
Whenapolicymapisdeleted,allpolicersinthemaparealsodeleted.
Thesystemsupportsamaximumof4096policers(thesumofallpolicersforallpolicy
maps).
Configurableattributesforpolicersinclude:
nameornumberofthepolicerrelativetoallotherpolicers.
instancenumberofthepolicerwithinapolicymap.
nameornumberoftheEVCwithwhichthebindingisassociated.
listofclassofservice(CoS)valuesforthepolicer.
committedtransferrate.Thedefaultis1,000,000Kbps.
committedburstsize.Thedefaultis0.
peakrate.Thedefaultis1,000,000Kbps.
theexcessburstsize.Thedefaultis16,384bytes.
theactiontotakeforpacketswhenpeakrateisexceeded.Eitherdrop(thedefault)or
police.
2.4 Examples
2.4.1 Creating Policy Maps
###################################################################################
# Cr eat e a new pol i cy map named " pol Map20" and assi gn i t pol i cymap i nst ance #20. #
# By def aul t , t he command aut omat i cal l y cr eat es a pol i cer f or t he pol i cy map. #
###################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e pol i cyMap pol Map20 pol i cyMapNo 20
Pol i cy Map 20 ( pol Map20) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
di r ect i on Di r ect i on none
numPol i cer s Number of pol i cer s 1
numEvcBi ndi ngs Number of EVC bi ndi ngs 0
aggr Ci r Aggr egat e commi t t ed r at e ( kbps) 64
aggr Pi r Aggr egat e peak r at e ( kbps) 1000000
1531 CLAS- 1M#
################################################
# Cr eat e a second pol i cer f or t he pol i cy map. #
################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e pol i cer 20/ 2 cosLi st 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3 ci r 100
Pol i cer 20 ( pol Map20) / 2 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ci r Commi t t ed r at e ( kbps) 100
bc Commi t t ed bur st si ze ( byt es) 8192
pi r Peak r at e ( kbps) 1000000
be Excess bur st si ze ( byt es) 0
vi ol at eAct i on Act i on t aken when peak r at e i s exceeded dr op
cosLi st Li st of COS val ues t hat map t o pol i cer 0, 1, 2, 3
1531 CLAS- 1M#
######################################################################
# Assi gn t he pol i cy map t o t he i ngr ess si de of EVC bi ndi ng 102/ 103. #
######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g evcBi ndi ng 102/ 103 i ngPol i cyMapI d pol Map20
1531 CLAS- 1M#
########################################################################################
# Di spl ay i nf or mat i on about t he pol i cy map. Not e t hat i t s Uni No i s set t o UI N I D 102. #
########################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show pol i cyMap pol Map20
Pol i cy Map 20 ( pol Map20) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
di r ect i on Di r ect i on i ngr ess
numPol i cer s Number of pol i cer s 2
numEvcBi ndi ngs Number of EVC bi ndi ngs 1
Pol i cer par amet er s:
I nst ance ci r bc pi r be vi ol at cosLi st
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
20/ 1 64 8192 1000000 0 dr op 4, 5, 6, 7
20/ 2 100 8192 1000000 0 dr op 0, 1, 2, 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
102 ( Net I f _UNI 3 ( Acme_I SP_Cu ena l owL st a aut o 103
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#############################################################################
# Remove t he pol i cy map associ at i on so t hat t he pol i cy map can be del et ed. #
#############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g evcBi ndi ng 102/ 103 i ngPol i cyMapI d none
1531 CLAS- 1M#
########################################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he pol i cy map associ at i on was r emoved f r omt he bi ndi ng. #
########################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show evcBi ndi ng 102/ 103
###########################
# Del et e t he pol i cy Map. #
###########################
1531 CLAS- 1M# del et e pol i cyMap pol Map20
1531 CLAS- 1M#
EVC Bi ndi ng 102 ( Net I f _102) evcI d 3 ( Acme_I SP_Cust 013) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1531 CLAS- 1M#
2.4.2 Creating Policers
#########################################################################
# The f ol l owi ng sequence of commands di spl ays a l i st of pol i cy maps and #
# pol i cer s, t hen cr eat es a new pol i cer f or pol i cy map #20. #
#########################################################################
########################################
# Di spl ay l i st of cur r ent pol i cy maps. #
########################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show pol i cyMap *
Pol i cy Map par amet er s:
I nst ance pol i cyMapName di r numP numE aggr Ci r aggr Pi r
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
20 pol Map20 non 2 0 164 2000000
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#####################################
# Di spl ay l i st of cur r ent pol i cer s. #
#####################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show pol i cer *
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
20/ 1 64 8192 1000000 0 dr op 4, 5, 6, 7
20/ 2 100 8192 1000000 0 dr op 0, 1, 2, 3
Aggr egat es:
numAl l ocPol i cer s Number of al l ocat ed pol i cer s 2
numFr eePol i cer s Number of f r ee pol i cer s 2046
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#############################################################################
# Cr eat e a pol i cer f or pol i cy map number 20. Assi gn t he pol i cer an i nst ance #
# number of 8, a CoS l i st of 4 and 5, and a ci r of 50000. #
#############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e pol i cer 20/ 8 cosLi st 4, 5 ci r 50000
Pol i cer 20 ( pol Map20) / 8 par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ci r Commi t t ed r at e ( kbps) 50000
bc Commi t t ed bur st si ze ( byt es) 8192
pi r Peak r at e ( kbps) 1000000
be Excess bur st si ze ( byt es) 0
vi ol at eAct i on Act i on t aken when peak r at e i s exceeded dr op
cosLi st Li st of COS val ues t hat map t o pol i cer 4, 5
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##########################################################################
# Di spl ay l i st of pol i cer s, whi ch i ncl udes t he newl y cr eat ed pol i cer #8. #
# Not e t hat CoS val ues 4 and 5 have been aut omat i cal l y r emoved f r om #
# pol i cer i nst ance #1. #
##########################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
20/ 1 64 8192 1000000 0 dr op 6, 7
20/ 2 100 8192 1000000 0 dr op 0, 1, 2, 3
20/ 8 50000 8192 1000000 0 dr op 4, 5
Aggr egat es:
1531 CLAS- 1M#
2.4.3 Configuring Policers
##############################
# Di spl ay l i st of pol i cer s. #
##############################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
20/ 1 64 8192 1000000 0 dr op 6, 7
20/ 2 100 8192 1000000 0 dr op 0, 1, 2, 3
20/ 8 50000 8192 1000000 0 dr op 4, 5
Aggr egat es:
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################################################################
# For pol i cer 20/ 8 ( pol i cy map 20, pol i cer 8) , change t he peak r at e t o 100000 Kbps #
# and pol i ce packet s t hat exceed t hat peak r at e. #
####################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g pol i cer 20/ 8 pi r 100000 vi ol at eAct i on pol i ce
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################################
# Di spl ay l i st of pol i cer s t o conf i r mt he change. #
####################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
20/ 1 64 8192 1000000 0 dr op 6, 7
20/ 2 100 8192 1000000 0 dr op 0, 1, 2, 3
20/ 8 50000 8192 100000 0 pol i ce 4, 5
Aggr egat es:
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
1
Managing Macros
19
Thischapterdescribeshowtomanagea1531CLASsystemsmacros.
Macros,whicharestoredona1531CLASasauniquelynamedplaintextfiles,containCLI
commands.Optionally,amacrocancontainstringstosupportthesubstitutionofcommand
parameterswhenthemacroisexecuted.Macroscanalsocontaincommentlines.
Theuseofmacroscan:
simplifycommonlyusedmultisteptasks
reducetheconfigurationlearningcurve
reducethepotentialforconfigurationerrors
1. CLI Commands
Table 19-1 Macro Commands
dirmacro Displaysattributesofamacrotextfileorfiles.
showmacro Displaysthecontentsofamacrotextfile.
createmacro Createsamacrotextfile.
applymacro Executesthecontentsofamacrotextfile.
configmacro Overwritesanexistingmacrotextfilewithnewtextorchangesamacrosname.
deletemacro Deletesamacrotextfile.
copymacro Copiesamacrotextfiletoorfromadevice.
19-2 Creating a Macro
2. Creating a Macro
Usethecreatemacrocommandtocreateanewmacro.Thesyntaxofthecommandanda
descriptionofthecommandsargumentsisshownbelow:
cr eat e macr o macr oName
[ f i l eNo ]
edi t { del i mi t er } <Ent er >
macr oText . . . { del i mi t er }
Keyword/Argument Description
macr oName Requirednameofthemacrotocreate.Thenameisacaseinsensitivestringof132
characters(notincludingspaces,tabsoranyof, : ; / \ *" `' . &><).Thenamemustbe
uniqueamongothermacronames,andcannotbeanumber.
f i l eNo Optionalinstancenumberforthemacro.Anintegerintherange1100.The
numbermustbeuniqueamongothermacroinstancenumbers.IffileNoisnot
provided,thenextavailablemacronumberintherangeisassigned.
edi t Requiredkeywordthatprecedesthedelimiter(describedinbelow).
del i mi t er Acharacter(otherthan{#?$})thatdelimitsthebeginningandendofmacro
text.Onlyinputtextthatappearsbetweenthefirstandsecondoccurrencesof
delimiterisincludedinthemacro.
macr oText Thetextforthemacro,startingafterthefirstdelimitercharacterandendingatthe
seconddelimitercharacter.Amacrotextfilecancontainupto5000characters.
Inthemacrotext,usethe$charactertospecifythatthestringfollowingthe
characterisasubstitutionstringforaCLIcommandvariable,whichwillbe
assignedavaluewhenthemacroisexecuted.Forexample,inthemacrotext
cpe$cpeIdshowsystem,thestringcpeIdisavariablethattakesaCPEIDnumber
asavalue.
Ifamacrorequiresavaluethatisnotspecifiedintheapplymacrocommands
parameterList,theCLIwillpromptforavaluewhenthemacroisexecuted.(See
theapplymacrocommandsdescriptioninthesectionRunninga
Macro on page 199.)
Textonalinethatstartswitha#characterisignoredwhenthemacroisexecuted,
enablingyoutoincludecommentsinthemacrotextfile.
Note
Although you can create any size macro with the create macro command, the command does not
have text editing capabilities. Because macros are simple text files, it is recommended that you
create and edit macro files with a text editor of your choice, then use the copy macro command
(Copying Macro Files to a Fileon page 19-14) to copy the macro text files to the 1531 CLAS.
Creating a Macro 19-3
2.1 A Simple Macro Example
Thebestwaytodemonstratethesyntaxofthecreatemacrocommandiswithasimple
example.Acommontaskwhenbringingupa1531CLASisto:
assignahostnametothesystem
usethehostnameinthesystemsCLIprompt
includeaphysicallocationwiththe1531CLASsysteminformation
settheswitchsdate,timeofday,andtimezoneinformation
ThetwoCLIcommandstoperformthesetasksare:
Creating the Example Macro
Thefollowingisanexampleofusingthecreatemacrocommandtocreateamacrothat
promptsfortheinformationrequiredbythesetwocommands.Thecommentlinesatthebegin
ningofthemacroaredelimitedwiththe#character.Themacrotextisdelimitedbythetwo
@characters.Themacrosnameisset_system_name.
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g syst emhost name " RDU_Swi t ch_523" pr ompt " RDU_Swi t ch_523"
l ocat i on " 23 Mar ket St . Sui t e 210"
RDU_Swi t ch_523- 1M# conf i g cl ock t od " 8/ 28/ 2007 11: 54: 00" ut cOf f set - 5
RDU_Swi t ch_523- 1M#
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e macr o set _syst em_name edi t @
# Macr o t o set syst emname, pr ompt , l ocat i on, t i me of day, and t i me zone.
#
# Var i abl es ar e $syst em_name, $syst em_pr ompt , $syst em_l ocat i on, $t i me, and $t i mezone
#
conf i g syst emhost name $syst em_name pr ompt $syst em_name l ocat i on $syst em_l ocat i on
conf i g cl ock t od $t i me ut cOf f set $t i mezone
@
Macr o t ext f i l e 14 ( set _syst em_name) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
si ze Number of char act er s i n f i l e 294
l ast Modi f i ed Dat e and t i me l ast modi f i ed 08/ 28/ 2007 17: 19: 24
1531 CLAS- 1M#
19-4 Creating a Macro
Running the Example Macro (With Prompts)
Torun(apply)amacro,usetheapplymacrocommand,withthemacronameornumberasan
argument.
Thefollowingisanexampleofrunningtheset_system_namemacrothatwascreatedinthe
previoussection.NotetheCLIssubstitutionstringpromptsandtheresponsesthatwere
entered.AlsonotethattheCLIusestheinformationfromtheseresponsestoexecutethecom
mandsasiftheyhadbeenenteredonthecommandline.
YouhavetheoptionofhavingtheCLIpromptforthemacrossubstitutionstringvalues(rec
ommended)asshowninthisexample.Or,youcanentersubstitutionstringvaluesonthe
commandlinewiththeparameterListargument,asdescribedlaterinthischapter.
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o set _syst em_name
Ent er var i abl e $syst em_name: RDU_Swi t ch_523
Ent er var i abl e $syst em_l ocat i on: " 23 Mar ket St . Sui t e 210"
Ent er var i abl e $t i me: " 8/ 28/ 2007 11: 54: 00"
Ent er var i abl e $t i mezone: - 5
Appl yi ng Macr o 14 ( set _syst em_name) :
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g syst emhost name RDU_Swi t ch_523 pr ompt RDU_Swi t ch_523 l ocat i on " 23 Mar ket
St . Sui t e 210"
Macr o 14 ( set _syst em_name) appl i ed.
Macro Configuration Notes 19-5
3. Macro Configuration Notes
3.1 Macro Size and Storage Requirements
Asinglemacrotextfilecancontainupto5,000characters.100macroscanbestoredona
1531CLAS;10macroscanbestoredon1521CLIPdevices.
Macrotextfilesarestoredasseparatefilesonadevicetheyarenotstoredinadevices
configurationfiles.Runningtheclearconfigurationcommanddoesnotdeletemacrosand
thesaveRunningcommanddoesnotneedtoberunafteramacroisaddedorchanged.
3.2 Macro Names
Macronamesarenotcasesensitive.Forexample,themacronamesconfig_prov_userand
config_PROV_Userareequivalent.
3.3 Comment Lines and Multiple Lines
Commentlinescanbeincludedinamacrobystartingalinewithapoundsign(#).Any
commentlinesinamacrosourcefilearenotechoedwhenthemacroisrun.
Acommandcanspanmultiplelinesbyusingabackslash(\)attheendofthelines.
3.4 Command Restrictions in Macros
Amacrocannotcontainarepeatcommandandarepeatcommandcannotrepeatanapply
macrocommand.
Amacrocannotcontainanapplymacrocommand.
3.5 Substitution Strings in Macros
Inamacro,anystringprecededbythedollarsign($)characterisavariablesubstitution
string,andavalueforthatsubstitutionstringmustbeprovidedwhenthemacroisapplied.
Youcanprovideavaluebyenteringitinresponsetoanapplymacroprompt(therecom
mendedmethod).Or,youcanenterthevalueonthecommandline,usingtheparameter
Listkeywordandsubstitutionstring.
Amacrocanhaveupto50uniquesubstitutionstrings.
Eachsubstitutionstringislimitedto128characters,includingthe$.
Thelengthofthevalueprovidedforasubstitutionstring(eitherintheparameterList
attribute,orinresponsetoaprompt)islimitedto512bytes.
19-6 Macro Configuration Notes
Aftervalueshavebeensuppliedforallofamacrossubstitutionstrings,theresultingcom
mandislimitedto512bytes(asareregularCLIcommands).
Substitutionstringsneednotmatchthekeywordsacceptedbyacommand.However,to
helpothersunderstandwhatargumentsamacrosauthorintended,itisgoodpracticeto
usesubstitutionstringsthatarethesameasorsimilartoacommandsarguments.For
example,althoughthefollowingmacrolinesareequivalent,thefirstiseasierto
understand:
Substitutionstringsneednotbeuniqueamongcommandsinamacro(asshowninthefol
lowingexamplewherethe$descriptionstringappearsinbothcommands).
However,ifthesamesubstitutionstringappearsinmorethanonecommandinamacro,
thesamevaluewillbeusedforthestringwhenthemacroisexecuted.Ifthestringsvalueis
enteredintheapplymacrocommandsparameterListargument,thatvalueisusedforall
instancesofthesubstitutionstringinthemacro.IftheCLIpromptsforthestringsvalue
(thevalueisnotintheparameterList),onlyonepromptisgenerated,regardlessofhow
manycommandsusethestring.
IfyoucreateamacrocalledcreateUNIthatcontainsthefollowingcreateunicommand,
onlythefourargumentsrepresentedbysubstitutionstringswillbeacceptedwhenthe
macroisapplied:
cr eat e uni $uni Name por t $por t descr i pt i on $descr i pt i on cosMapType $cosMapType
cr eat e uni $uni Name por t $por t descr i pt i on $descr i pt i on cosMapType $cosMapType
cr eat e uni $one por t $t wo descr i pt i on $t hr ee cosMapType $f our
conf i g evc $evcI d descr i pt i on $descr i pt i on
conf i g user $user I d descr i pt i on $descr i pt i on
Macro Configuration Notes 19-7
3.5.1 Keyword Strings for use with the WebManager
IfyouarecreatingmacrosintheCLIthatwillbeexecutedfromtheWebManager,youcan
includespecialWebManagerkeywordstringsinthemacrosthattheWebManagerwilldisplay
asdropdownlistsorselectiontablesfortheattributeslistedinTable192.
ThesekeywordstringsmustbeappendeddirectlytoaCLIsubstitutionstringinamacrocom
mandline.Theremustbenospacesbetweentheendofthesubstitutionstringandthe
beginning@signofthekeywordstring.Forexample:
conf i g 2bpme $pmePor t Li st @PME_LI ST spanPr of i l e $spanPr of i l e@SPANPROFI LE_LI ST
WhenthismacroisexecutedbytheWebManager,theWebpagedisplaysaselectiontablewith
thesystemsPMEsandadropdownlistwiththesystemsspanprofiles(Figure 191).
Figure 19-1 Macro Page in WebManager
Table 19-2 Keyword Strings for the WebManager
Keyword String Description
@CPE_LIST DisplaysadropdownlistwithalloftheCPEsconfiguredonthesystem.
@ETHERNET_LIST DisplaysadropdownlistwithalloftheEthernetportsconfiguredonthe
system.
@EVC_LIST DisplaysadropdownlistwithalloftheEVCsconfiguredonthesystem.
@PME_BONDING_LIST Displaysaselectiontablewithallofthebondedportsconfiguredonthesystem.
@PME_LIST DisplaysaselectiontablewithallofthePMEsonthesystem.
@SPANPROFILE_LIST Displaysadropdownlistwithallofthespanprofilesconfiguredonthe
system.
@UNI_LIST DisplaysadropdownlistwithalloftheUNIsconfiguredonthesystem.
19-8 Macro Configuration Notes
Tomakeselectionsforthetwovariables,clicktheselectiontableicontopickaPMEandpicka
spanprofilefromthedropdownlist.ThenclicktheApplyMacrobuttontoexecutethemacro.
Whenthemacroisexecuted,theWebManagerdisplaysapageliketheexampleinFigure 192.
Figure 19-2 Result of Executing the Macro
IfamacrocontainsasubstitutionstringthathasnoWebManagerkeywordappendedtoit,the
WebManagerdisplaysatextboxintowhichyouentertheattributesvalue.Forexample,ifthe
examplemacrowaswrittenwithoutthe@PME_Listkeyword:
conf i g 2bpme $pmePor t Li st spanPr of i l e $spanPr of i l e@SPANPROFI LE_LI ST
the$pmePortListsubstitutionstringwouldbedisplayedintheWebManagerwithatextbox
insteadofadropdownlist.
WhenamacrothatcontainsWebManagerkeywordsisexecutedintheCLI,theWebManager
keywordstringsareignoredasshownbelow(usingtheexamplemacrofrompage 197).
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o PME_SpanPr of i l e
Ent er var i abl e $pmePor t Li st : 1/ 17
Ent er var i abl e $spanPr of i l e: 3
Appl yi ng Macr o 18 ( PME_SpanPr of i l e) :
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g 2bpme 1/ 17 spanPr of i l e 3
Macr o 18 ( PME_SpanPr of i l e) appl i ed.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Running a Macro 19-9
4. Running a Macro
UsetheCLIsapplymacrocommandtorun(apply)amacro.Ifthemacrocontainsoneormore
substitutionstrings,youhavetheoptionofallowingtheCLItopromptforthevariablevalues
orenteringthesubstitutionstringvalues(variables)ontheapplymacrocommandline.Itis
recommendedthatyouallowtheCLItopromptforvariablevalues.
Youcanalsoapply(execute)macrosfromWebManager.Todothat,selectAdministrationand
thenMacrosfromtheGeneralsection.ThisWebManagerpagedisplaysthecontentsofa
macro,anddialogboxesthatenableyoutoenterthemacrosvariables.Afteryouenterthevari
ables,clickApplyMacrotorunthemacro.
4.1 Allowing the CLI to Prompt for a Variable
Thefollowingisanexampleofrunningtheset_system_namemacrowithoutincludingthe
variablevalueonthecommandline.Inthiscase,theCLIpromptsforthesubstitutionstring
values.Notethatyoudonotincludethe$characterwhenpromptedforavariablevalue.
Afteryouentertheinformationfortheapplymacrocommand,theCLIsubstitutesthevalues
ofanyvariablesanddisplaystheCLIcommandsastheyareexecuted.
Note
Release 5.1.0 of the WebManager does not support the execution of macro text files that are
larger than 2K (2048) bytes. This feature exception (see Service Bulletin SB-1011) is scheduled to
be resolved in a future release. This exception does not affect macros that are executed with the
CLI.
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o set _syst em_name
Ent er var i abl e $syst em_name: RDU_Swi t ch_523
Ent er var i abl e $syst em_l ocat i on: " 23 Mar ket St . Sui t e 210"
Ent er var i abl e $t i me: " 8/ 28/ 2007 11: 54: 00"
Ent er var i abl e $t i mezone: - 5
St . Sui t e 210"
19-10 Running a Macro
4.2 Including Variables on the Command Line
Thefollowingisanexampleofrunningtheset_system_namemacrodescribedonpage 193
andsettingitsvariablesfromthecommandlinewiththeapplymacrocommands
parameterListargument.
4.2.1 Usage Notes for Including Variables on the Command Line
Thesubstitutionstringnamesmustbeprecededbyadollarsigncharacter(forexample,
$system_name).
Iftheapplymacrocommandhasmultiplesubstitutionstringsonthecommandline,the
entire$substitutionStringstringValue...$substitutionStringstringValuestring(following
theparameterListkeyword)mustbedelimitedbyapairofdoublequotes.Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o set _syst em_name par amet er Li st $syst em_name RDU_Swi t ch_523
$syst em_l ocat i on 23 Mar ket St . Sui t e 210 $t i me 8/ 28/ 2007 11: 54: 00"
$t i mezone - 5
St . Sui t e 210"
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o name par amet er Li st $subSt r i ng st r Val ue . . . $subSt r i ng st r Val ue
Running a Macro 19-11
Onlyvariablesthathavesubstitutionstringsinamacrotextfileareallowedintheapply
macrocommandsparameterList(orarepromptedforifnotintheparameterList).For
example,thecreateunicommandacceptsthefollowingarguments:
cr eat e uni uni Name por t por t No
[ uni Por t Type { access | t r unk } ]
[ descr i pt i on descr i pt i on ]
[ i ngVl anCosMap i ngVl anCosMap ]
[ cosMapType { f i xed | pbi t | dscp } ]
[ def Cos def Cos ]
[ i ngPbi t CosMap i ngPbi t CosMap ]
[ i ngDscpCosMap i ngDscpCosMap ]
[ egCosPbi t Map egCosPbi t Map ]
[ t agEt her Type t agEt her Type ]
[ def Vl anI d def Vl anI d ]
[ r xUnt agged { t r ue | f al se } ]
[ st p { enabl e | di sabl e } ]
[ cosTempl at eI d def Vl anI d ]
[ i ngTr ace { enabl e | di sabl e } ]
[ egTr ace { enabl e | di sabl e } ]
WhenusingtheapplymacrocommandsparameterListargument,substitutionstrings
mustmatchthestringsthatappearinthemacrotext(includingthestringsstartingdollar
sign).Forexample(usingthecreateUNImacrofromabove):
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o cr eat eUNI par amet er Li st $uni Name newUNI $por t 1001
$descr i pt i on UNI _3112 $cosMapType pbi t
Ifvariablerequiresaquotedstring(forexample,ifadescriptionvaluecontainsspaces),use
singlequotesaroundthequotedstringintheparameterlist.Forexample:
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o cr eat eUNI par amet er Li st $uni Name newUNI $por t 1001
$descr i pt i on At l ant a Peacht r ee CO
Note
It is recommended that you include only zero or one pair of single quotes within a pair of double
quotes (within a parameter list).
It is recommended that you do not place double quotes around a substitution string in a macro.
For example, the following is not a recommended syntax:
create uni $uniName port description $description
19-12 Running a Macro
4.3 Errors in Macros
Whenamacroisexecuted,errorswillbereturnedifthemacrohasanincorrectsyntaxorifa
commandwithinthemacrohasanincorrectsyntax.
Forexample,thefollowingisanexampleoftheruntimeerrorthatisdisplayedifavariable
nameinamacrosparameterlistdoesnotmatchasubstitutionstringinthemacro.Inthiscase,
themacroisexpectingthevariablename$descrnot$description.
TheCLIalsoreturnsamacroruntimeerrorifthereareextraneousdollarsigncharactersinthe
macrossubstitutionstrings.Supposeyoucreatedthefollowingmacro(withanextradollar
signattheendofthe$adminsubstitutionstring):
Whenthismacroisapplied,theCLIdisplaysthefollowingerrormessage:
IfaCLICommandwithinamacrofails,theremainingcommandsinthemacrowillcontinue
andyoumustbackoutpreviouslysuccessfulcommandsifnecessary.
Notethatyoucanusethestepargumentoftheapplymacrocommandtoexecuteamacros
CLIcommandsoneatatime,promptingtocontinuebetweeneachcommand.Answeringn
toaContinue?promptcancelsthemacroatthatpointandnofurthercommandsinthemacro
areexecuted.
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o 4 par amet er Li st " $cpeI d 1001 $l vl e $descr i pt i on ' CPE 1001 syst em
l og' "
ERROR: Var i abl e i s not f ound i n t he macr o t ext f i l e.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e macr o conf i g_2bpme edi t @
#
conf i g 2bpme $pmePor t Li st admi n $admi n$
@
Macr o t ext f i l e 2 ( conf i g_2bpme) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
si ze Number of char act er s i n f i l e 44
1531 CLAS- 1M#
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o conf i g_2bpme par amet er Li st " $pmePor t Li st 2/ 1 $admi n enabl e"
ERROR: Macr o t ext f i l e cont ai ns an i nval i d use of speci al char act er ' $' .
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Displaying Macros 19-13
5. Displaying Macros
UsetheCLIsdirmacrocommandtodisplayalistofmacros.Forexample:
Todisplaythecontentsofamacro,usetheshowmacrocommand.Forexample:
6. Configuring a Macro
Usetheconfigmacrocommandtooverwritethecontentsofamacrotextfilewithnewtextor
tochangeamacrosname(withoutchangingthemacrostextfile).SeetheMacroConfigura
tionNotes on page 195formoreinformationaboutthecontentsofmacrotextfiles.
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r macr o *
Macr o t ext f i l e par amet er s:
I nst ance name si ze l ast Modi f i ed
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 abcdef g 0 06/ 05/ 2007 13: 55: 04
2 bob 26 06/ 05/ 2007 14: 22: 32
3 cpeShowSyst em 19 06/ 05/ 2007 14: 22: 34
4 f r ed 73 06/ 05/ 2007 14: 22: 36
5 monkey 106 08/ 23/ 2007 16: 13: 04
6 newMac 24 06/ 05/ 2007 14: 22: 42
7 qqqqq 47 06/ 05/ 2007 14: 22: 44
8 quot est est 46 06/ 05/ 2007 14: 22: 46
9 shoEvent Log 15 06/ 05/ 2007 14: 22: 48
10 showSyst em 63 08/ 28/ 2007 14: 58: 58
11 show_bondi ng_al l 95 08/ 27/ 2007 13: 07: 52
12 show_swi t ch_al l 193 08/ 27/ 2007 13: 14: 18
13 show_2bpmes 51 08/ 28/ 2007 15: 04: 49
14 set _syst em_name 294 08/ 28/ 2007 17: 19: 24
1531 CLAS- 1M#
1531 CLAS- 1M# show macr o set _syst em_name
# Macr o t o set syst emname, pr ompt , l ocat i on, t i me of day, and t i me zone.
#
# Var i abl es ar e $syst em_name, $syst em_pr ompt , $syst em_l ocat i on, $t i me, and $t i mezone
#
conf i g syst emhost name $syst em_name pr ompt $syst em_name l ocat i on $syst em_l ocat i on
conf i g cl ock t od $t i me ut cOf f set $t i mezone
Macr o f i l e si ze = 294
1531 CLAS- 1M#
19-14 Deleting a Macro
7. Deleting a Macro
Usethedeletemacrocommandtoremoveamacro.Thecommandtakesasanargumentthe
macrosnameorinstancenumber.Notethattheinstancenumbersofanyremainingmacrotext
filesremainthesamewhenamacroisdeleted.
8. Copying Macro Files to a File
UsethecopymacrocommandtocopyamacrotoorfromaremoteserverusingFTPorTFTP.
Becausemacrosarestoredassimpletextfiles,youcancreateoreditamacrowithatexteditor
onaremotefileserver,thencopythemacrofiletothe1531CLAS.
Forexample,thefollowingcopiesamacrofroma1531CLAStoaremoteserver.Asshownin
theexample,thecopycommandpromptsforaddressingattributesthatarenotincludedonthe
commandline.Notethatpasswordcharactersarenotechoed.
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy macr o set _syst em_name t o f t p
Ent er FTP ser ver I P [ 192. 168. 100. 1] : 192. 168. 100. 10
Ent er FTP pat h [ t r anspar ent . t xt ] :
Ent er FTP l ogi n i d [ j anedoe] : j ohndoe
Ent er FTP ser ver passwor d:
Connect i ng. . . connect ed.
Tr ansf er r i ng. . . 294 byt es compl et e.
Fi ni shi ng. . . done.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
A More Complex Macro 19-15
9. A More Complex Macro
Thefollowingisanexampleofamorecomplexmacrothatperformstheoperationsrequiredto
setupanewcustomerona1521CLIP.NotethatyoucanincludestandardPurpose,
Variables,andRevisionsections(orotherinformationalsections)inthetextfile.
........
#
#
# PURPOSE:
#
# Thi s macr o i s used t o cr eat e a new 1521 CL I P cust omer , set up t he 1531 CLAS cust omer
# i nt er f ace ( UNI ) , and conf i gur e t he 1521 CL I P wi t h best pr act i ce set t i ngs.
#
#- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
cr eat e bondi ng 2baset l no $et h_no pmepor t l i st $pai r _l i st
cr eat e uni $cpe_name por t $et h_no uni por t t ype t r unk
cpe $et h_no conf i g syst emhost name $cpe_name pr ompt $cpe_name
cpe $et h_no conf i g et h 2 admi n di sabl e
cpe $et h_no conf i g env pwr Bal ar msuppr ess
cpe $et h_no conf i g al condi t i on 2bpme condi t i on f act er msever i t y nr
cpe $et h_no conf i g uni 1001 egCi r $r at e_l i mi t
conf i g 2bpme $pai r _l i st descr i pt i on $pai r _descr admi n enabl e
#- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
#
# VARI ABLES:
#
# $cpe_name - - 1521 CLI P host name and 1531 1531 CLAS cust omer i nt er f ace name
#
# $et h_no - - 1531 CLAS Et her net number i n r ange 1001- 1200
#
# $pai r _l i st - - Li st of copper - pai r s i n synt ax ( f or exampl e 1/ 1- 4)
#
# $pai r _descr - - Descr i pt i on val ue assi gned t o each of t he copper pai r s
#
# $r at e_l i mi t - - 2BASE- TL bandwi dt h r at e- l i mi t ( 0 = no- l i mi t )
#
# REVI SI ONS:
#
# Or i gi nal - - August 20, 2007
#
# Revi si on 01 - - August 24, 2007#
19-16 A More Complex Macro
1
Managing System Software
20
Thischapterdescribeshowtoinstallorupgradea1531CLASswitchssystemsoftware.
1. CLI Commands
2. Introduction to Software-Image Files
A1531CLAScanstoretwoseparatesoftwareimagefilesintwobanksofnonvolatilememory
(Figure 201).
Figure 20-1 System-Software Files
Table 20-1 Software Image Commands
clearswImage Erasesasoftwareimagefile.
copyswImage
CopiesasoftwareimagefilefromanFTPservertoa1531CLASdevice.
configswImage Configurestheattributesofasoftwareimagefile.
dirswImage Displaystheattributesofasoftwareimagefileorfiles.
20-2 Displaying the Attributes of Software Image Files
Eachsoftwareimagefilehasassociatedwithitthreestates:
1. status(validorinvalid)animagefileisvalidifthefileschecksumiscorrect.Thefileis
markedasinvalidifitschecksumisincorrectorifthefileisempty(ifthefilehasbeen
erasedwiththeclearswImagecommand).
Afilesstatusmustbevalidinorderforthefiletohaveactiveorselectedstatesoftrue.
2. active(trueorfalse)animagefilesactivestateistrueifacopyofthefileiscurrently
beingrunbythedevice.Afilesactivestateisfalseifitdoesnotcontainthecurrentlyrun
ningimage.Onlyonefilecanbeactiveatatime.
3. selected(trueorfalse)animagefilesselectedstateistrueifthefilesimagehasbeen
selectedtobeloadedandexecutedthenexttimethedevicereboots.Afilesselectedstateis
falseifthefilesimagewillnotbeloadedwhenthedevicereboots.Onlyonefilecanbe
selectedatatime.
UsetheconfigswImageswapcommandtoselectwhichofthetwosoftwareimagefilesis
selectedtobeloadedandexecutedthenexttimethedevicereboots.
3. Displaying the Attributes of Software Image Files
UsethedirswImage*commandtodisplaysummaryinformationabouta1531CLAS
file/bankassociationandstatus,selected,andactiveattributes.Inthefollowingexample,both
softwareimagefilesarevalid.Thefileinbankoneisactive,butnotselected,whichindicates
thatitiscurrentlyrunningbutwillnotberunwhenthedevicereboots.Thefileinbanktwois
selected,whichindicatesthatitsimagewillberunthenexttimethedevicereboots.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 7. 4. 0 1. 7. 567 08/ 11/ 2010 10: 44: 46 val i d f al se t r ue
1/ 2 8. 0. 1 1. 8. 66 12/ 07/ 2010 09: 29: 44 val i d t r ue f al se
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Whenthedevicereboots,theresultsofexecutingthedirswImage*commandwouldbeas
shownbelow(thefileinbanktwoisactive).
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 2 8. 0. 1 1. 8. 66 12/ 07/ 2010 09: 29: 44 val i d t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Displaying the Attributes of Software Image Files 20-3
Youcandisplaydetailedinformationaboutaspecificsoftwareimagebyusingoneofthe
dirswImagecommandsswImageIdarguments:
1or2 (theimagefileinbank1or2)
active (theactiveimagefile)
inactive (theinactiveimagefile)
selected (theimagefilethatwillbeloadedwhenthedevicereboots)
unselected (theimagefilethatwillnotbeloadedwhenthedevicereboots)
Thefollowingisanexamplethatdisplaysinformationaboutadevicesactivesoftwareimage.
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r swi mage act i ve
Sof t war e i mage 1/ act i ve par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r el ease Sof t war e i mage r el ease 8. 0. 1
ver si on Sof t war e i mage ver si on 1. 8. 66
st at us St at us of f i l e val i d
sel ect ed Sel ect ed t o r un on next r eboot ? t r ue
act i ve Cur r ent l y r unni ng i mage? t r ue
Downl oad dat a:
dat eDownl oaded Dat e and t i me f i l e was l ast downl oaded 12/ 08/ 2010 19: 01: 43
host Addr ess I P addr ess of ser ver downl oaded f r om 192. 168. 16. 129
host Logi nI d User name on ser ver downl oaded f r om myl ogi n
host I mageFi l e I mage f i l e on ser ver downl oaded f r om / sw/ HN4000I _r 8. 0. 1_v1. 8. 66. t ar
1531 CLAS- 1M#
20-4 Clearing a Software Image File
4. Clearing a Software Image File
UsetheclearswImagecommandtocleara1531CLASswitchssoftwareimagefile,whichyou
specifyinthecommandsswImageIdargument.Notethatthecommandclearsasoftwareimage
file;notthedevicesrunningimage.Youcannotcleartheactiveimagefile.
Clearingthefilesimagesetsthestatusofthefiletoempty,andthefilecannotbeselected
withtheconfigswImageselectedcommand.
Ifyouclearthedevicesselectedimagefile,theunselectedfile(ifvalid)willbemarkedas
selected,andwillbeloadedwhenthedeviceisrestarted.
4.1 Example
##########################################################
# Di spl ay t he at t r i but es of t he sof t war e- i mage f i l es. #
# Not e t hat f i l e i nst ance #2 i s sel ect ed t o be l oaded. #
##########################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r swi mage *
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 2 8. 0. 1 1. 8. 66 12/ 07/ 2010 09: 29: 44 val i d t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################
# Cl ear t he unsel ect ed f i l e ( #1) . #
###################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cl ear swI mage unsel ect ed
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#######################################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he f i l e has been cl ear ed ( t hat i t s st at us i s " empt y" ) . #
#######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r swi mage *
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0 01/ 01/ 1970 00: 00: 00 empt y f al se f al se
1/ 2 8. 0. 1 1. 8. 66 12/ 07/ 2010 09: 29: 44 val i d t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Swapping Selected and Unselected Software Images 20-5
5. Swapping Selected and Unselected Software Images
UsetheconfigswImagecommandwiththeswapargumenttoswapadevicesselectedand
unselectedsoftwareimagefiles.
Notethattheunselectedfilesstatusmustbevalid.YoucanusethedirswImage*commandor
thedirswImageunselectedcommandtodisplaytheunselectedfilesattributes.
YoucanalsousetheconfigswImagecommandwiththedescriptionargumenttoadddescrip
tivetextthatwillbedisplayedbytheshowswImagecommand.
5.1 Example
ThefollowingexampleusesthedirswImagecommandtodisplaytheattributesofsoftware
imagefilesonthelocaldevice,thentheconfigswImageswapcommandtoswitchthe
selectedstatesofthetwofiles.AseconddirswImagecommandconfirmstheswap.
######################################################################################
# Di spl ay t he at t r i but es of t he sof t war e- i mage f i l es. #
# Not e t hat f i l e i nst ance 1/ 2 i s sel ect ed t o be l oaded when t he devi ce i s r eboot ed. #
######################################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 2 8. 0. 1 1. 8. 66 12/ 07/ 2010 09: 29: 44 val i d t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###########################################################################################
# Swap t he t wo f i l es' " sel ect ed" at t r i but es. #
# The war ni ng i s i ssued because t he i mage bei ng sel ect ed i s ol der t han t he r unni ng i mage. #
###########################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g swI mage swap swi t chI d 1
Act i ve sof t war e : r el ease 8. 0. 1 bui l t 12/ 07/ 2010 09: 29: 44
Unsel ect ed sof t war e: r el ease 7. 2. 1 bui l t 12/ 11/ 2009 16: 54: 24
WARNI NG: The r equest ed sof t war e i mage i s ol der t han t he cur r ent l y act i ve i mage
and may not suppor t al l t he commands i n t he cur r ent st ar t up- conf i g. Use
" show boot Log er r or s" af t er r eboot i ng i f t hi s i mage i s sel ect ed.
Di st r i but i ng sof t war e i mage t o swi t ches. . . 100%( No downl oads ar e necessar y)
Di st r i but i ng sof t war e i mage t o CPEs. . . 100% ( No downl oads ar e necessar y)
Swappi ng sof t war e i mage sel ect i on. . . ( Succeeded)
Synchr oni zi ng sof t war e i mage sel ect i on. . . ( Succeeded)
1531 CLAS- 1M#
20-6 Swapping Selected and Unselected Software Images
#############################################################################################
# Di spl ay t he f i l es' at t r i but es. Not e t hat f i l e 1/ 1 i s now sel ect ed t o be l oaded when t he #
# devi ce i s r eboot ed. #
#############################################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 7. 2. 1 1. 7. 329 12/ 11/ 2009 16: 54: 24 val i d t r ue f al se
1/ 2 8. 0. 1 1. 8. 66 12/ 07/ 2010 09: 29: 44 val i d f al se t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Loading a Software Image from an FTP Server 20-7
6. Loading a Software Image from an FTP Server
UsethecopyswImagecommandtocopya1531CLASsoftwareimagefilefromanFTPserver
tothedevicesunselectedimagefile(Figure 202).Whenthe1531CLASisrebootedwiththe
newsystemsoftware,thesoftwarewillbepushedfromthe1531CLAStoitsassociatedCPE
devices.
Figure 20-2 Downloading a Software-Image File
TheprerequisitesforusingthecopyswImagecommandareasfollows:
1. Thesoftwareimages.tarfilemustbelocatedonanFTPserverandyoumustknowtheFTP
serversIPaddress.
2. Youmustknowthepathofthedirectorythatcontainsthesoftwareimages.tarfile.
3. The1531CLASdevicemusthaveanEthernetconnectiontoanetworkwiththeFTPserver.
UsetheshowipcommandtoverifythatthedevicesEthernetporthasanIPaddressand
isenabled.
4. YoumustknowtheFTPserversIPaddress,andmusthaveausername/passwordthat
enablesyoutoaccesstheFTPserver,withprivilegestoaccessthedirectorycontainingthe
softwareimagefiles.
WhenyouexecutethecopyswImagecommand,itpromptsfortheloginIduserspassword.
Thedownloadoperationcantakeseveralminutes,dependingontheloadontheFTPserver
andnetwork.
Afterthesoftwareimagefileiscopied,youarepromptedtochoosewhethertousethenew
imagefilethenexttimethedeviceisrebooted(inotherwords,toselectthenewimagefile).If
20-8 Loading a Software Image from an FTP Server
youchoosetousethenewimagefile,youarealsopromptedtochoosewhetheryouwantto
rebootorcontinuerunningthecurrentimage.
UsethedirswImage*commandtodeterminewhichsoftwareimagefile(1 or 2)isunse
lected(hasaselectedattributeoffalse).UsetheconfigswImageswapcommandtotoggle
theselected/unselectedstateofthetwoimagefiles.
6.1 Example
ThefollowingexampleusesthepingcommandtoverifythattheFTPserverisaccessible,
thedirswImage*commandtodeterminewhichsoftwareimagefileisnotselected,then
thecopyswImagecommandtoFTPanimagetothatfile.
##################################################
# Pi ng t he FTP ser ver t o ver i f y t he connect i on. #
##################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# pi ng 192. 168. 16. 129 count 1
Pi ng 192. 168. 16. 129 wi t h 0 byt es of dat a:
Ent er <Ct r l - c> t o abor t .
Repl y f r om192. 168. 16. 129: byt es=0 t i me<10 ms
Pi ng 192. 168. 16. 129 compl et e.
Pi ng st at i st i cs f or 192. 168. 16. 129:
Packet s: Sent = 1, Recei ved = 1, Lost = 0 ( 0%l oss) ,
Appr oxi mat e r ound t r i p t i mes i n mi l l i seconds:
Mi ni mum< 10 ms, Maxi mum< 10 ms, Aver age < 10 ms
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#########################################################################################
# Det er mi ne whi ch sof t war e i mage f i l e i s not sel ect ed. I n t hi s exampl e, i t i s f i l e 1/ 1. #
#########################################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 2 6. 0. 0 1. 5. 663 01/ 31/ 2008 23: 32: 56 val i d t r ue t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Loading a Software Image from an FTP Server 20-9
###############################################################
# Copy t he i mage f i l e f r omt he FTP ser ver at 192. 168. 16. 129. #
# The f i l e wi l l be copi ed t o f i l e 1/ 1 ( t he unsel ect ed f i l e) . #
###############################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy swI mage ser ver I p 192. 168. 16. 129
Ent er FTP i mage t ar f i l ename [ sw/ HN4000_r 4. 6. 5_v1. 4. 369. t ar ] : / sw/ HN4000I _r 7. 1. 2_v1. 7. 93. t ar
Ent er FTP l ogi n i d [ j anedoe] : j amesdoe
Ent er FTP ser ver passwor d: ( passwor d not echoed)
FTP i n pr ogr ess. . . FTP Compl et e.
Use new sof t war e i mage on next r eboot ? ( y/ n) y
New i mage wi l l be used on next r eboot .
Reboot now? ( y/ n) n
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#######################################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he new sof t war e i mage has been l oaded and i s sel ect ed. #
#######################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 7. 1. 2 1. 7. 93 05/ 29/ 2009 15: 31: 14 val i d t r ue f al se
1/ 2 6. 0. 0 1. 5. 663 01/ 31/ 2008 23: 32: 56 val i d f al se t r ue
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###################################################################
# Di spl ay t he det ai l ed at t r i but es of t he new sof t war e- i mage f i l e. #
###################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r swi mage 1
Sof t war e i mage 1/ act i ve par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r el ease Sof t war e i mage r el ease 7. 1. 2
ver si on Sof t war e i mage ver si on 1. 7. 93
st at us St at us of f i l e val i d
sel ect ed Sel ect ed t o r un on next r eboot ? t r ue
act i ve Cur r ent l y r unni ng i mage? f al se
Downl oad dat a:
dat eDownl oaded Dat e and t i me f i l e was l ast downl oaded 05/ 29/ 2009 17: 19: 47
host Addr ess I P addr ess of ser ver downl oaded f r om 192. 168. 16. 129
host Logi nI d User name on ser ver downl oaded f r om myl ogi n
host I mageFi l e I mage f i l e on ser ver downl oaded f r om \ sw\ HN4000I _r 7. 1. 2_v1. 7. 93. t ar
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
20-10 Loading a Software Image from an FTP Server
1
Managing Configuration Files
21
Thischapterdescribeshowtomanagea1531CLASsystemsconfigurationfiles.Thetopics
include:
IntroductiontoConfigurationFiles on page 212
DisplayingtheAttributesandContentsofConfigurationFiles on page 214
ClearingConfigurationFiles on page 2110
SwappingConfigurationFiles on page 2112
CopyingaConfigurationFiletoandFromanFTPorTFTPServer on page 2114
UsingOtherCopyFileandSaveFileCommands on page 2116
1. CLI Commands
Table 21-1 Configuration File Commands
dirconfiguration Displaythestatusofthedevicesconfigurationfiles.
dirbackupconfg Displaythestatusofthedevicesbackupconfigurationfile.
dirstartupconfig Displaythestatusofthedevicesstartupconfigurationfile.
showconfiguration Displaysthecontentsofaspecifiedconfigurationfile.
showbackupconfig Displaysthecontentsofthebackupconfigurationfile.
showrunningconfig Displaysthecontentsoftherunningconfigurationfile.
showstartupconfig Displaysthecontentsofthestartupconfigurationfile.
showbootlog Displaysthecontentsofthedevicesbootlogfile.
clearconfiguration Clears(erases)aspecifiedconfigurationfile.
clearbackupconfig Clears(erases)thebackupconfigurationfile.
clearstartup Clears(erases)thestartupconfigurationfile.
configconfiguration Configuresthedevicesconfigurationfiles.
copyconfiguration CopiesthecontentsofaconfigurationfiletoanotherfileortoanFTPorTFTP
server.
configbackupconfig CopiesthebackupconfigurationfiletoanFTPorTFTPserver.
copyrunningconfig Copiestherunningconfigurationfiletothestartupfileorbackupfile.
copystartupconfig CopiesthestartupconfigurationfiletoanFTPorTFTPserver.
saveRunning Copiestherunningconfigurationfiletothestartupconfigurationfile.
21-2 Introduction to Configuration Files
2. Introduction to Configuration Files
Thissectiondescribesthe1531CLASdevicesthreeconfigurationfiles(Figure 211):
runningconfigurationfile
startupconfigurationfile
backupconfigurationfile
Figure 21-1 1531 CLAS Devices Configuration Files
2.1 The Running Configuration Image File
A1531CLASdevicemaintainsitscurrentconfigurationinformationinarunningconfigura
tionimagefile.Whena1531CLASadministratorchangesanyofa1531CLASdefault
settingswiththeCLIsconfigorcreatecommands,thechangesarepostedtotherunningcon
figurationimage.
TherunningconfigurationfileisstoredinRAM,andisnotpersistent.Whenyoulogoutfroma
CLIsessionafterhavingmadechangestoadevicesconfigurationandyouhavenotsavedthe
changes(withthesaveRunningorcopyrunningconfigstartupconfigcommands),theCLI
promptsforwhetheryouwanttosavetheconfigurationchangesinthestartupconfiguration
file.Thefollowingexampleshowsthelogoutcommandsmessagewhentheuserhasmade
changestotheconfigurationbuthasnotsavedthem.
1531 CLAS- 1M# l ogout
Checki ng f or conf i gur at i on changes. . . Compl et e.
WARNI NG: Syst emconf i gur at i on changes wi l l be l ost when t he devi ce r est ar t s.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Contains list of changes to the
devices default configuration.
The 1531 CLAS reads the files
contents at startup.
Backup configuration file,
which can be swapped with
the startup file.
Contains the devices current
configuration information
(default settings as modified
by the contents of the startup
file and CLI commands).
Introduction to Configuration Files 21-3
2.2 The Startup Configuration File
Topreserveconfigurationinformationwhena1531CLASisshutdown,administratorscan
copyinformationfromtherunningconfigurationimagetothedevicesstartupconfiguration
file.AsshowninFigure 211onpage 212,thestartup(andbackup)configurationfilesare
storedina1531CLASnonvolatilememory.
Whena1531CLASisstarted,itopensthestartupconfigurationfiletodetermineifthefilecon
tainscommandsthatshouldberunautomaticallyimmediatelyafterthedevicereboots.Ifthe
startupfileisempty,thedeviceisstartedwithitsdefaultsettings.Figure 212showsthestar
tupsequence.
Figure 21-2 Startup Sequence and the Startup File
Notethatthestartupconfigurationfiledoesnotcontainacompletecopyoftherunningconfig
urationfileitonlystoreschangesthathavebeenmadetothedefaultconfiguration,inthe
formofconfigandcreateCLIcommands.Duringthestartupprocess,theCLIexecutesthese
commandstomaketheappropriatechangestothedefaultrunningconfiguration.
21-4 Displaying the Attributes and Contents of Configuration Files
Hereareexamplesofcommandsinastartupconfigurationfile:
1531 CLAS- 1M# show conf i g st ar t up
#
# Equi pment Commands
#
cr eat e swi t ch swi t chNo 1
#
# Por t Commands
#
cr eat e bondi ng 2baset l No 1001 pmePor t Li st 1/ 1- 2
conf i g bondi ng 1001 r mt Type PME8- E1
St ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e si ze=320
1531 CLAS- 1M#
2.3 The Backup Configuration File
Youcanusethebackupconfigurationfiletosaveacopyofa1531CLASconfigurationinfor
mation,fromeithertherunningconfigurationfileorfromthestartupfile.Aswiththestartup
configurationfile,thebackupfilecontainsconfigandcreatecommandsCLIcommands,nota
completeimageoftheconfiguration.
Inadditiontothecommandsforcopyingconfigurationchangestothebackupfile,theCLIpro
videscommandsthatenableyouswapthecontentsofthebackupfileandthestartupfile,
displaythecontentsofthebackupfile,andclearit.
3. Displaying the Attributes and Contents of Configuration Files
3.1 Displaying Configuration File Attributes (Dir Commands)
UsethedircommandsfromTable212todisplaytheattributesofdevicesconfigurationfiles.
Forthesecommands,thedefaultwhennoswitchnumberisspecifiedistodisplayconfigura
tionfileattributesfromthedeviceonwhichtheCLIisrunning.
Table 21-2 Commands for Displaying Attributes of Configuration Files
dirconfiguration Displaythestatusofthedevicesconfigurationfiles.
dirbackupconfig Displaythestatusofthedevicesbackupconfigurationfile.
dirstartupconfig Displaythestatusofthedevicesstartupconfigurationfile.
Displaying the Attributes and Contents of Configuration Files 21-5
Thedirconfigurationcommandisageneralpurposecommandthatenablesyoutodisplay:
summaryconfigurationattributesforadevicesstartupandbackupconfigurationfiles
(dirconfiguration*)
summaryconfigurationattributesforthestartupandbackupconfigurationfilesforallof
thedevicesinastack(dirconfiguration*switchId*)
detailedconfigurationattributesforaspecificconfigurationfileinaspecificswitch(for
example,dirconfiguration2startuptodisplaytheattributesofthestartupconfiguration
fileonswitchnumber2)
Thedirbackupconfiganddirstartupconfigcommandsareshortcutsforthe
dirconfigurationbackupswitchIdswitchIdanddirconfigurationstartupswitchIdswitchId
commands.
Unlikethedirconfigurationcommandthedirbackupconfiganddirstartupconfigcom
mandsdonotusetheswitchIdkeywordwhenaswitchisspecified.Forexample,
dirstartupconfig2displaystheattributesofthestartupconfigurationfileonswitch
number2.
3.2 Examples
#######################################################################
# Di spl ay conf i gur at i on- f i l e summar y at t r i but es on t he swi t ch t hat i s #
# r unni ng t he CLI . #
#######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r conf i gur at i on *
Conf i gur at i on f i l e par amet er s:
I nst ance st at e st at us si ze checksum l ast Modi f i ed
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 st ar t up val i d 3846 0x7c20 12/ 09/ 2010 21: 29: 05
1/ 2 st ar t up val i d 8487 0xc28b 08/ 23/ 2007 18: 13: 29
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################################################
# Di spl ay conf i gur at i on- f i l e summar y at t r i but es f or al l swi t ches. #
####################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r conf i gur at i on * swi t chI d *
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 st ar t up val i d 3846 0x7c20 12/ 09/ 2010 21: 29: 05
1/ 2 backup val i d 14661 0x2919 05/ 19/ 2009 12: 57: 16
2/ 1 st ar t up val i d 3846 0x7c20 12/ 09/ 2010 21: 29: 05
2/ 2 backup val i d 14661 0x2919 06/ 02/ 2009 15: 46: 36
3/ 1 st ar t up val i d 3846 0x7c20 12/ 09/ 2010 21: 29: 05
3/ 2 backup val i d 14661 0x2919 06/ 02/ 2009 16: 07: 15
4/ 1 st ar t up val i d 3846 0x7c20 12/ 09/ 2010 21: 29: 05
4/ 2 backup val i d 14661 0x2919 06/ 02/ 2009 16: 07: 14
5/ 1 st ar t up val i d 3846 0x7c20 12/ 09/ 2010 21: 29: 05
5/ 2 backup val i d 14661 0x2919 06/ 02/ 2009 16: 03: 07
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#######################################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l ed at t r i but es of t he backup f i l e on swi t ch number 2. #
#######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r conf i gur at i on backup swi t chI d 2
Conf i gur at i on f i l e 2/ backup par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
st at e Fi l e st at e backup
st at us Fi l e st at us val i d
si ze Fi l e si ze ( byt es) 12763
checksum Fi l e checksum 0x21db
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##########################################################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l ed at t r i but es of t he backup f i l e on t he swi t ch t hat i s r unni ng t he CLI . #
##########################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r backup- conf i g
Conf i gur at i on f i l e backup par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
checksum Fi l e checksum 0x2919
1531 CLAS- 1M#
############################################################################
# Di spl ay det ai l ed at t r i but es of t he backup f i l e on swi t ch number 2. #
# Thi s i s equi val ent t o t he command " di r conf i gur at i on backup swi t chI d 2. " #
############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r backup- conf i g 2
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
checksum Fi l e checksum 0x21db
1531 CLAS- 1M#
3.3 Displaying Configuration File Contents (Show Commands)
UsetheshowcommandsfromTable213todisplaythecontentsofdevicesconfigurationfiles.
Forthesecommands,thedefaultwhennoswitchnumberisspecifiedistodisplayconfigura
tionfilecontentsfromthedeviceonwhichtheCLIisrunning.
Whenaconfigurationfileisdisplayed,thecontentsofthefileisorganizedinsections.Inaddi
tion,thefilessizeisincludedattheendofthedisplay.
Theshowconfigurationcommandisageneralpurposecommandthatenablesyoutodisplay
thecontentsofaspecificconfigurationfile(forexample,
showconfigurationswitchId2runningtodisplaythecontentsoftherunningconfiguration
fileonswitchnumber2).Youspecifyaconfigurationfilebyprovidingoneofthefollowing
arguments:
thenumericidentifierofaconfigurationfileeither1or2
startuptodisplaythecontentsofadevicesstartupconfigurationfile
backuptodisplaythecontentsofadevicesbackupconfigurationfile
runningtodisplaythecontentsofadevicesrunningconfigurationfile
Theshowbackupconfig,showrunningconfig,andshowstartupconfigcommandsare
shortcutsfortheshowconfigurationswitchIdswitchIdcommand.
Table 21-3 Commands for Displaying Contents of Configuration Files
showconfiguration Displaysthecontentsofaspecifiedconfigurationfile.
showbackupconfig Displaysthecontentsofthebackupconfigurationfile.
showrunningconfig Displaysthecontentsoftherunningconfigurationfile.
showstartupconfig Displaysthecontentsofthestartupconfigurationfile.
Unliketheshowconfigurationcommand,theshowbackupconfig,showrunningconfig,
andshowstartupconfigcommandsdonotusetheswitchIdkeywordwhenaswitchisspeci
fied.Forexample,showstartupconfig2displaystheattributesofthestartupconfiguration
fileonswitchnumber2.
3.3.1 Examples
#############################################################################
# Di spl ay t he cont ent s of t he r unni ng conf i gur at i on f i l e on t he devi ce t hat #
# i s r unni ng t he CLI . #
#############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show conf i gur at i on r unni ng
#
# Admi ni st r at i on Commands
#
conf i g event Log AAA event Level s n
conf i g event Log Al ar mevent Level s n
conf i g event Log BPM event Level s n
conf i g event Log Cer Test event Level s n
<displaytruncated>
#
#
conf i g env 1 pwr BAl ar msuppr ess
conf i g 2bpme 1/ 1 descr i pt i on " 90/ LXFP/ 210365"
<displaytruncated>
#
# Por t Commands
#
cr eat e bondi ng 2baset l No 1001 pmePor t Li st 1/ 17- 20: 2/ 17- 20
<displaytruncated>
#
# Ser vi ce Commands
#
conf i g macAddr essTabl e agi ngTi me 0
cr eat e uni hsm1 por t 101 uni Por t Type t r unk
cr eat e uni hsm2 por t 102 uni Por t Type t r unk cosMapType f i xed def Vl anI d 3
<displaytruncated>
#
# Pr ot ocol Commands
#
conf i g i p 1 i pAddr ess 192. 168. 22. 81 gat eway 192. 168. 23. 254 i pNet Mask 255. 255. 248. 0 admi n enabl e
conf i g snt p admi n enabl e pr i mar ySer ver I p 192. 168. 1. 6
cr eat e snmp host 1. 1. 1. 1 host No 1
conf i g snmp t r aps al ar mdi sabl e dbChange di sabl e
<displaytruncated>
#
# CPE( s)
#
cpe 1001 conf i g event Log AAA event Level s n
cpe 1001 conf i g event Log Al ar mevent Level s n
cpe 1001 conf i g event Log BPM event Level s n
cpe 1001 conf i g event Log Cer Test event Level s n
cpe 1001 conf i g event Log Conf i g event Level s n
<displaytruncated>
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#########################################################################
# Di spl ay t he backup conf i gur at i on f i l e on swi t ch number 1. #
# Thi s command i s equi val ent t o " show conf i gur at i on swi t chI d 1 backup. " #
#########################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show backup- conf i g 1
#
#
conf i g event Log AAA event Level s i
conf i g event Log Al ar mevent Level s i
conf i g event Log BPM event Level s i
<displaytruncated>
#
#
<displaytruncated>
#
#
<displaytruncated>
#
# Por t Commands
#
21-10 Clearing Configuration Files
<displaytruncated>
#
# Ser vi ce Commands
#
conf i g macAddr essTabl e agi ngTi me 0
cr eat e uni hsm1 por t 101 uni Por t Type t r unk
cr eat e uni hsm2 por t 102 uni Por t Type t r unk cosMapType f i xed def Vl anI d 3
cr eat e uni sub1 por t 1001 uni Por t Type t r unk
<displaytruncated>
#
#
Backup conf i gur at i on f i l e si ze=15150
1531 CLAS- 1M#
4. Clearing Configuration Files
UsethecommandsfromTable214toerasethecontentsofadevicesstartuporbackupconfig
urationfile.Forthesecommands,thedefaultwhennoswitchnumberisspecifiedistoclearthe
specifiedfileonthedevicethatisrunningtheCLI.
Theclearconfigurationcommandisageneralpurposecommandthatenablesyoutospecify
either:
thenumericidentifierofaconfigurationfileeither1or2
thestartupconfigurationfile
thebackupconfigurationfile
optionally,aswitchidentificationnumber
Theclearbackupconfigandclearstartupconfigcommandsareshortcutsfortheclearcon
figurationswitchIdswitchIdcommand.
Unliketheclearconfigurationcommand,theclearbackupconfigandclearstartupconfig
commandsdonotusetheswitchIdkeywordwhenaswitchisspecified.Forexample,
clearstartupconfig2clearsthestartupconfigurationfileonswitchnumber2.
Table 21-4 Commands to Clear Configuration Files
clearconfiguration Clears(erases)aspecifiedconfigurationfile.
clearbackupconfig Clears(erases)thebackupconfigurationfile.
clearstartupconfig Clears(erases)thestartupconfigurationfile.
Clearing Configuration Files 21-11
Whenadeviceisrebootedafteritsstartupconfigurationfilehasbeencleared,thedeviceisini
tializedwithitsdefaultsettings.Asdescribedlater,thecontentsofthestartupfilecanbe
swappedwiththecontentsofthebackupfile.
4.1 Examples
#######################################################
# Di spl ay t he devi ce' s conf i gur at i on f i l e at t r i but es. #
#######################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 st ar t up val i d 3846 0x7c20 12/ 09/ 2010 21: 29: 05
1/ 2 backup val i d 285 0xf 3f f 08/ 01/ 2006 07: 29: 46
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#########################################################################
# Cl ear t he backup conf i gur at i on f i l e. #
# The command " cl ear conf i gur at i on 2" woul d per f or mt he same oper at i on, #
# as woul d t he command " cl ear backup- conf i g. " #
#########################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cl ear conf i gur at i on backup
1531 CLAS- 1M#
################################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he backup conf i gur at i on f i l e has been cl ear ed #
# ( t he f i l e si ze i s zer o) . #
################################################################
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1/ 1 st ar t up val i d 3846 0x7c20 12/ 09/ 2010 21: 29: 05
1/ 2 backup empt y 0 0x0 12/ 19/ 2010 14: 11: 42
1531 CLAS- 1M#
21-12 Swapping Configuration Files
5. Swapping Configuration Files
Usetheconfigconfigurationcommandwiththeswapargumenttoswapadevicesstartup
andbackupsoftwareimagefiles(Figure 213).Thefilesmustbevalid.Usethe
dirswImage*commandtodisplaytheconfigurationfilesattributes.
Figure 21-3 Swapping System-Configuration Files
AsdescribedinthesectionCopyingaConfigurationFiletoandFromanFTPorTFTPServer
page 2114,youcanalsousetheconfigconfigurationcommandtocopyaconfigurationfile
toandfromafileonanFTPorTFTPserver.
5.1 Example
################################################################################
# Di spl ay t he at t r i but es of t he st ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e. Not e t hat t he f i l e #
# i s 3846 byt es wi t h a checksumof 0x7c20. #
################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r conf i gur at i on st ar t up
Conf i gur at i on f i l e 1/ st ar t up par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
st at e Fi l e st at e st ar t up
checksum Fi l e checksum 0x7c20
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Swapping Configuration Files 21-13
##################################################################################
# Di spl ay t he at t r i but es of t he backup conf i gur at i on f i l e. Not e t hat t he f i l e i s #
# empt y ( i t s si ze i s 0 byt es) . #
##################################################################################

1531 CLAS- 1M# di r conf i gur at i on backup
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
st at us Fi l e st at us empt y
checksum Fi l e checksum 0x0
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#####################################################################################
# Copy t he st ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e' s cont ent s t o t he backup conf i gur at i on f i l e. #
#####################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy conf i gur at i on st ar t up t o backup
1531 CLAS- 1M#
####################################################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he backup f i l e has t he same si ze and checksumas t he st ar t up f i l e. #
####################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r conf i gur at i on backup
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
checksum Fi l e checksum 0x7c20
1531 CLAS- 1M#
21-14 Copying a Configuration File to and From an FTP or TFTP Server
6. Copying a Configuration File to and From an FTP or TFTP
Server
Inadditiontoswappingconfigurationfileswiththecopyconfigurationcommand,youcan
usethecommandtocopyaconfigurationfiletoandfromafileonanFTPorTFTPserver
(Figure 214).
Theexceptionsarethatyoucannot:
copyafiletotherunningconfigurationfile
copyarunningconfigurationfiletoanFTPorTFTPfile
Figure 21-4 Copying System-Configuration Files to and From an FTP or TFTP Server
Copying a Configuration File to and From an FTP or TFTP Server 21-15
6.1 Example
ThefollowingsequenceofcommandsverifiesaconnectiontoanFTPorTFTPserver,thencop
iesthedevicesstartupconfigurationfiletotheserver.
##################################################################
# Ver i f y t hat t he 1531 CLAS has a connect i on t o t he FTP ser ver . #
##################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# pi ng count 1 192. 168. 16. 129
Pi ng 192. 168. 16. 129 compl et e.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
######################################################################
# Copy t he st ar t up conf i gur at i on t o t he di r ect or y " 1531/ 1531conf i gs" #
# on t he FTP ser ver . #
######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy conf i gur at i on st ar t up t o f t p ser ver I p 192. 168. 16. 129
di r ect or y 1531/ 1531conf i gs f i l ename " 1531_st ar t " l ogi nI d j smi t h

Ent er FTP ser ver passwor d: (passwordcharactersnotechoed)
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###############################################################
# Copy t he r unni ng conf i gur at i on t o t he backup conf i gur at i on. #
###############################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy conf i gur at i on r unni ng t o backup
1531 CLAS- 1M#
21-16 Using Other Copy-File and Save-File Commands
7. Using Other Copy-File and Save-File Commands
ThefollowingcopyandsavecommandsarealsoavailableintheCLI:
copybackupconfigcopiesthebackupconfigurationfiletoanFTPorTFTPserver(see
exampleonpage 2116)
copyrunningconfigcopiestherunningconfigurationfiletothestartupfileor
backupfile(seeexampleonpage 2117)
copystartupconfigcopiesthestartupconfigurationfiletoanFTPorTFTPserver(see
exampleonpage 2118)
saveRunningcopiestherunningconfigurationfiletothestartupfile(seeexampleon
page 2119)
7.1 copy backup-config Command Example
##################################################################
##################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# pi ng count 1 192. 168. 16. 129
Pi ng 192. 168. 16. 129 compl et e.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#############################################################################
# Copy t he backup conf i gur at i on t o t he di r ect or y " 1531/ 1531conf i gs" #
#############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy backup- conf i g ser ver I p 192. 168. 16. 129 di r ect or y 1531/ 1531conf i gs
f i l ename " 1531- 14- back" l ogi nI d j smi t h
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Using Other Copy-File and Save-File Commands 21-17
7.2 copy running-config Command Example
##########################################################################
# Di spl ay t he at t r i but es of t he st ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e on swi t ch 1. #
##########################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r st ar t up- conf i g 1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
checksum Fi l e checksum 0x3f 73
1531 CLAS- 1M#
#################################################################
# Copy t he r unni ng conf i gur at i on t o t he st ar t up conf i gur at i on. #
#################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy r unni ng- conf i g st ar t up- conf i g
1531 CLAS- 1M#
###############################
# Ver i f y t he copy oper at i on. #
###############################
1531 CLAS- 1M# di r st ar t up- conf i g 1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
checksum Fi l e checksum 0xf 035
1531 CLAS- 1M#
7.3 copy startup-config Command Example
##################################################################
##################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# pi ng count 1 192. 168. 16. 129
Pi ng 192. 168. 16. 129 compl et e.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##############################################################################
# Copy t he st ar t up conf i gur at i on t o t he di r ect or y " 1531/ 1531conf i gs" #
##############################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy st ar t up- conf i g ser ver I p 192. 168. 16. 129 di r ect or y 1531/ 1531conf i gs
f i l ename " 1531_r un" l ogi nI d j smi t h
Ent er FTP ser ver passwor d: (passpordcharactersnotechoed)
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Using Other Copy-File and Save-File Commands 21-19
7.4 saveRunning Command Example
#######################################
# Di spl ay t he r unni ng conf i gur at i on. #
#######################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# show r unni ng- conf i g
#
#
conf i g event Log CLI event Level s n
conf i g event Log Conf i g event Level s n
conf i g event Log CPE event Level s n
<displaytruncated>
Act i ve sof t war e r el 8. 0. 1 ver 1. 8. 66 bui l t 12/ 07/ 2010 09: 29: 44 ( sel ect ed)
1531 CLAS- 1M#
######################################################################
# Save t he r unni ng conf i gur at i on t o t he st ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e. #
######################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# saveRr unni ng
1531 CLAS- 1M#
############################################################
# Di spl ay t he cont ent s of t he st ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e. #
############################################################

1531 CLAS- 1M# show st ar t up- conf i g
#
#
conf i g event Log CLI event Level s n
conf i g event Log Conf i g event Level s n
conf i g event Log CPE event Level s n
<displaytruncated>
St ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e si ze=7100
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
A
Restoring the 1531 CLAS Default Username and Password
A
Thefollowingprocedurecanbeusedtorestorea1531CLAStofactorydefaults,whichrestores
thedefaultusernameadminandthedefaultpasswordadmin.
A.1 Restoring the Default Username and Password on a
Standalone 1531 CLAS
Step 1. Connectaserialcablefromamaintenanceterminaltothe1531CLAScraftport
(Figure A1).
Figure A-1 1531 CLAS Craft Port
Step 2. Rebootthe1531CLASbyremovingitspowerconnector(orconnectors).Waitapprox
imatelyfiveseconds,thenreconnectthepowerconnectororconnectors.
Caution
Using this procedure will reset the 1531 CLASconfiguration to the factory defaults and will inter-
rupt any customer traffic. All configuration changes will be lost.
Note
The following steps require that you have a local (direct) connection to the 1531 CLASserial
craftport.
Additionally, the steps require that the 1531 CLAS enter its boot-monitor mode during the reboot
process. The boot monitor has a built-in 20 second timer, and you must enter the commands as
described in the procedures steps within the 20 second window. If you do not, the 1531 CLAS will
automatically continue its normal reboot process.
Caution
Warning - Risk of electrical shock is present.
This equipment has two power connections. When removing power from the equipment, ensure
that both power connections (A and B) are disconnected.
Serial Craft Port
A-2 Restoring the Default Username and Password on a Standalone 1531 CLAS
Step 3. Asthe1531CLASstartstoreboot,theinformationshownbelowisdisplayed.Assoon
asthelinecontainingInitializingFlashStorageSystem...Completed.appears,press
thebkey.Thisplacesthe1531CLASintobootmonitormode.
Inbootmonitormode,thefollowingmenuisdisplayed.Notethatthepromptprovidesa
runningcountdownofthesecondslefttoenteracommand.
Step 4. Typeconfirm<Enter>attheprompttoenterthebootmonitor.
Thefollowingtextappears.
Hat t er as Boot Pr ogr am: ( HN4000) ver . 1. 5. 11
Copyr i ght Hat t er as Net wor ks, I nc. , 2001- 2008
CPU Cl ock Speed = 400Mhz
Loadi ng sel ect ed boot i mage at 0xFFF40000
Ver i f yi ng i mage at 0xFFF40040 . . . . Passed
Decompr essi ng i mage at 0xFFF40040 t o 0x01C00000
Decompr essi on passed
Execut i ng i mage at 0x01C00000
Hat t er as Loader Pr ogr am: ( HN4000) ver . 1. 5. 32
I ni t i al i zi ng Oper at i ng Syst em. . . Compl et ed.
I ni t i al i zi ng Fl ash St or age Syst em. . . Compl et ed. <==== Pr ess t he b key
b
WARNI NG:
You ar e about t o access t he boot menu whi ch cont r ol s l ow- l evel boot opt i ons.
Pl ease conf i r ment r y t o t he boot menu by t ypi ng " conf i r m" and pr essi ng <ENTER>:
18 - >
18 - > conf i r m
BOOT MONI TOR STARTED
t ype x t o exi t ; h f or hel p
17 - >
Restoring the Default Username and Password on a Standalone 1531 CLAS A-3
Step 5. Attheprompt,type?<Enter>todisplaythefollowingmenu:
Step 6. Typeclear<Enter>attheprompttoclearthe1531CLASconfigurationfile,thentype
yes<Enter>whenpromptedtoconfirmtheclearcommand(asinthefollowing
example):
Step 7. Typex<Enter>attheprompttocontinuetherebootingprocess:
Step 8. WhentheCLIloginpromptappears,typethedefaultusernameofadminand
thenthepasswordofadmin.Thiswilllogyouontothe1531CLAS.
show - Show sof t war e i mages
swap - Swap sof t war e i mages
cl ear - Cl ear conf i g t o f act or y def aul t
q | x - Qui t and keep boot i ng
h | ? - Di spl ay hel p
18 - >
17 - > cl ear
Pl ease conf i r mt he er asur e of t he syst emconf i g by t ypi ng " yes"
16 - > Cl ear Conf i r m- > yes
Cl ear i ng conf i g f i l e 1 . . . Succeeded
14 - >
13 - > x
boot devi ce : emac
uni t number : 0
pr ocessor number : 0
host name : l ocal host
i net on et her net ( e) : 0. 0. 0. 0: f f f f f f f f
f l ags ( f ) : 0x0
Loadi ng appl i cat i on i mage 1 f r om/ t f f s0/ swI mage/ scm1/ hn4000I . st . hdr
Ver i f yi ng f i l e [ / t f f s0/ swI mage/ scm1/ hn4000I . st . hdr ] . . . Passed
Ext r act i ng i mage t o memor y at 0x10000. . . Compl et ed
St ar t i ng at 0x10000. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
A-4 Restoring the Default Username and Password on a 1531 CLAS VN Stack
A.2 Restoring the Default Username and Password on a 1531
CLAS VN Stack
Becausemultipleswitchesareinvolved,restoringthefactorydefaultusernameandpassword
onastackof1531CLASswitchesrequiresaseveralmorestepsthantheprocedurefora
standaloneswitch.Thefollowingisasummaryofthesteps,whicharedescribedindetailin
thesectionsthatfollow.
identifythelowestnumberedswitchinthestackandconnectamaintenanceterminalto
thatswitchsserialcraftport
disconnectthestackingcablesbetweenalloftheswitchesinthestack
reboottheswitchtowhichyouconnectedthemaintenanceterminal(thenewmaster
switch),andenterbootmonitormodetorestoretheswitchsdefaultusernameandpass
word
logontothenewmasterswitchusingthedefaultusernameandpasswordandchangethe
switchsmasterPriorityattributeto10
savethenewmasterswitchsrunningconfigurationtothestartupconfigurationfile
reconnecttheswitchesstackingportcables,whichwillpushthenewmasterswitchscon
figurationinformation(includingthedefaultusernameandpassword)totheother
switchesinthestack
Step 1. IdentifytheswitchinthestackthathasthelowestSwitchIDnumber(displayedby
theswitchessevensegmentChassisLEDs)(seeFigure A2).Thisswitchisreferred
toasthenewmasterswitchintheremainingsteps.
Figure A-2 Switch ID LED and Craft Port
Step 2. Connectamaintenanceterminaltotheswitchsserialcraftport.
Step 3. Disconnectthestackingcablesbetweenalloftheswitchesinthestack.
Note It is critical that you perform the steps in the order that they appear in the following instructions.
Craft Port Switch ID LED
Restoring the Default Username and Password on a 1531 CLAS VN Stack A-5
Step 4. Rebootthenewmasterswitchbyremovingitspowerconnector(orconnectors).Wait
approximatelyfiveseconds,thenreconnectthepowerconnectororconnectors.
Step 5. Asthe1531CLASstartstoreboot,theinformationshownbelowisdisplayed.Assoon
asthelinecontainingInitializingFlashStorageSystem...Completed.appears,press
thebkey.Thisplacesthe1531CLASintobootmonitormode.
Inbootmonitormode,thefollowingmenuisdisplayed.Notethatthepromptprovidesa
countdownofthesecondslefttoenteracommand.
Caution
Warning - Risk of electrical shock is present.
This equipment has two power connections. When removing power from the equipment, ensure
that both power connections (A and B) are disconnected.
Note
This following steps require that the 1531 CLAS enter its boot-monitor mode during the reboot
process. The boot monitor has a built-in 20 second timer, and you must enter the commands as
described in procedures steps within the 20 second window. If you do not, the 1531 CLAS will
automatically continue its normal reboot process.
Hat t er as Boot Pr ogr am: ( HN4000) ver . 1. 5. 11
CPU Cl ock Speed = 400Mhz
Loadi ng sel ect ed boot i mage at 0xFFF40000
Ver i f yi ng i mage at 0xFFF40040 . . . . Passed
Decompr essi ng i mage at 0xFFF40040 t o 0x01C00000
Decompr essi on passed
Execut i ng i mage at 0x01C00000
Hat t er as Loader Pr ogr am: ( HN4000) ver . 1. 5. 32
I ni t i al i zi ng Oper at i ng Syst em. . . Compl et ed.
I ni t i al i zi ng Fl ash St or age Syst em. . . Compl et ed. <==== Pr ess t he b key
b
WARNI NG:
You ar e about t o access t he boot menu whi ch cont r ol s l ow- l evel boot opt i ons.
Pl ease conf i r ment r y t o t he boot menu by t ypi ng " conf i r m" and pr essi ng <ENTER>:
18 - >
Step 6. Typeconfirm<Enter>attheprompttoenterthebootmonitor.
Thefollowingtextappears.
Step 7. Attheprompt,type?<Enter>todisplaythefollowingmenu:
Step 8. Typeclear<Enter>attheprompttoclearthe1531CLASconfigurationfile,thentype
yes<Enter>whenpromptedtoconfirmtheclearcommand(asinthefollowing
example):
Step 9. Typex<Enter>attheprompttocontinuetherebootingprocess:
18 - > conf i r m
BOOT MONI TOR STARTED
t ype x t o exi t ; h f or hel p
17 - >
show - Show sof t war e i mages
swap - Swap sof t war e i mages
cl ear - Cl ear conf i g t o f act or y def aul t
q | x - Qui t and keep boot i ng
h | ? - Di spl ay hel p
18 - >
17 - > cl ear
Pl ease conf i r mt he er asur e of t he syst emconf i g by t ypi ng " yes"
16 - > Cl ear Conf i r m- > yes
14 - >
13 - > x
boot devi ce : emac
uni t number : 0
pr ocessor number : 0
host name : l ocal host
i net on et her net ( e) : 0. 0. 0. 0: f f f f f f f f
f l ags ( f ) : 0x0
Loadi ng appl i cat i on i mage 1 f r om/ t f f s0/ swI mage/ scm1/ hn4000I . st . hdr
Ver i f yi ng f i l e [ / t f f s0/ swI mage/ scm1/ hn4000I . st . hdr ] . . . Passed
Ext r act i ng i mage t o memor y at 0x10000. . . Compl et ed
St ar t i ng at 0x10000. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
Restoring the Default Username and Password on a 1531 CLAS VN Stack A-7
Step 10. WhentheCLIloginpromptappears,typethedefaultusernameofadminand
thenthepasswordofadmin.Thiswilllogyouintothenewmaster1531CLAS.
Step 11. Executethefollowingcommandtosetthenewmaster1531CLASmasterpriority
to10:
Step 12. Executethefollowingcommandtosavethenewmaster1531CLASrunningconfigu
rationtothestartupconfiguration:
Step 13. Reconnecttheswitchesstackingportcables.
Thiswillcausethenewstacktoelectanewmasterswitch.Thenewmasterswitchwillbe
electedasmasterbecauseithasthelowestswitchnumberandthehighestmasterpriority
number.
Thenewlyelectedmasterswitchwillthenpushitsstartupconfigurationfiletotheothermem
bersofthestack,sothattheywillallhavetheirusernamesandpasswordssettothefactory
defaultoftheusernameofadminandthepasswordofadmin.
........
1531 CLAS- 1M# conf i g swi t ch mast er Pr i or i t y 10
1531 CLAS- 1M#
1531 CLAS- 1M# saveRunni ng
1531 CLAS- 1M#
A
Backing Up System Configuration Information
B
Itisstronglyrecommendedthatyouregularlycollectandbackupsystemconfigurationinfor
mationfor1531CLASsystemsthatyouprovision.Thisinformationcanbeusedtoquickly
restoreaconfigurationorcreatesimilarconfigurations.Inaddition,theinformationcanbeuse
fulintroubleshootingsituations.
Most,butnotalloftheinformationrequiredtoreconfigureasystemiscontainedinthesys
temsstartupconfigurationfile.
1
Thefollowingstepsdescribehowtocollectthis
supplementaryinformationtoestablishacompleteprofileofasystemsconfiguration.
Itisassumedthatyoucanloginto1531CLASsystems10/100Managementportwithatelnet
programthatenablesyoutocapturetheoutputofseveraloftheCLIsshowcommands.
B.1 Collecting 1531 CLAS Information
Step 1. Determinewhichconfigurationfileyouwanttosave:thestartupconfigurationorthe
runningconfiguration.
(ThestartupconfigurationfilecontainstheCLIinstructionsthatrunwhenthesystem
isbooted.Therunningconfigurationfilecontainsthecontentsofthestartupconfigu
rationfile,plusanychangesyouhavemadetothesystemconfigurationsincethelast
saverunningcommandwasexecuted(tocopytherunningconfigurationtothestar
tupconfiguration.)Inaproductionenvironment,thesefileswillgenerallybethe
same.)
Step 2. Ifyouwanttosavethestartupconfiguration,usethecopystartupconfigtoftp
commandtocopythestartupconfigurationtoafileonanFTPserver.
Or
Ifyouwanttocopytherunningconfigurationtothestartupconfiguration,andthen
savethestartupconfigurationtoafile,runthesaverunningcommandandthenthe
copystartupconfigtoftpcommand.
Or
Ifyouwanttosavetherunningconfigurationtoafilewithoutfirstcopyingitscon
tentstothestartupconfiguration,usethecopyrunningconfigtoftpcommandto
copytheconfigurationtoafileonanFTPserver.
1. Formoreinformationaboutmanagingconfigurationfiles,seeChapter 21.
B-2 Collecting 1531 CLAS Information
Step 3. Useatelnetprogramtologintothe10/100Managementportofastandaloneswitch
(ortothemasterswitchinastack)andcapturetoafiletheoutputofthefollowing
commands.Theinformationdisplayedbythesecommandsisnotstoredinasystems
configurationfile.
showbonding*(liststhesystemsbondedportsandthe2BPMEsandCPEsthat
areassignedtothem.)
showswitch*(liststheswitchorswitchesIDnumbers,andfor1531CLAS
stacks,liststhestacksswitchesmasterPriorityandprovStackStateattributes,
whicharenotstoredintheconfigurationfiles.
showstackport*(for1531CLASstacksonlyliststheconnectionsbetweenthe
stacksswitchesstackingports.howthestackingportsoftheswitchesinthestack
areconnected.)
B.1.1 Tip - Using Macros to Collect Information
Youcantakeadvantageofthe1531CLASmacrocapabilitytosimplify(andatthesametime
expandon)thedatacollectionprocess.Asshowninthefollowingexample,youcouldcreatea
macrothatdisplayedinformationforallswitchsinastack,thencapturetheoutputofthat
macro.
####################################################################################
# Cr eat e a macr o t o di spl ay det ai l ed i nf or mat i on f or al l swi t ches i n a st ack. #
# I f t her e ar e f ewer t han f i ve swi t ches, t he CLI si mpl y di spl ays an er r or message. #
####################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# cr eat e macr o i nf o_al l _swi t ches edi t @
#
# Macr o t o di spl ay i nf or mat i on about al l swi t ches.
# I f a swi t ch does not exi st , t he CLI gener at es an er r or .
#
show swi t ch 1
show swi t ch 2
show swi t ch 3
show swi t ch 4
show swi t ch 5
@
1531 CLAS- 1M#
##############################################
# Execut e t he macr o on a t wo- swi t ch st ack. #
##############################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# appl y macr o i nf o_al l _swi t ches
Swi t ch 1 ( ATL1_SW1) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Collecting 1531 CLAS Information B-3
mast er Swi t ch Mast er swi t ch 1 ( ATL1_SW1)
descr i pt i on Descr i pt i on ATL 1, SW1, CO123, Rack 1/ 4
cl ei Common Language Equi pment I dent i f i er TBD
Swi t ch 1 ( ATL1_SW1) par amet er s:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
mast er Swi t ch Mast er swi t ch 1 ( ATL1_SW1)
l ast Reset Last r eset r eason Mast er Swi t ch Down
cl ei Common Language Equi pment I dent i f i er TBD
B-4 Collecting 1531 CLAS Information
ERROR: Obj ect does not exi st .
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Macr o 12 ( i nf o_al l _swi t ches) appl i ed.
1531 CLAS- 1M#
Restoring a Configuration B-5
B.2 Restoring a Configuration
Takethefollowingstepstorestoreasystemconfigurationforwhichyouhavesavedthestar
tuporrunningconfigurationfileandsupportingfilesasdescribedinthesectionCollecting
1531CLASInformation on page B1.
Step 1. Usethecopyconfigurationftpstartuptoselectandcopyaconfigurationfilefroman
FTPservertothebackupstartupconfigurationontheswitchthatisrunningtheCLI.
Forexample:
Step 2. Examinethesupplementaryfilesthatyoucreatedinsection1bycapturingtheoutput
oftheshowbonding*,showswitch*,showstackport*commands(andanyother
commandsthatyouincluded.)
Runthesamesetofcommandsonthenewsystemandcomparetheoutputwithpre
viouslycapturedcommands.Iftheconfigurationsaredifferent,reconfigurethenew
systemsattributestomatchthoseoftheoriginalsystem.
........
###################################################################################
# Copy a saved st ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e f r omt he di r ect or y " 1531/ 1531conf i gs" #
# on t he FTP ser ver t o t he backup st ar t up conf i gur at i on f i l e on t he swi t ch. #
###################################################################################
1531 CLAS- 1M# copy conf i gur at i on f t p t o st ar t up ser ver I p 192. 168. 16. 129
di r ect or y 1531/ 1531conf i gs f i l ename " Saved_Aug142007" l ogi nI d j smi t h

1531 CLAS- 1M#
Note
This example provides the optional arguments of serverIp, directory, filename, and FTP loginId.
If these arguments are not included on the command line, the CLI prompts for them.
B-6 Restoring a Configuration
A
2BASE-TL Wiring
C
Wiringfromthecopperplantterminateatthetwo50pinRJ21(Champ)plugsonthe1531
CLASfrontpanel(Figure C1).
Figure C-1 2BASE-TL Connectors
C.1 2BASE-TL Pin Assignments
AlcatelLucentcanprovide,asanoption,2BASETLcablesthatareterminatedwith50pinRJ
21Champconnectorsononeendandunterminatedontheother.Thesecablesusestandard
WesternElectricpaircolorcodes.
TableC1onpage C2liststhepinassignmentsandwiringcolorcodesoftheseoptionalcables.
Theleftsideofthetableliststhe2BASETLportnumbersandcolorcodesfortheconnectorJ1
cable(2BASETLports116).Therightsideofthetableliststheportnumbersandcolorcodes
fortheconnectorJ2cable(ports1740).
Notethattherearetwocableconfigurations.OneconfigurationusestheSolid/stripecolor
codesasshowninthetable.TheotherconfigurationusesonlySolidcolorcodes.Forcables
withtheSolidcolorcode,ignorethestripecolorsinthetable.
Forexample,for2BASETLpair7inacablewithSolidcolorcodes,thetwistedpairsRing
wire(J1connectorpin7)isOrangeandtheRingwire(J2connectorpin32)isRed.Forthesame
pairinacablecodedwithSolid/stripecolors,thetwistedpairsRingwireisOrangewitha
RedstripeandtheTipwireisRedwithanOrangestripe.manufacture
Caution
Before cabling the 2BASE-TL ports, verify that the 1531 CLAS is grounded to an earth ground (to
clean, bare-metal). The grounding connection must be in compliance with local practices.
Ports 1 - 16
Ports 17 - 40
Tie-Wrap Mount Tie-Wrap Mount
C-2 2BASE-TL Pin Assignments
Table C-1 2BASE-TL Pin Assignments and Twisted Pair Color Codes J 1 Connector (Left) and J 2 Connector (Right)
J1 Connector (Ports 1-16) J2 Connector (Ports 17-40)
2BASE-TL
Port #
Ring (-48 VDC) Tip (Earth)
2BASE-TL
Port #
Ring (-48 VDC) Tip (Earth)
J1
Pin #
Wire Color
(Solid/Stripe)
J1
Pin #
Wire Color
(Solid/Stripe)
J2
Pin #
Wire Color
(Solid/Stripe)
J2
Pin #
Wire Color
(Solid/Stripe)
1 1 Blue/white 26 White/blue 17 1 Blue/white 26 White/blue
2 2 Orange/white 27 White/orange 18 2 Orange/white 27 White/orange
3 3 Green/white 28 White/green 19 3 Green/white 28 White/green
4 4 Brown/white 29 White/brown 20 4 Brown/white 29 White/brown
5 5 Slate/white 30 White/slate 21 5 Slate/white 30 White/slate
6 6 Blue/red 31 Red/blue 22 6 Blue/red 31 Red/blue
7 7 Orange/red 32 Red/orange 23 7 Orange/red 32 Red/orange
8 8 Green/red 33 Red/green 24 8 Green/red 33 Red/green
9 9 Brown/red 34 Red/brown 25 9 Brown/red 34 Red/brown
10 10 Slate/red 35 Red/slate 26 10 Slate/red 35 Red/slate
11 11 Blue/black 36 Black/blue 27 11 Blue/black 36 Black/blue
12 12 Orange/black 37 Black/orange 28 12 Orange/black 37 Black/orange
13 13 Green/black 38 Black/green 29 13 Green/black 38 Black/green
14 14 Brown/black 39 Black/brown 30 14 Brown/black 39 Black/brown
15 15 Slate/black 40 Black/slate 31 15 Slate/black 40 Black/slate
16 16 Blue/yellow 41 Yellow/blue 32 16 Blue/yellow 41 Yellow/blue
33 17 Orange/yellow 42 Yellow/orange
34 18 Green/yellow 43 Yellow/green
35 19 Brown/yellow 44 Yellow/brown
36 20 Slate/yellow 45 Yellow/slate
37 21 Blue/violet 46 Violet/blue
38 22 Orange/violet 47 Violet/orange
39 23 Green/violet 48 Violet/green
40 24 Brown/violet 49 Violet/brown
2BASE-TL Connector Pin Numbering
(Viewed From Front of Switch)
Caution - Outside Plant DSL Primary Protectors C-3
C.2 Caution - Outside Plant DSL Primary Protectors
........
The1531CLASisexpectedtobeinstalledwithprimaryprotectorsontheoutside
plantDSLcopperpairs.Theprimaryprotectorsshouldhaveavoltagelimiting
capabilityofapproximately600Vat1000V/us.
AlcatelLucentrecommendsaprimaryprotectorwithcharacteristicssimilartothe
Bourns455HSBCasshowninthefollowingtable.Inadditiontoitsprotection
capabilities,the455HSBCiswellbalancedforuseinDSLapplications.
Characteristic Value
DCBreakdown
400V
ACBreakdown@60Hz
400V
600V
650V
InsertionLoss@100MHz
<0.4dB
ReturnLoss@100MHz
>14dB
Tip&RingtoGroundCapacitive
Balance
1pF
LinetoLineCapacitance@1MHz
10pFtypical
LinetoGroundCapacitance@1MHz
20pFtypical
Caution
C-4 Caution - Outside Plant DSL Primary Protectors
A
1531 CLAS/1521 CLIP Passwords
D
Asshippedfromthefactory,the1531CLASCLIsupportsadefaultusernameandpassword
fortheadministrator(admin)privilegelevel.TableD1liststhesedefaults.
UserscandisplaytheirassignedCLIprivilegelevelwiththeCLIwhoamicommand.For
example:
1531 CLAS- 1M# whoami
user name: cr af t _25
pr i vi l ege: pr ov
1531 CLAS- 1M#
........
Table D-1 CLI User-Account Privilege Levels
Privilege
Level
Default Username Default Password Description
admin admin admin Administrative(superuser)access.The
userhasfullread/writeaccessplus
accesstoalloftheCLIsadministrative
commands,includingtheabilityto
createanddeleteCLIusers.
Note
CLI passwords are case sensitive.
It is strongly recommended that the you change the administrative username and password fol-
lowing the initial installation process.
D-2
A7
Supported Protocols, Safety Compliance, and
Standards
E
E.1 Definition of Qualified Personnel
Installation,maintenance,removalofparts,andremovalofthe1531CLASandcomponents
mustbeperformedbyqualifiedservicepersonnelonly.
Qualifiedservicepersonnelarepeoplehavingappropriatetechnicaltrainingandexperience
necessarytobeawareofthehazardstowhichtheyareexposedwhenperformingataskandof
measurestominimizethedangertothemselvesorotherpeople.
E.2 Field-Replaceable Components
The1531CLASequipmentisdesignedtoenablequalifiedpersonneltoreplaceonlythefollow
ingcomponents:
1. CoolingUnitmodule
2. Highspeednetworkmodule
3. OpticaltransceiversintheHighspeednetworkmodules
Therearenootherfieldreplaceablecomponentsintheequipment.Undernocircumstances
shouldpersonnelattempttoreplaceanyothercomponentsintheequipment.
Warning
Read the following safety information thoroughly before installing this equipment. Failure
to follow this safety information can lead to personal injury or damage to the equipment.
Fiber Optic ports - Optical Safety. Never look at the transmit LED/laser through a magnifying
device while it is powered on. Never look directly at the fiber port or fiber cable ends when they are
powered on.
Caution
There is a danger of explosion if the equipments battery is incorrectly replaced. Discard used
batteries according to the battery manufacturers instructions.
E-2 Safety Information Warnings
E.3 Safety Information Warnings
1. Thisequipmentmustbeinstalledinarestrictedaccesslocation,whichisaccessibleonlyto
qualifiedservicepersonnel.
2. Installtheequipmentonlyasdescribedinthisdocument.
3. Neverinstalltelephonewiringduringalightningstorm.
4. Neverinstalltelephonejacksinwetlocationsunlessthejackisspecificallydesignedforwet
locations.
5. Usecautionwheninstallingormodifyingtelephonelines.
6. Nevertouchuninsulatedtelephonewiresorterminalsunlessdisconnectedatthenetwork
interface.
E.4 Battery Warning
E.5 Power
1. Thepowersourcemustprovide48VDC@3amps.DCvoltageMin/Maxis40to57.6
VDC.Donotuseapowersourcethatdoesnotmeettheserequirements.
2. The1531CLASshouldbegroundedinthesamemannerasexistingequipmentwithinthe
samegroundwindow.
3. Aminimumofa18AWGcopperwireshouldbeusedforthepowerconductors.
4. Thegroundwireshouldbe1014AWG.Thegroundingconductorinsulationshallbe
green/yellowincolor.
Warning
This product contains a small internal (non-field replacable battery used for time and calendar
functions. This battery is designed to operate normally over the life of the product. Under no cir-
cumstances should unauthorized personnel attempt to service this battery as incorrect replace-
ment may lead to danger of explosion.
Caution
Dual power connections - This equipment has two power connections. When removing power
from the equipment, ensure that both power connections (A and B) are disconnected.
Connections E-3
E.6 Connections
The1531CLASisaClass1laserdevice.
E.7 Handling Electrical and Optical Equipment - Static Electricity
E.8 Common Safety Symbols
TableE1describesthesafetyrelatedsymbolsusedinthisdocumentorontheequipment.
Fiber Optic ports - Optical Safety. Never look at the transmit LED/laser through a magnifying
device while it is powered on. Never look directly at the fiber port or fiber cable ends when they are
powered on.
Caution
To avoid degradation of optical-fiber signals and poor system performance, follow appropriate
local practices to ensure that optical-fiber connector ends are clean and free from contamination.
Always install the provided dust covers on transceiver optical ports and connector ends that are
not being used.
Caution
Use only for data communications applications that require optical fiber. Use only with the appro-
priate connector. When optical fiber cables are not in use, replace the dust cover.
Static Electricity can damage or decrease the reliability of electrical and optical equipment. While
unpacking and handling electrical and optical equipment, wear a grounding wrist strap to dis-
charge the static buildup. The grounding wrist strap is designed to prevent equipment damage
caused by static electricity. Before unpacking and installing equipment or making system intercon-
nections, connect the grounding wrist strap.
Table E-1 Safety Symbols
Symbol Description
Cautionfailuretofollowdocumentedprocedurescouldresultindamagedor
inoperativeequipment.
Warningriskofelectricshockispresent.
Caution
Warning
E-4 Common Safety Symbols
........
Observeprecautionsforhandlingelectrostaticdischargesensitivedevices.
Laserwarning.NeverlookatatransmitLED/laserthroughamagnifyingdevicewhileit
ispoweredonorlookdirectlyatfiberportorfibercableendswhentheyarepoweredon.
Directcurrent.
Earth(ground)terminal.
Table E-1 Safety Symbols (Continued)
Symbol Description

User Guide 1531 Clas - 3ag - 21608 - Ahaa - Rkzza - Ed01

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

User Guide 1531 Clas - 3ag - 21608 - Ahaa - Rkzza - Ed01

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

1531 CLAS

Potrebbero piacerti anche